Presented by www.ziaraat.com

Arabic An Essential Grammar The book has the great advantage of introducing Arabic grammatical terminology in a manner that is clear and easy to follow there is nothing like it on the market at present and I believe it will be much appreciated by teachers and students alike Stefan Sperl, Senior Lecturer in Arabic, SOAS, UK Arabic: An Essential Grammar is an up-to-date and practical reference guide to the most important aspects of the language Suitable for beginners, as well as intermediate students, this book offers a strong foundation for learning the fundamental grammar structures of Arabic The complexities of the language are set out in short, readable sections and exercises and examples are provided throughout The book is ideal for independent learners as well as for classroom study Features of this book include: coverage of the Arabic script and alphabet a chapter on Arabic handwriting a guide to pronunciation examples provided throughout Faruk Abu-Chacra is Senior Lecturer Emeritus in Arabic at the University of Helsinki, Finland

Routledge Essential Grammars Essential Grammars are available for the following languages: Chinese Czech Danish Dutch English Finnish German Modern Greek Modern Hebrew Hungarian Norwegian Polish Portuguese Serbian Spanish Swedish Thai Urdu Other titles of related interest published by Routledge: Arabic English Thematic Lexicon (forthcoming) By Daniel Newman Colloquial Arabic of Egypt By Jane Wightwick and Mahmoud Gaafar Colloquial Arabic of the Gulf and Saudi Arabia (second edition forthcoming) By Clive Holes Modern Written Arabic: A Comprehensive Grammar By El Said Badawi, Mike Carter and Adrian Gully

Arabic An Essential Grammar Faruk Abu-Chacra

First published 00 by Routledge Park Square, Milton Park, Abingdon, Oxon OX RN Simultaneously published in the USA and Canada by Routledge 0 Madison Ave, New York, NY 00 Routledge is an imprint of the Taylor & Francis Group, an informa business This edition published in the Taylor & Francis e-library, 00 To purchase your own copy of this or any of Taylor & Francis or Routledge s collection of thousands of ebooks please go to wwwebookstoretandfcouk 00 Faruk Abu-Chacra All rights reserved No part of this book may be reprinted or reproduced or utilized in any form or by any electronic, mechanical, or other means, now known or hereafter invented, including photocopying and recording, or in any information storage or retrieval system, without permission in writing from the publishers British Library Cataloguing in Publication Data A catalogue record for this book is available from the British Library Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data Abu Shaqra, Faruq Arabic : an essential grammar / by Faruk Abu-Chacra p cm Arabic language Textbooks for foreign speakers English I Title PJ0A8 00 9 8 dc 00088 ISBN 0-0-0888- Master e-book ISBN ISBN0: 0 (hbk) ISBN0: 0 (pbk) ISBN0: 0 0 0888 (ebk) ISBN: 98 0 9 (hbk) ISBN: 98 0 (pbk) ISBN: 98 0 0 0888 (ebk)

Contents Preface Acknowledgements List of abbreviations vii viii ix أ Arabic script, transliteration and alphabet table Pronunciation of consonants Punctuation and handwriting 9 Vowels Sukūn, šaddah, noun cases and nunation as indefinite form Long vowels, alif maqṡūrah, dagger or miniature alif, word stress and syllable structure Hamzah (hamzatu l-qaṫ i) and the maddah sign ل 8 Definite article al, nominal sentences, verbal sentences, word order and adjectives 9 Sun and moon letters, hamzatu l-waṡli (waṡlah) 9 0 Gender Conjunctions, prepositions and the particle ح تى ḣattā Iḋāfah construction (genitive attribute) and the five nouns Number: dual and plural 0 Perfect tense verbs, root and radicals, triliteral verbs and word order 8 Separate personal pronouns and suffix pronouns 8 Demonstrative, reflexive and reciprocal pronouns 98 Imperfect tense verb in the indicative and word order 0 8 Derived verb forms (stems), roots and radicals, transitive and intransitive verbs 9 Passive verbs 8 0 Rules for writing the hamzah (hamzatu l-qaṫ i) Broken plurals and collective nouns Triptotes and diptotes v

Contents ن إ ن ل Participles, verbal nouns (maṡdar), nouns of place, time and instrument 0 Interrogative particles and pronouns, vocative particles 9 Adjectival patterns, relative adjectives (nisbah), comparatives and superlatives, diminutives 8 Inna and its sisters, kāna كا and its sisters 9 Relative pronouns and relative clauses 0 8 Moods: subjunctive, jussive (apocopatus) and imperative 09 9 Doubled verbs (mediae geminatae) and quadriliteral verbs 8 0 Verbs with hamzah Verbs with a weak initial radical Verbs with a weak middle radical Verbs with a weak final radical, doubly weak verbs and weak verbs with hamzah Cardinal numbers Ordinal numbers, fractions, expressions of time and calendars 9 Exception 8 Verbs of wonder, the negative copula يس laysa, verbs with special uses and some special uses of the preposition ب bi 89 8 Adverbs and adverbials, absolute or inner object, ḣāl (circumstantial clause) and tamyīz (accusative of specification) 99 9 Conditional sentences 09 Appendices Appendix Tables of verb forms 9 Appendix Verb conjugation paradigms 8 Index vi

Preface This book describes the fundamental grammar and structure of modern literary Arabic It is complete with exercises and offers a strong foundation for reading and writing the Arabic of newspapers, books, broadcasts and formal speech, as well as providing the student with a course for self-study The exercises and examples contain modern vocabulary and expressions taken from everyday use The work contains thirty-nine chapters with an appendix of tables for verb forms and verb conjugation paradigms All chapters are progressive and they complement each other For this reason it is recommended that the student master each lesson before going on to the next Up to chapter, a full transliteration into the Latin alphabet is given for all Arabic examples and exercises From chapter onwards, the transliteration is omitted from the exercises only There are two types of exercise: Arabic sentences translated into English, and English sentences to be translated into Arabic The words of the English to Arabic translation exercises are taken from the Arabic to English exercises of the same chapter So that readers do not have to use Arabic English dictionaries, which a learner of Arabic would find difficult at this stage, most Arabic words in the exercises are indexed with a superscript number and the same number is given to the equivalent English word I am confident that this book will prove to be of great help to those who have begun or will begin the study of Arabic, and that teachers will find it a useful aid vii

Acknowledgements I would like to express my gratitude to my former colleagues at the Institute for Asian and African Studies at the University of Helsinki (Finland), especially Professor Tapani Harviainen and Dr Bertil Tikkanen, and to Professor Daniel Newman of the University of Durham (England) as well as Professor Benjamin Hoffez of Oakland University (USA) They read the original manuscript and made numerous valuable comments and suggestions for its improvement In addition I should also like to thank the anonymous reviewers appointed by Routledge for their constructive criticism and advice I also acknowledge the generous financial support of the Ministry of Education of Finland, the University of Helsinki, Alfred Kordelin Foundation, Jenni and Antti Wihuri Foundation, and the Finnish Association of Non-Fiction Writers Faruk Abu-Chacra Helsinki, Finland, 00 viii

ix Abbreviations acc accusative act active C consonant def definite dipt diptote du dual f/fem feminine gen genitive imperat imperative imperf imperfect indef indefinite indic/ind indicative intrans intransitive juss jussive lit literally m/masc masculine nom nominative part/particip participle pass passive pers person pl/plur plural prep preposition s/sing singular subj subjunctive trans transitive V vowel v verb

Chapter Arabic script, transliteration and alphabet table The Arabic script The Arabic alphabet consists of 8 letters representing consonants In addition there are three vowel signs which are used in writing both short and long vowels Moreover, there are various other orthographic signs that are explained in the following chapters The 8 letters are written from right to left When writing words, the letters are connected (joined) together from both sides, except in the case of six letters, which can only be joined from the right side These letters are numbered, 8, 9, 0, and in the table below and are marked with an asterisk (*) It is important to remember that these letters cannot be connected to the following letter (ie on their left side) Most of the letters are written in slightly different forms depending on their location in the word: initially, medially, finally or standing alone There are no capital letters Arabic grammarians use three different names for the alphabet: أ ل ح رو ف لا ب ج د ي ة أ ل ح رو ف ل ه جا ي ي ة أ لا ل ف با ء al-ḣurūfu l- abğadiyyatu al-ḣurūfu l-hiğā iyyatu al- alifbā u

Arabic script, transliteration, the alphabet Transliteration The transliteration of the Arabic alphabet given below is based on the Latin alphabet, but some of the letters have an extra sign indicating some special feature of the Arabic pronunciation of the letter in question The alif,(ا) which is the first letter, has so far not been given any transliteration, because its sound value varies (to be dealt with in chapters and ) Alphabet table and transliteration transliteration standing alone final medial initial name Alif ا ا ا ا (*) () () b ب ب ب ب Bā () t ت ت ت ت Tā t T ā ث ث ث ث () () ğ ج ج ج ج Ğīm () ḣ ح ح ح ح Ḣā h ā خ خ خ خ () H (8) d (*) د د د د Dāl d ذ ذ ذ ذ (*) (9) ر ر ر ر (*) r (0) āl D Rā () z (*) ز ز ز ز Zayn () s س س س س Sīn () š ش ش ش ش Šīn () ṡ ص ص ص ص Ṡād () ḋ ض ض ض ض Ḋād () ṫ ط ط ط ط Ṫā D ā ظ ظ ظ ظ () d

Ayn ع ع ع ع (8) (9) ġ غ غ غ غ Ġayn (0) f ف ف ف ف Fā () q ق ق ق ق Qāf Arabic script, transliteration, the alphabet () k ك ك ك ك Kāf () l ل ل ل ل Lām () m م م م م Mīm () n ن ن ن ن Nūn () h ه ه ه ه Hā () w (*) و و و و Wāw (8) y ي ي ي ي Yā Writing letters in different positions Below each letter is presented as it appears in different positions in connected writing when using a computer or as written by hand ببب ب () b ا ا ا ا () () t تتت ت () t ث ثثث ححح ح () ḣ ججج ج () ğ () h د د د د (8) d خخخ خ (9) d ررر ر (0) r ذ ذ ذ ذ

Arabic script, transliteration, the alphabet سسس س () s ززز ز () z صصص ص () ṡ ششش ش () š ططط ط () ṫ ضضض ض () ḋ ععع ع (8) ظظظ ظ d () ففف ف (0) f غغغ غ (9) ġ ككك ك () k ققق ق () q ممم م () m للل ل () l ههه ه () h ننن ن () n ييي ي (8) y ووو و () w

Chapter Pronunciation of consonants () Alif ا This first letter has no pronunciation of its own One of its main functions is to act as a bearer for the sign hamzah, discussed separately in chapter Alif is also used as a long vowel /ā/ (see chapter ) () Bā ب /b/ A voiced bilabial stop as the /b/ in English habit () Tā ت /t/ An unaspirated voiceless dental stop as the t in English stop Never pronounced as American English tt as in letter () ā T ث /t / A voiceless interdental fricative as th in English thick, tooth () Ğīm ج /ğ/ A voiced palato-alveolar affricate In reality, this letter has three different pronunciations depending on the dialectal background of the speaker: (a) (b) (c) In Classical Arabic and the Gulf area, as well as in many other places in the Arab world, it is pronounced as a voiced palato-alveolar affricate as the j in judge, journey, or the g in Italian giorno In Lower Egypt (Cairo, Alexandria) it is pronounced as a voiced velar stop as the g in English great In North Africa and the Levant it is pronounced as a voiced palato-alveolar fricative /ž/ as the s in English pleasure, and as j in French jour () Ḣā / ḣ /ح This consonant has no equivalent in European languages It is pronounced in the pharynx by breathing with strong friction and no uvular vibration or scrape, so that it sounds

() Ḋād ض /ḋ/ It is also an emphatic consonant, classified as a pharyngealized voiced alveolar stop Arab phoneticians and reciters of the Quran recommend it is pronounced as a counter- Pronunciation of consonants like a loud whispering from the throat It must be kept distinct from the sounds of / خ () and ه /h/ () /h () ā H خ / This consonant occurs in many languages It is a /h voiceless postvelar (before or after /i/) or uvular (before or after /a/ or /u/) fricative, quite similar to the so-called ach-laut in German Nacht or Scottish loch or the Spanish j in mujer, but in Arabic it has a stronger, rasping sound (8) Dāl د /d/ A voiced dental stop as the d in English leader (9) āl ذ / A voiced interdental fricative, as the th in English D /d either (0) Rā ر /r/ A voiced alveolar trill, which differs from English r in that it is a rolled sound or trill, pronounced as a rapid succession of flaps of the tongue, similar to Scottish r in radical or Italian r in parlare or Spanish rr in perro () Zayn ز /z/ A voiced alveolar sibilant, as the z in English gazelle () Sīn س /s/ A voiceless alveolar sibilant as the s in English state () Šīn ش /š/ A voiceless palato-alveolar sibilant as the sh in English shave, push () Ṡād ص /ṡ/ Belongs to the group of emphatic consonants The emphatic consonants are pronounced with more emphasis and further back in the mouth than their non-emphatic (plain) counterparts In pronouncing them the body and root of the tongue are (simultaneously) drawn back towards the rear wall of the throat (pharynx), and also the tip of the tongue is slightly retracted Hence the emphatic consonants are also called pharyngealized consonants ص /ṡ/ is thus the emphatic or pharyngealized counterpart of the plain alveolar س /s/ () and sounds somewhat similar to the s in English son or assumption For the retracting and lowering effect of the emphatic consonants on the adjacent vowels, see chapter

part to د /d/ (8) In current use in many dialects it is, however, also pronounced as the counterpart of ذ /d / (9), somewhat similar to the sound th in English thus See also chapter Pronunciation of consonants () Ṫā ط /ṫ/ An emphatic consonant, classified as a pharyngealized voiceless alveolar stop It is the counterpart of ت /t/ (), and similar to the sound /t/ at the beginning of the English word tall See also chapter () Ḋ ā ظ /d / An emphatic consonant, classified as a pharyngealized ذ voiced interdental fricative It is the emphatic counterpart of /d / (9) In some dialects it is pronounced as ض /ḋ/ () In some other dialects it is pronounced as pharyngealized ز /z/ () See also chapter (8) Ayn ع / / This consonant has no equivalent in European languages It is defined as a voiced emphatic (pharyngealized) laryngeal fricative, which is pronounced by pressing the root of the tongue against the back wall of the pharynx (upper part of the throat) and letting the pressed air stream from the throat pass through the pharynx with some vibration In a way it is the voiced counterpart of ح /ḣ/ () It sounds as if you are swallowing your tongue or being strangled (9) Ġayn غ /ġ/ A voiced postvelar (before or after /i/) or uvular (before or after /a/ or /u/) fricative, a gargling sound, produced by pronouncing the / خ () and activating the vocal folds, /h similar to Parisian French r in Paris and rouge but with more scraping (0) Fā ف /f/ A voiceless labiodental fricative as the f in English fast () Qāf ق /q/ This has no equivalent in European languages It is a voiceless postvelar or uvular stop, pronounced by closing the back of the tongue against the uvula as if it were to be swallowed It is like / خ () without vibration This sound should not be confused with ك /k/ (), eg ق لب qalb, heart, but ك لب kalb dog /h () Kāf ك /k/ An unaspirated voiceless velar stop as the k of English skate

Pronunciation of consonants () Lām ل /l/ A voiced alveolar lateral as the l in English let () Mīm م /m/ A voiced bilabial nasal as the m in English moon () Nūn ن /n/ A voiced alveolar nasal as the n in English nine () Hā ه (ه) /h/ A voiceless glottal fricative as the h in English head Note: This letter has another function when it occurs at the end of a word with two superscript dots: ة ة Then it is pronounced exactly like ت /t/ () and is called tā marbūṫah (see chapter 0 on gender) () Wāw و /w/ A voiced bilabial semivowel, as the w in English well (8) Yā ي /y/ A voiced alveo-palatal semivowel, as the y in English yes 8

Chapter Punctuation and handwriting Punctuation Punctuation marks are not found in early Arabic manuscripts The Arabs have borrowed modern European punctuation marks with some modifications in order to distinguish them from Arabic letters, as follows: :! () Arabic handwriting It is recommended that handwriting technique is practised from the very beginning, otherwise it may become difficult to learn not only to write but even to read handwritten texts Arabs consider good handwriting a sign of erudition Printed and handwritten Arabic texts do not differ from each other as much as they do in European languages Arabic handwriting follows certain rules The straight horizontal direction used in writing English must be modified in Arabic handwriting, since some of the letters change their form according to the preceding or following letter Some remarks concerning the dots with certain consonants The most common way of marking the dots which belong to certain consonants in handwriting is to use a straight stroke instead of two 9

Punctuation and handwriting dots, as in /t/ or /y/; and instead of three dots, as in /t / One might suspect that the straight stroke replacing two dots could be confused with the vowels fatḣah or kasrah, but this is not the case, since these vowel signs are diagonal (slanting) strokes As noted above, handwritten as well as printed texts are normally written without vowel signs Exercises The examples below and in the next few chapters are intended mainly for practising how to read and write Arabic script جرح نكره هجم سحق () s+ḣ+q h+ğ+m n+k+r+h ğ+r+ḣ غرق زرع لهم رحل () r+ḣ+l l+h+m z+r+ ġ+r+q بحر تعب نسي لحم () l+ḣ+m n+s+y t+ +b b+ḣ+r صبغ منه عمل سمع () s+m+ +m+l m+n+h ṡ+b+ġ ترك وزع ترجم ميل () t+r+k w+z+ t+r+ğ+m m+y+l نجح سكت جحش عزي 0 () +z+y ğ+ḣ+š s+k+t n+ğ+ḣ

فيل عمي دحرج عكف () +k+f d+ḣ+r+ğ +m+y f+y+l Punctuation and handwriting هرب هجر فهم غرس (8) ġ+r+s f+h+m h+ğ+r h+r+b درس فهمه زعم بهق (9) b+h+q z+ +m f+h+m+h d+r+s بطل طبع ضرب صبر (0) ṡ+b+r ḋ+r+b ṫ+b+ b+ṫ+l مرض قوي ظلم سرد () s+r+d d +l+m q+w+y m+r+ḋ ضبط مهله شرد وضع () w+ḋ+ š+r+d m+h+l+h ḋ+b+ṫ عرك سمسر شهم فرغ () f+r+ġ š+h+m s+m+s+r +r+k فرش شكل برك قسم () q+s+m b+r+k š+k+l f+r+š

Punctuation and handwriting مصدر مورد مصور شحم () š+ḣ+m m+ṡ+w+r m+w+r+d m+ṡ+d+r ولده لطم مكث شهر () š+h+r m+k+t l+ṫ+m w+l+d+h شوق شرف برك قسم () q+s+m b+r+k š+r+f š+w+q خوف فندق رحم ذبح (8) d +b+ḣ r+ḣ+m f+n+d+q h +w+f بحث نهد مكتب شكر (9) š+k+r m+k+t+b n+h+d b+ḣ+t

Chapter Vowels ت There are three vowels in Arabic called ḣarakātu They can be both short and long (see chapter ) أ ل ح ر كا al- Short vowels The three short vowels are written as diacritical signs above or below the consonant to which they belong As a word always begins with a consonant, the consonant is pronounced before the vowel Fatḣah: /a/ is a small diagonal stroke above the consonant: write kataba, to ك ت ب eg /ba/, ب Kasrah: /i/ is a small diagonal stroke under the consonant: accept qabila, to ق ب ل eg /bi/, ب Ḋammah: /u/ is a sign similar to a comma above the consonant: handsome ḣasuna, to be ح س ن eg /bu/, ب The sound quality of fatḣah /a/ tends to be slightly coloured towards /æ/, like /a/ in the word fat in English Short vowels are not normally marked in personal handwriting or in most Arabic publications In order to avoid misunderstandings, the vowel signs are marked on unusual or foreign words, and in the Quran and children s books The vowel qualities of the three vowels mentioned above are influenced by the emphatic (pharyngealized) consonants The emphatic

س Vowels consonants are most easily heard in conjuction with fatḣah /a/, which is then coloured towards /o/, or to American English /u/ in but or /o/ in bottle, hot, etc Emphatic consonants س ل ب Example: The non-emphatic /s/ in the word ص ل ب sounds like sælæbæ, but the emphatic /ṡ/ in the word crucify sounds almost like ṡolobo salaba to steal ṡalaba to Note a: The following two consonants may sometimes also function as ا ل ه /l/ () only with the word ل /r/ (0), and ر emphatic: أل allāh, God Note b: The uvular ق /q/ has almost the same effect on the adjacent vowels as the emphatic consonants Thus the word ك لب kalb, dog, with a velar /k/, sounds almost like kælb, whereas ق لب qalb heart, with an uvular ق /q/, sounds almost like qolb Corresponding non-emphatic consonants س ط ظ () towards /ṡo/ counterpart of ص sat () towards /sæ/ as in () towards /ḋo/ counterpart of ض dam (8) towards /dæ/ as in د () towards /ṫo/ counterpart of ت () towards /tæ/ in tat () towards /d o/ counterpart of ذ (9) towards /d æ/ in that Note c: Phonologically the above sounds /æ/ and /o/ both represent the fatḣah However, in the transliteration system used in this book they are replaced by /a/ This is because they function as /a/ phonemically Exercises Read and practise your handwriting: ف ر غ ش ه د س م ع ك ر ه خ ب ز () h abaza kariha sami a šahida fariġa to bake to dislike to hear to witness to be empty د ر س م ع ه ث ق ل ك ر م ق ر ب () darasa qaruba karuma t aqula sami ahu to study to be near to be noble to be heavy he heard him

ص ز ه د ض ع و ر م ر ب ح س ه ل ر Vowels () rabiḣa warima zahida raḋi a sahula to gain to be swollen to abstain to suckle to be easy ر ق ط ب خ ظ ل م ل ه ق ه ر ه () raqaṡa qaharahu ṫabah a d alama lahu to dance defeat him to cook to oppress for him و ق ع ه ج ر ع ه د ضر ب ع ط ش () aṫiša ḋaraba ahida hağara waqa a to be thirsty to beat to entrust to emigrate to fall ن د م س ك ت ض ع ف ب ل ع ه ر ب () haraba bala a ḋa ufa sakata nadima to escape to swallow to be weak to be silent to regret خ ل ط ر ك ض ح ل ف ش ه ر ر س م () rasama šahara ḣalafa rakaḋa h alaṫa to draw to make famous to swear to run to mix و ز ن ص ر خ ع ر ض ف ه م ط ب ع (8) ṫaba a fahima araḋa ṡarah a wazana to print to understand to exhibit to scream to weigh

Vowels Write in Arabic: (9) wat iqa baḣat a bah ila kasila tarakahu to trust to search to be stingy to be lazy he left him (0) ġaḋiba ğama a mariḋa našara faqada to be angry to collect to become ill to publish to lose () nağaḣa sağada tabi a ğara a ḋaġaṫa to succeed to bow to follow to swallow to press () waṡala rağa a labisa ḣasaba wa ada to arrive to return to dress to calculate to promise () ṫarada raġama salima našiqa waḋa a to dismiss to force to be safe to sniff to put down () ġariqa barama hağama raḣima šahida to sink to turn to attack to be merciful to witness () badala ta isa fasada zara a aṫiba to change to be miserable to be rotten to plant to be destroyed () t abata talafa barada dabaġa za ila to be firm to destroy to be cold to tan to be angry () maḋaġa nabata hatafa zaḣafa bara a to chew to grow (plants) to shout to creep to be skilful (8) ṡa uba mazaḣa ġadara baraqa za ama to be difficult to joke to betray to flash to pretend (9) rakiba t aqaba zaliqa ḋağira zalaṫa to ride to drill to glide to be bored to swallow

Chapter Sukūn, šaddah, noun cases and nunation as indefinite form Sukūn: A small circle written above a consonant indicates the absence of a vowel, eg taḣta, under ت ح ت min, from م ن hum, they ه م kayfa, how ك ي ف kay, in order to ك ي law, if ل و Šaddah: (doubling of a consonant) (a) (b) When a consonant occurs twice without a vowel in between, the consonant is written only once but with the sign šaddah above and the pronunciation is also doubled, eg adda, to count ع د ğarraba, to try ج ر ب allama, to teach ع لم When kasrah /i/ appears together with šaddah, the kasrah is usually placed above the consonant but under the šaddah, eg teach! allim, ع ل م try! ğarrib, ج ر ب Noun cases Case inflection is called س م إ ع را ب لا i rābu l-ismi in Arabic Arabic nouns and adjectives have three cases For the most part they

Sukūn, šaddah, noun cases and nunation as indefinite form are indicated by adding a vowel to the last consonant, and they are called: Nominative: Accusative: Genitive: ḋammah) marfū un (takes the vowel م ر فو ع fatḣah) manṡūbun (takes the vowel م ن صو ب kasrah) mağrūrun (takes the vowel م ج رو ر (There is more about cases in later chapters) Nunation as indefinite form أل ن ك ر ة Nouns and adjectives are generally indicated as indefinite forms, an-nakiratu, by doubling the final vowel sign and pronouncing them with a final /n/ The final vowel itself does not, however, become long in spite of the double vowel sign This process of making a noun or adjective indefinite is called ت ن وي ن tanwīnun in Arabic and nunation in English The indefinite forms of the three different cases are: Nominative indef: The word ends with a double ḋammah: malikun, a king م ل ك /un/ or Accusative indef: The word ends with a double fatḣah and often an extra alif ا which is not pronounced as a long vowel ā: (object) malikan, a king م ل كا /an/ ا Genitive indef: The word ends with a double kasrah: malikin, a king s, of a king م ل ك /in/ Note a: The form of the double ḋammah is the commonest of the two alternatives and will be used in this book Note b: In spoken Arabic the use of nunation, ie /un/, /an/ and /in/ in nouns, is rare 8 Exercises Read and practise your handwriting:

ج ر ب ح ر ك ل با و ل دا د خ ن () dah h ana kalban waladan baḣrun ğarra to smoke dog boy sea to draw ن ه ر م ع ل ما م ح م د ق و م ع ي ن () ayyana qawmun muḣammadun mu alliman nahrin to appoint people Muhammad teacher river م ط ثوبا () م خ يوما ر ربش ر يا t awban yawman maṫarin h arbaša ramyan dress day rain to scratch shooting ه و ع و ن ح ر ب م () ع ل allama awnun ḣarbun hiya huwa ه ي Sukūn, šaddah, noun cases and nunation as indefinite form to teach help war she he ن ح ن و ط ن ح ر ك ق ل م ع ل ما () alman qalamun ḣarikin waṫanun naḣnu flag pen lively homeland we ر ج ل () rağulin ع ر ب ي ش ر ف ج ب ل ع م ل amalun ğabalin šarafin arabiyyun man work mountain honour Arab ب ط ن ق ر () م م ش س قصر د qamarin šamsun qaṡrin sayyidin baṫnun س ي moon sun castle lord, Mr belly ر ل (8) ن م غرب شرق دي نفس ramlun ġarbin šarqun daynun nafsin sand west east debt soul ش غ ل (9) šuġlin خ ب زا ل و نا ح ك ما ع ذ ر ḣukman ud run lawnan h ubzan work rule excuse colour bread ج م شيخا (0) سيف قسم ل šayh an sayfin qismun ğamalun ع ل م ilmun old man sword part camel knowledge 9

Sukūn, šaddah, noun cases and nunation as indefinite form Write in Arabic: Remember: The words below with endings /un/, /an/ and /in/ should be written with a double vowel (and an extra alif ا if the ending is /an/ ), as mentioned above, eg م ل كا malikan, a king () raḣḣala baḣḣa ḣassa zuhdan ḣarraka to deport to be hoarse to feel asceticism to move () muh addirun mad habiyyun wakkala ḣasadan raddada anaesthetic sectarian to authorize envy to repeat () šahran h ağalun ṡabba bu dun ḣaṫṫa month shyness to pour distance to put () h arraba qaṫa a rağğa a šabba mutaḣarrirun to destroy to cut to return to grow up emanicipated () h amran ḣayawiyyin šahriyyan bawwaba qarnin wine lively monthly to classify horn () zawğan ballaġa radda šahiyyan rağ iyyin husband to inform to return tasty reactionary () bawwala rabbun šaḣḣama šağğa a d anna to urinate lord to grease to encourage to think (8) šukran ša ala abdan ṫab an marḣaban thanks to light slave naturally hello (9) ṡaḣḣa muh arribin ḣad d an qarrara šawwaqa to be healthy saboteur fortune to decide to desire 0

Chapter Long vowels, alif maqṡūrah, dagger or miniature alif, word stress and syllable structure The three short vowels, /a/, /u/, and /i/, also have long variants They are written by adding one of the following three letters after the short vowel signs These letters are called in Arabic prolongation : ḣurūfu l-maddi letters of ح روف ا ل م د alif,ا which is related to fatḣah /a/ wāw,و which is related to ḋammah /u/ yā,ي which is related to kasrah /i/ Short vowels /ba/ ب /bu/ ب /bi/ ب Long vowels bābun, door با ب eg /bā/, ب ا nūrun, light نو ر eg /bū/, بو dīnun, religion دي ن eg /bī/, ب ي Note: In some books long vowels are transliterated as double vowels Here we use the macron above the vowel to indicate length ل It should be noted that the combination of the letter lām followed by alif ا is called lām- alif and written as لا or لا /lā/ (not as لا ) Also, the lām- alif لا follows the rule of alif (),ا which means that it cannot be connected to the following letter (to the left), eg ḣallan, a solution ح لا lāma, to blame لا م salāmun, peace س لا م

Long vowels, alif maqṡūrah, dagger alif, word stress Alif maqṡūrah The long vowel /ā/ at the end of a word can be written with alif ا or, in some words, with yā, but without dots ى That yā is then called eg alif maqṡūrah, أ ل ف م ق صو ر ة ramā, to throw ر مى rawā, to tell ر وى alā, on ع لى Note: Certain rules explained in later chapters govern which one of the two alifs is to be used in a word Dagger or miniature alif In some common words the long vowel /ā/ is written with a miniature alif, also called dagger alif As the name suggests, this is a small vertical stroke ا placed above the consonant, replacing the ordinary full alif eg,(ا) ) ذا ل ك (not: ا ذ ل ك ) لا ك ن (not: ا ك ن ) ها ذا (not: ه ا ذا hād ā, this lākinna, but d ālika, that Word stress and syllable structure Surprisingly enough, the Arabic grammarians did not deal with the position of stress (dynamic accent) in Arabic words Nevertheless almost all Arabic words must be stressed on one of their syllables, which may be short or long The stress appears as an increase in vocal intensity as well as a raising of the pitch of voice The following general rules are mainly based on the methods of pronunciation employed by the reciters of the Quran In some cases there are variations between different traditions, and the native dialect of the speaker may also influence the pronunciation Syllables are divided into short and long A short syllable consists of a consonant plus a short vowel (CV), whereas a long syllable consists of: () a consonant plus a long vowel (CV ), () a consonant plus a short vowel plus a consonant (CVC), or () a consonant plus a long vowel

plus a consonant (CV C) No syllable can start with more than one consonant a) The stress falls on the first long syllable counting from the end of the word However, the final syllable cannot itself carry the stress, except when the word has only one syllable, eg yak-tu-bū-na, qal-bun, uq-tu-lū, ka-tab-tum, ka-tab-tun-na, mam-la-ka-tun, ū (The hyphens here indicate syllable not morpheme junctures) d Long vowels, alif maqṡūrah, dagger alif, word stress b) Another tradition holds that if the first long syllable is the fourth syllable counting from the end or any syllable before that syllable, then the third syllable counting from the end receives the stress, eg mam-la-ka-tun ) If there is no long syllable or if only the last syllable is long, the first syllable receives the stress, eg ka-ta-ba, qa-ta-lū, sa-ma-katun, sa-ma-ka-tu-hu-mā According to another tradition, in these cases the stress cannot be retracted to an earlier position than the third syllable counting from the end Eg sa-ma-ka-tun, sa-ma-katu-hu-mā ) The stress cannot normally fall on the definite article al- or a prefixed preposition or conjunction, eg al-ya-du, ā, wa-ramat ka-d Note: The final short vowel or final syllable of certain word endings to be dealt with later tend to be left out in pronunciation, especially in pausa (at the end of a sentence) Yet the given stress rules still apply in most cases, if you bear in mind that the final vowel or syllable has been lost Eg maf-hūm(-un), mad-rasa(-tun), sa-ma-ka(-tun), lub-nā-nī (lub-nā-niy-yun) Exercises Read and practise your handwriting: ك ري م ح روف س في ر ح ما را ر مى () ḣurūfun safīrin karīmun ramā ḣimāran letters ambassador generous to throw donkey

س Long vowels, alif maqṡūrah, dagger alif, word stress ا ه ذ ه وا س عا تا ج ر ح زي ن حا لا () ḣazīnun tāğirin wāsi an hād ihi ḣālan sad merchant wide this (f) immediately ل ما ح ي ج دي دا ر وى في () ḣayyun lammā fī rawā ğadīdan living when in to tell new صو فا رو ح ه نا ك خ با زا ج رى () rūḣun ṡūfan ğarā h abbāzan hunāka soul, spirit wool to run baker there ق ري با ح دا د خ يا طا قا نو ن ب نى () qānūnun h ayyāṫan ḣaddādin qarīban banā law tailor blacksmith near to build Read, practise your handwriting and transliterate: س حا با ز جا ج س مي ن ح ما لا مص ر ي () Egyptian porter fat glass clouds س كي ن سو ق ط ري ق د جا جا ب كى () road marketplace knife to cry poultry ك لا ما ز ي تو ن ك لا با د رو عص فو ر (8) lessons bird dogs olives talk يا بس ف لا حا خ ن زي را ض يو ف وا ل د (9) guests pig peasant dry father س عى ري ح غ زا لا ع ل م ي جا ه ل (0) wind to strive ignorant scientific gazelle ش را ب ع ر ب ي ع جو ز و زي ر غ ري با () minister strange old Arab drink م ش هو ر ب لا دا ل طي ف ض عي ف حا لا () weak kind, gentle countries famous immediately

د نا عا د لا ح لا لا ن زي ه ن بي ه () permitted just to come near honest smart م يا ها ل حا م ك ر ي س ن ظي فا س لا ما () peace clean chair butcher waters Long vowels, alif maqṡūrah, dagger alif, word stress ص ن دو ق س يا س ي ا ذ ا ل ك سو ر يا ذا ب () Syria that politician box to melt Write in Arabic: Note: The words below all have the ordinary alif (ا) and not the alif maqṡūrah ى or the dagger alif ( ) This is to avoid misunderstandings at this stage () bārīsu sūriyyā ādilan hubūṫin ṡiyāmun Paris Syria just lowering fasting () bāšā wāğiban ğāsūsan d urūfun h irrīğan pasha duty spy circumstances graduate (8) baḣḣārun ṡawwānin d alāmun mustašārin abīdan sailor flint darkness adviser slaves (9) bah īlan su ālan mu addātun manqūšin nahā stingy cough equipment engraved to forbid (0) h amran muhāğirun ṡiyāḣin hāğara ḋubbāṫun wine emigrant shouting to emigrate officers () zawğan āman minšārun zayyātun nāṫūrun husband year saw oil-seller guard () badawiyyin ta āwunin ġadīrin fawāriqu h uršūfun Bedouin co-operation pool differences artichoke () bāraza zāra ad īmun faransiyyun tazawwağa to duel to visit great Frenchman to marry () irāqiyyun h azzānan mah ṡūṡin zawāriqu h arṫūšan Iraqi reservoir special boats bullets

Chapter Hamzah (hamzatu l-qaṫ i) and the maddah sign Hamzah or hamzatu l-qaṫ i, ل ق ط ع ه م ز ة, means the cutting or disjunctive hamzah Hamzah is considered to represent the first letter of the alphabet and it has a full consonantal value like other consonants (Arabic grammarians refer to alif as the alif hamzah) The sign of hamzah was added to the Arabic script at a rather late stage Therefore hamzah does not have a real independent form comparable to,ء the other consonant letters Hamzah is written with the special sign which is transliterated as / / The sound of hamzah exists in European languages in speech but is not represented in writing In Arabic it is both heard and written Phonetically it is a glottal stop, pronounced as a catch in the throat by holding one s breath and suddenly releasing it This sound occurs as follows in some other languages: In Cockney English little bottle is pronounced as /li l bo l/, ie with two glottal stops In German, beobachten to consider, is pronounced as /be obachten/ Vereisen, to freeze, be frozen, is pronounced as /fer aizen/, but the word verreisen, meaning to travel away has no glottal stop Iss auch ein Ei! Eat also an egg!, is pronounced as / iss auch ain Ai!/ Note: Hamzah ء / / should not be confused with the completely different letter ayn ع / / in either pronunciation or transliteration

Hamzah is used frequently, but the rules for writing it are quite complicated and are therefore dealt with in more detail in chapter 0 Since hamzah does not have a regular independent form, it is mainly written on the letters ؤ,أ and ئ (without dots), and these three letters are called seats or chairs for the hamzah Hamzah (hamzatu l-qaṫ i) and the maddah sign Some basic rules for writing hamzah The initial glottal stop hamzah / / is written above or below the letter alif ا and is pronounced before the vowel, according to the following rules (a) Hamzah together with fatḣah are written above the alif: أ / a/, eg أ ك ل أص ل أ رض aklun, food aṡlun, origin arḋun, earth, ground (b) / أ alif: Hamzah together with ḋammah are written above the u/, eg أ ف ق أ م أ خ ت uh tun, sister ummun, mother ufuqun, horizon (c) إ alif: Hamzah together with kasrah are both written under the / i/, eg إ ن إص ب ع إ ذ iṡba un, finger inna, that, indeed id, if, when (d) Hamzah on alif in the middle of the word, eg س ا ل ر أ س ر أ ي sa ala, to ask ra yun, opinion ra sun, head (e) Hamzah on alif at the end of the word, eg ن ب ا ق ر أ ب د أ naba un, news qara a, to read bada a, to start, to begin

Hamzah (hamzatu l-qaṫ i) and the maddah sign The maddah sign The maddah sign م د ة is a long slanting or curved superscript line representing the alif, which is written above another alif to signify the lengthening of / a/ as / ā/ It is used when an alif which has hamzah and fatḣah أ) ) is followed by another alif أا) ) The alif, hamzah and fatḣah are all omitted, and only one alif is written with the sign maddah above it as ا (for: أا ), which is pronounced as / ā/ This is to avoid having to write the alif twice, eg ر أا ه (for: ر ا ه ) أ ل ق ر أا ن (for: أ ل ق ر ا ن al-qur ānu, the Quran ) ra ā-hu, he saw him/it When an alif having hamzah and fatḣah أ is followed by another alif with hamzah and sukūn أ) ), only one alif is written with maddah above it ا (for: أ أ ), which is also pronounced / ā/ In this way one avoids having to write two glottal stops in one syllable, eg ) أ أ م ن (for: ا م ن āmana, to believe ) أ أ نس (for: ا نس ānasa, to be amused Exercises Read and practise your handwriting: أ م ها ت أ خ با ر ا خ ر إ ما م ث ا ر () t a run imāmun āh ara ah bārun ummahātun revenge prayer leader another news (pl) mothers 8 إ ب ط أ ذ ن م لا ن م ب د أ أ ن ت () anta mabda un mal ānu ud unun ibṫun you (m) principle full ear armpit إي جا ر ب ا سا ا ل إ ن تا ج intāğun āla ba san īğārun ا ب () ābu August production to return harm rent

إ ن سا ن أ ي ن إ مش! أ ل م alamun imši ayna insānun إ ب ل () iblun camels pain go! where? human being إ با ن م س ت ا ج ر musta ğirun ibbāna ا با د إث م أ مي ن () amīnun it mun ābādun faithful sin endless renter during Hamzah (hamzatu l-qaṫ i) and the maddah sign أ س بو ع أ ج ن ب ي أ ك ب ر أو رو ب ي إ ب دا ع () ibdā un ūrūbbiyyun akbaru ağnabiyyun usbū un creation European bigger foreigner week ف ا ر إ ذ ن أ ما أ س ر م ت ا س ف () muta assifun asara ammā id nun fa run sorry to capture but permission mouse إ ر ث أ ل ما ن يا ز أ ر أ ن بوب unbūbun za ara almāniyā irt un إي ذا ن (8) īd ānun proclamation tube to roar Germany heritage Write in Arabic: (9) nabba a ta rīh un abyaḋu ilzāmiyyun malğa un to advise dating white compulsory shelter (0) mah ba un arğa a ša nun aṡarra iḣmarra hiding place to postpone matter to insist to turn red, blush () arrah a antum anā islāmun waka a to date you (mpl) I Islam to lean () i lānun ṫara a ābu a raba azraqu announcement to happen August to express blue () iḋrābun ah un ibrīqun abadan ufuqun strike brother pot, jug never horizon () usṫūlun ilḣāḣun arnabun imdādun iğbāriyyun fleet insistence rabbit help compulsory 9

Hamzah (hamzatu l-qaṫ i) and the maddah sign () ayḋan aswadu usūdun īrānī ustād un also black lions Iranian professor () ummiyyun a rağu aṡfaru ususun aḣmaqu illiterate lame yellow foundations foolish () i lāmun aṡla u ma mūrun muta anniqun muttaki un information bald official elegant leaning 0

Chapter 8 al, أ ل Definite article nominal sentences, verbal sentences, word order and adjectives 8 The definite article أ ل al is the only definite article in Arabic It is used for all noun cases, genders and numbers by attaching it to the beginning of a noun or adjective There is no indefinite article, but only an indefinite form, which has already been covered in chapter Note: Concerning writing hamzah over the alif (أ) in the definite article, see the final note in chapter 9 8 When the indefinite form becomes definite, it loses its nunation /n/, and only one vowel is written on or under the final consonant, eg Indefinite Definite Nominative: Accusative: Genitive: أ ل ب ي ت بي ت baytun, a house ب ي تا baytan, a house al-baytu, the house أ ل ب ي ت بي ت baytin, of a house al-bayta, the house أ ل ب ي ت al-bayti, of the house 8 The basic functions of the three noun cases are as follows: The nominative case is used for the subject and predicate noun or adjective The accusative case is used for the direct object, predicative complement in verbal sentences, and for most adverbs

Definite article, nominal and verbal sentences, adjectives The genitive case is used for expressing possession (explained in chapter ) and after prepositions Note: Often the case endings are not pronounced, except for the indefinite accusative ending -an in adverbs, eg ش ك را šukran thank you! 8 The definite article أ ل al is used more frequently in Arabic than in English One of the reasons for this is that nouns referring to abstract things, whole collectives and generic terms, generally take the definite article, eg al- ilmu, science أ ل ع ل م animals al-kilābu ḣayawānātun Dogs are أ ل ك لا ب ح ي وا نا ت 8 Nominal and verbal sentences ج م ل ة س م ي ة There are two types of Arabic sentence: nominal sentences ğumlatun ismiyyatun, and verbal sentences ج م ل ة ف ع ل ي ة ğumlatun fi liyyatun 8 A nominal sentence does not contain a verb and consists of two components: subject and predicate The subject is usually a noun (phrase) or pronoun in the nominative case The predicate may be a noun (phrase), pronoun, an indefinite adjective, or an adverb of place or time A nominal sentence refers to the present tense and does not require the copula to be, eg ill al-qiṫṫu marīḋun The cat (is) أ ل ق ط م ري ض student anā ṫālibun I (am) a أ نا طا ل ب there al-waladu hunāka The boy (is) أ ل و ل د ه نا ك workers hum ummālun They (are) ه م ع ما ل

8 Verbal sentence and word order A verbal sentence contains a verb, and has the following basic word order: verb + subject + object or complement Definite article, nominal and verbal sentences, adjectives The subject is normally in the nominative case The direct object, which may occur only with transitive verbs, is in the accusative case (subject) h arağa (verb) ṫālibun خ رج طا ل ب A student went out (object) akala (verb) kalbun (subject) h ubzan أ كل ك ل ب خ ب زا A dog ate bread Remember: If the subject or object is a personal pronoun, it is usually left out, because the verb is conjugated for the person, gender and number of the subject and pronominal object (see chapter ) 88 Adjectives An adjective normally follows the noun it qualifies and agrees with it in gender, number and case, except when the noun refers to non-humans, ie animals and things When the adjective functions as predicate in a nominal sentence (predicative construction), it is always indefinite, even when the subject is definite: beautiful/nice al-matḣafu ğamīlun The museum (is) أ ل م ت ح ف ج مي ل large al-baytu wāsi un The house (is) أ ل ب ي ت وا س ع When the adjective functions as a modifier of a noun (attributive construction), it also agrees with the head noun in terms of definiteness In other words, if the head noun is definite, the adjective also takes the definite article, whereas if the head noun is indefinite, the adjective is also indefinite

الب ط ت وط لم و Definite article, nominal and verbal sentences, adjectives al-baytu l-wāsi,u the large house أ ل ب ي ت ل وا س ع large baytun wāsi un, a large house OR A house is ب ي ت وا س ع Note a: The alif ا of the definite article in ل وا س ع l-wāsi u in the first of the two sentences above is elided in pronunciation after a vowel (discussed in chapter 9 dealing with waṡlah) Note b: There is no formal difference between the predicative and attributive construction of an adjective when the head noun is indefinite (compare the translations of the second sentence in the above pair) ا /l/ followed by alif ل Note c: Again, when the combination of the letter is written as,لا or لا /lā/, the same principle is applied as when ل /l/ is followed by alif with hamzatu l-qaṫ i,أ ie لا /l / (refer to chapter ) al- ummu, the mother أ لا م commander, al- amīru, the أ لا مي ر the prince al- amalu, the hope أ لا م ل al- uh tu, the sister أ لا خ ت Exercises Practise your reading: يل ق لأ () al-qalamu ṫawīlun The pen (is) long واسع مط عم لأ () al-maṫ amu wāsi un The restaurant (is) large أن عاقل () anta ṫālibun āqilun You (m) (are) a reasonable student هن ه/ ي أي () ayna hiya / huwa Where (is) she/he?

م اتب بط شم مان يا ل ك ل و ب ل ا ش غول م ك روه م س ا ي ب ط ير يه هناك () hiya hunāka She (is) there هور ك هو () huwa kātibun mašhūrun He (is) a famous writer Definite article, nominal and verbal sentences, adjectives أ في ألا قارب () al- aqāribu f ī almānyā The relatives (are) in Germany يب شاطر هو (8) huwa ṫabībun šāṫirun He (is) a skilful physician أ ين مأ (9) al-kalbu amīnun The dog (is) faithful ألا كل (0) al- aklu ṫayyibun The food (is) delicious, good مدير لأ () al-mudīru makrūhun The director (is) hated ه نع () na am, huwa mašġūlun Yes, he (is) busy قص عم ر لأ () al- umru qaṡīrun (The) life (is) short ف أن () anā āsifun I (am) sorry

ن اتب ير ز تاذ ر كم ح بوب م رم دج يف يب يم ار ح ا Definite article, nominal and verbal sentences, adjectives () al-kātibu maḣbūbun The writer (is) popular (beloved) ك لأ لا أ س هن () al- ustād u hunā The professor (is) here يض و لأ () al-wazīru marīḋun The minister (is) ill مك تب لأ قر (8) al-maktabu qarībun The office (is) nearby قد مطار لأ (9) al-maṫāru qadīmun The airport ( is) old خ وس يصم ق لأ (0) al-qamīṡu wasih un The shirt (is) dirty ف لأ نظ () al-finğānu nad īfun The cup (is) clean يذ م لت ىمر انج سور ا م الق () ramā tilmīd un qalaman maksūran A pupil threw (away) a broken pen شه () šahrun ḣārrun a hot month أت طالب ى يد () atā ṫālibun ğadīdun A new student has come

سم م نوع م يد ر ب س هم فط سج ليب اح قم ا وط سل رم ب ان يا يلا ا ي ا هذا صع ب ر مأ () hād ā amrun ṡa bun This (is) a difficult matter بع مطار لأ () al-maṫāru ba īdun The airport (is) far away Definite article, nominal and verbal sentences, adjectives ا هذا موح ا لكن ا ذ كل () hād ā masmūḣun lākin d ālika mamnū un This (is) allowed but that (is) forbidden/prohibited بارد ا ل شر (8) šariba ṫiflun ḣalīban bāridan A child drank cold milk را جميلا ند بن ى (9) banā muhandisun ğisran ğamīlan An engineer built a beautiful bridge طبيب زار يضا ص خش (0) zāra ṫabībun šah ṡan marīḋan A physician visited a sick person (patient) الا افي حص نش () našara ṡiḣāfiyyun maqālan ṫawīlan A journalist published a long article ر أ سونا من () anā min sūriyyā I (am) from Syria إس ألا ند في () al- andalusu fī isbānyā Andalusia (is) in Spain

Definite article, nominal and verbal sentences, adjectives Translate into Arabic: As mentioned in the Preface, the words used in the English exercises in all chapters are taken from the Arabic exercises of the same chapter () The airport (is) dirty () He (is) a busy engineer () He (is) popular () The director (is) busy () Yes, he (is) short () (The) life (is) long () This (is) forbidden (8) The shirt (is) beautiful (9) A new month (0) The airport (is) nearby () This (is) allowed () The restaurant (is) famous () The relatives (are) in Syria () The food (is) here () The pen (is) there () Where (am) I? () The professor (is) sorry (8) The journalist (is) busy (9) The dog (is) ill (0) The shirt (is) clean () The minister (is) from Syria () The office (is) old () He (is) new 8

Chapter 9 Sun and moon letters, hamzatu l-waṡli (waṡlah) 9 Sun and moon letters The Arabic consonants are phonetically divided into two major classes called: sun letters, ح رو ف ش م س ي ة ḣurūfun šamsiyyatun, assimilating moon letters, ح رو ف ق م ر ي ة ḣurūfun qamariyyatun, non-assimilating 9 Sun letters The sun letters have received their name from the Arabic word for sun, ش مس šamsun, whose first letter, ش /š/, belongs to the class of assimilating letters There are fourteen sun letters These letters are pronounced with the tongue touching the teeth or front part of the mouth: ص ض ط ظ ل ن ت ث د ذ ر ز س ش š s z r d d t t n l d 9 When the definite article أ ل / al/ is attached to a word which begins with a sun letter, the sound ل /l/ of the definite article is ل assimilated to the sound of the following sun letter Although the /l/ is not pronounced, it is written as such (without a sukūn), but in the transliteration it is omitted Owing to the assimilation, the first con- sonant of the word is doubled, which is indicated by a šaddah above it t ḋ ṡ 9

Sun and moon letters, hamzatu l-waṡli (waṡlah) أل ش مس ش مس šamsun, a sun ر ج ل rağulun, a man aš-šamsu, the sun أل ر ج ل ar-rağulu, the man مس (not: al-šamsu) ر ج ل (not: al-rağulu) أ ل ش أ ل 9 Moon letters The other fourteen letters are called moon letters, because the first letter, qamarun, represents the ق م ر moon, /q/, of the Arabic word for ق class of non-assimilating letters: أ ب ج ح خ ع غ ف ق ك م ه و ي y w h m k q f ġ 9 When the definite article أ ل / al/ is attached to a word beginning with a moon letter, the lām ل /l/ of the article is not assimilated and retains its pronunciation, eg h ḣ ğ b qamarun, a moon ق م ر kitābun, a book ك تا ب al-qamaru, the moon أ ل ق م ر al-kitābu, the book أ ل ك تا ب Note: The letters ج /ğ/ and ي /y/ are counted as moon letters (non-assimilating), although they are pronounced with the tongue touching the front part of the mouth, eg al-ğabalu, the mountain أ ل ج ب ل 9 Hamzatu l-waṡli (or waṡlah) Hamzatu l-waṡli, ل وص ل ه م ز ة, also called waṡlah, وص لة, means joining hamzah It is a small sign written above the alif ( ), which is not pronounced and appears only at the beginning of a word 0 The role of hamzatu l-waṡli (waṡlah) is to connect two words together in one pronunciation without an intervening glottal stop (hamzatu l-qaṫ i) It may be compared to the French apostrophe in l homme (instead of le homme)

9 When the article أ ل / al/ and the nouns in the table below, as well as certain verb forms (see chapter 8) with an initial hamzatu l-qaṫ i such as أ / a/ and إ / i/, are preceded by another word or prefix, they lose their initial hamzatu l-qaṫ i with its vowel Instead the sign of hamzatu l-waṡli (waṡlah) is written in their place over the alif, as, eg Sun and moon letters, hamzatu l-waṡli (waṡlah) با ب أ ل ب ي ت (not: با ب ل ب ي ت bābu l-bayti the door of the house ش ر ب ل ط فل ح لي با šariba ṫ-ṫiflu ḣalīban The child drank milk bābu al-bayti) ر ب أل ف ل (not: šariba aṫ-ṫiflu ) ش ط Note a: The above-mentioned word با ب /bābu/ does not take the definite article, according to a rule explained in chapter ط ف ل Note b: In the above word article is not pronounced as such at all, because there is a waṡlah above the alif and the initial /ṫ/ is a sun letter ): إ) Words with initial hamzatu l-qaṫ i - al-ṫiflu) the definite أ ل ط فل (not: ل /ṫ-ṫiflu/ إ ب ن إ ب ن ة إ م ر أ ة إ م رؤ ibnun imru un imra atun ibnatun son man woman daughter إ س ت إ س م إ ث ن تا ن إ ث نا ن it nāni it natāni ismun istun two (m) two (f) name buttocks Example: ا ه ذا ب ن ل م ل ك hād ā bnu l-maliki This is the son of the king ا ه ذا إ ب ن (not: hād ā ibnu ) أ ل Note: The purist grammarians would be alarmed to see the definite article al, and other words mentioned in the table presented above, written with

م ر لط الب أ لا لط الب امم لد ر س ر قلم ل مهن دس ل م ح سج ت اذ و لا لد ر س د وط س يم Sun and moon letters, hamzatu l-waṡli (waṡlah) hamzatu l-qaṫ i Grammarians recommend that only the alif be written with a vowel over or under it and without hamzatu l-qaṫ i, although it is fully pronounced at the beginning of a sentence or in isolation However, most school textbooks throughout the Arab world do write hamzatu l-qaṫ i initially over or under the alif إ, أ) ) In keeping with the principle of the phonetic rather than historical-etymological way of spelling, the hamzatu l-qaṫ i initially over or under the alif will be used in this book also Exercises Practise your reading: فه () fahima ṫ-ṫālibu d-darsa The student understood the lesson لق قر ن ا () qara a l- imāmu l-qur āna The imam read the Quran لمس تش فى في ألط بيب () aṫ-ṫabību fī l-mustašfā The physician (is) at the hospital كس () kasara ṫ-ṫālibu l-qalama The student broke the pen لا س شر () šaraḣa l- ustād u d-darsa The professor explained the lesson يلا را رس () rasama l-muhandisu ğisran ṫawīlan The engineer drew a long bridge قد ألل و ح () al-lawḣu l- aswadu qadīmun The black board (is) old

ن دق يم د ير زم يم أ ت ر ى ل لد ر س لد ت اذ ير ز لط عام لا وط س ر م مرن ب أ لا يض (8) al-ibnu marīḋun The son (is) ill ف لأ (9) al-funduqu l-ğadīdu ğamīlun جديد جميل ل The new hotel (is) beautiful Sun and moon letters, hamzatu l-waṡli (waṡlah) قد غ لص مط عم لأ (0) al-maṫ amu ṡ-ṡaġīru qadīmun The small restaurant (is) old مح د لق ألش ارع () aš-šāri u l-qadīmu muzdaḣimun The old street (is) crowded و ل أك () akala l-waladu ṫ-ṫa āma The boy ate the food لمص نع ال م ع ل بن ى () banā l- ummālu l-maṡna a The workers built the factory لجديد الب لط قرأ () qara a ṫ-ṫālibu d-darsa l-ğadīda The student read the new lesson لا س كتب () kataba l- ustād u l-isma The professor wrote the name ص و ل لق () ištarā l-wazīru l-qaṡra إش The minister bought the palace يلا ا م س موظ ف ل قر () qara a l-muwad d afu sman ṫawīlan The employee read a long name

د لل ح م ت ر ى لز بون ب لبط ب لا Sun and moon letters, hamzatu l-waṡli (waṡlah) لا ب (8) ištarā l- abu l-laḣma إش The father bought the meat جبل ل مسافر ل صع (9) ṡa ida l-musāfiru l-ğabala The traveller climbed the mountain كل مط عم ل لخد مث (0) dah ala z-zabūnu l-maṫ ama t umma ṫalaba l- akla The customer entered the restaurant, then he ordered the food شاي ا () šariba l-musāfiru šāyan مسافر ل شر The traveller drank (some) tea مريض ل لج ر ل نام () nāma r-rağulu l-marīḋu The sick man slept ي ذك () al-ibnu d akiyyun ن ألا The son is intelligent Translate into Arabic: () The pen (is) beautiful () The old restaurant (is) crowded () The workers ate the meat () The sick man entered the restaurant () The engineer built the palace () The student read the Quran () The engineer climbed the mountain (8) The employee (is) at the hospital (9) The workers entered the palace (0) The father read the Quran

() The bridge (is) old () The sick traveller slept () The student wrote the name () The new customer slept () The new professor is intelligent () The student (is) ill Sun and moon letters, hamzatu l-waṡli (waṡlah)

Chapter 0 Gender 0 There are two genders in Arabic The term used for gender is أ ل ج نس al-ğinsu, which literally means sex, race, kind (a) (b) ر nouns, Masculine form akkaru, are without special أ ل م ذ ك al-mud Feminine nouns, أ ل م و ن ث al-mu annat u, have several forms as explained below 0 Tā marbūṫah When the letter hā ه ه /h/ () is written with two dots above /t/ () It ت it is pronounced as /t/, exactly like the letter,(ة ة) is then called tā marbūṫah and occurs only at the end of a word, mostly to indicate the feminine gender of nouns or adjectives The most common way to derive feminine nouns and adjectives is by adding the ending ة ة /atun/ to the masculine form, eg Masculine ṫālibun huwa ه و طا ل ب He is a student wālidun huwa ه و وا ل د He is a father Feminine ṫālibatun hiya ه ي طا ل ب ة She is a student wālidatun hiya ه ي وا ل د ة She is a mother Note a: A few nouns with the feminine ending tā marbūṫah are masculine, because they are used only in reference to males, eg

allāmatun ر حا ل ة raḣḣālatun Caliph learned man an explorer, traveller ع لا م ة h alīfatun خ لي ف ة Note b: Nouns ending in tā marbūṫah ة ة /atun/ do not take the extra طا ل ب ة in the indefinite accusative form So the correct form is ا final alif ( طا ل ب تا (not: ṫālibatan Gender Note c: At the end of a sentence the final vowel of a word is normally not pronounced Even tā marbūṫah is usually left unpronounced at the end of a sentence, as in طا ل ب ة /ṫāliba(h)/ for /ṫālibatun/ (cf chapter ) 0 Most parts or organs of the body which occur in pairs are feminine, eg riğlun, foot, leg ر ج ل aynun, eye ع ي ن yadun, hand ي د 0 There are words which are feminine by nature, eg ḣāmilun حا م ل arūsun, bride ع رو س ummun, mother أ م pregnant 0 Most geographical proper names, ie names of countries, cities, towns, villages, etc are treated as feminine They are so-called diptotes, ie have only two case endings and no nunation (to be explained in chapter ), eg bārīsu با ري س dimašqu, Damascus د م ش ق tūnisu, Tunisia تو نس Paris 0 A few nouns are feminine by usage, eg أ رض ḣarbun, war ح ر ب arḋun, earth, ground šamsun ش م س sun 0 There are a number of words, which can be either masculine or feminine, eg sikkīnun س كي ن ḣālun, condition حا ل sūqun, market سو ق knife

م ع ديم ديمة ت ر ى Gender 08 There are also two other feminine endings They form diptotes like the words in paragraph 0: (a) fatḣah + alif + hamzah ء) ا ā u), eg Feminine ḣamqā u, stupid ح م قا ء ḣamrā,u red ح م را ء Masculine aḣmaqu أ ح م ق aḣmaru أ ح م ر (b) Note: See the discussion of the independent hamzah after alif in chapter 0 fatḣah + alif maqṡūrah ى) ā), eg Feminine aṫšā, thirsty ع ط شى kubrā, bigger ك ب رى Masculine aṫšānu ع ط شا ن akbaru أ ك ب ر Note: If a word ends in sukūn and is followed by another word beginning with hamzatu al-waṡli (waṡlah), the sukūn is changed to kasrah This is to avoid three consonants occurring after each other For example, the verb و ق ع ت /waqa at/ in number in the exercise below is changed to l-/ /waqa ati و ق ع ت ل Exercises Practise your reading: عامل ل هد وق ت مر أة ل مريضة ل () waqa ati l-mar atu l-marīḋatu The sick woman fell over / ق ل ق ل لس وق () hadama l- āmilu s-sūqa l-qadīmata / l-qadīma The worker pulled down the old market (m or f) 8 سمينة لا ب اجة جد () ištarā l- abu dağāğatan samīnatan The father bought a fat chicken واسعة ت لخد ة ب لك بن اية إش () dah alat kalbatun bināyatan wāsi atan A dog (f) entered a big building

يرةم اتتم بح اص ة خ ة م نم خليفة ل رج ر ا امل لط ب اخ لر ج ل لن ار س وي ة رى يمة ب انة و ة مريض ل ممر ضة ل تط () a ṫati l-mumarriḋatu l-marīḋa ḣabbatan munawwimatan The nurse gave the patient a sleeping pill لقر ية مسافر ل بحأ () aḣabba l-musāfiru l-qaryata The traveller liked the village أع Gender سي ارة مدير ل ب رك () rakiba l-mudīru sayyāratan h āṡṡatan The director rode (in) a private car مريضة ل لا (8) mātati l- amīratu l-marīḋatu The sick princess died ت وق ع كبيرة صخ رة (9) waqa at ṡah ratun kabīratun A big rock fell down ي ل ع ل كس (0) kasara l- āmilu r-riğla l-yusrā The worker broke his ( the) left leg يم نى ل يد ل خي اط ل ح () ğaraḣa l-h ayyāṫu l-yada l-yumnā The tailor wounded his (the) right hand ق ل ف طأ () aṫfa a ṫ-ṫabbāh u n-nāra l-qawiyyata The cook put out the fierce (strong) fire aṫšānu () ar-raḣḣālatu عط شانألر ح الة The explorer is thirsty لمس تش فى في مريض ل أ () al-h alīfatu l-marīḋu fī l-mustašfā The sick caliph is in the hospital مرأة لأ حامل ل تع () al-mar atu l-ḣāmilu ta bānatun The pregnant woman is tired قد بغ داد مدينة () baġdādu madīnatun qadīmatun Baghdad is an old (ancient) city 9

لن اس لص روس لعالمي ة اقف ريس قالة طويلة م العة ط Gender ألش م س () aš-šamsu ṫāli atun The sun is rising شديدة ريح (8) rīḣun šadīdatun a strong wind ع لأ (9) al- arūsu l-ğālisatu ğamīlatun The sitting bride is beautiful جالسة جميلة ل و ل ع لأ قب يح (0) al- arīsu l-wāqifu qabīḣun The bridegroom standing up is ugly نشر حافي () našara ṡ-ṡiḣāfiyyu maqālatan ṫawīlatan The journalist published a long article حر ب ل ي و لث انية لا ولى () nasiya n-nāsu l-ḣarba (f) l- ālamiyyata l- ūlā wa-t -t āniyata The people have forgotten the First and Second World Wars Translate into Arabic: () The sick dog (f) is thirsty () The father liked the old market () The sick cook (f) died () The pregnant woman is in the hospital () The sick explorer is thirsty () The sitting bride is tired () The Caliph pulled down the old city (8) The father bought a big car (9) The engineer published an ugly article (0) The director liked the nurse () The tailor put out the strong fire () The worker wounded his (the) left hand () The cook broke his (the) right leg () The journalist has forgotten the First World War نس 0

لز بون ل رجخ ب دة ب ز اخ عم تاذ Chapter Conjunctions, prepositions and the particle ح تى ḣattā Some conjunctions and prepositions consist of only one consonant with a short vowel They are joined to the following word Conjunctions ل ع ط ف ح روف ḣurūfu l- aṫfi ف wa, و The three conjunctions commonly used coordinative conjunctions fa and ث م t umma are the most The conjunction و and should be joined to the following word and repeated before every member (constituent) of a series of linked words, eg لمدير و لا س وطالب ا h arağa l-mudīru wa-l- ustād u wa-ṫālibun ma an The rector and the professor and a student went out together وبي ض ا ب نة جو وز akala z-zabūnu h ubzan wa-zubdatan wa-ğubnatan wa-bayḋan The customer ate bread and butter and cheese and eggs أك Note: In English it is customary to add the conjunction and only before the last member of a series of coordinated words The conjunction ف then, and then is joined to the word which follows it It indicates an order or succession between actions or states, eg

رخ ب تاذ ق ر ر ه ن لش ر طي لس فير ير ز رخ ا Conjunctions, prepositions and the particle ḣattā ح تى الب طف لا س ف مدير ل ج h arağa l-mudīru fa-l ustād u fa-ṫālibun The rector went out and then the professor and then a student is also used with a causal sense between two or more verbs or ف sentences It can then be translated into English as so, therefore, eg لطف ل فنام تع ta iba ṫ-ṫiflu fa-nāma The child became tired and so he slept OR The tiredness caused the child to sleep في فغ ل وق ع waqa a fī n-nahri fa-ġariqa He fell in the river and so he drowned then, and, indicates succession with a break in time between ث م the actions, eg و ل ج مث مث h arağa l-wazīru t umma s-safīru t umma š-šurṫiyyu The minister went out, then the ambassador and then the policeman aw, or is used as a disjunctive conjunction There is also the أ eg aw either or, أ و immā إ و Note: ما expression: ا مإ أن أو أن ت immā anā aw antā either me or you functions ḣattā is a particle with many meanings and ح تى In the meaning even, it is considered by Arab grammarians to be a conjunction, because in this function it can connect a clause or phrase with a following apposition Modern Western linguists would, however, classify it then as a focus particle (or more generally, additive adjunct) ح تىWhen has this function, the following noun remains in the same case as the preceding one, eg

اتم لس مكة حت ى ل اس حت ى ن أ ر After a transitive verb: ل س أك akala s-samakata ḣattā r-ra sa He ate the fish, even the head After an intransitive verb: لملوك ل māta n-nāsu ḣattā l-mulūku The people died, even the kings Conjunctions, prepositions and the particle ḣattā ح تى Prepositions ل ج ر ح رو ف ḣurūfu l-ğarri The Arabic prepositions can be formally divided into two basic groups: primary and secondary The primary prepositions can moreover be divided into two subgroups: independent and bound (prefixed) The noun governed by the preposition always follows it and is in the genitive case If the preposition governs an adverb, the latter does not, of course, change its form As in many other languages, the Arabic prepositions have several different meanings The primary prepositions with their basic meanings are: م ع في ع لى ع ن إ لى ilā an alā fī ma a م ن min from, of, than م ن ذ ح تى to, until from, about on, over, at in, at with ) ل ) ل ḣattā mund u li (la) bi ka until, till, since, ago, for, to by, with, in as, like to, up to from because of ب ك ل are: Note a: The bound (prefixed) prepositions are written together with the following word They ك and ب ), ل ) Note b: When the prepositions م ن min from, and ع ن an, about, are followed by a word having an initial alif with hamzatu l-waṡli (waṡlah), the sukūn

ير اتم ل اصمة لس مكة حت ى عم نم يق أ ر يل ر Conjunctions, prepositions and the particle ḣattā ح تى is changed to fatḣah or kasrah, in order to avoid having three consonants following each other, thus smoothing the pronunciation, eg ع ن ل ح ر ب م ن ل م دي ر mina l-mudīri, from the director ani l-ḣarbi, about the war Note c: In certain idioms words such as those below with a suffixed personal pronoun have the preposition ب bi, eg ب ا ج م ع ه م bi- ağma i-him, all together ب ا س ر ه م bi- asri-him, all together أل نا س ب ا س ر ه م an-nāsu bi- asri-him, all of the أل نا س ب ا ج م ع ه م an-nāsu bi- ağma i-him, all of the people people (See more about ب bi in chapter ) Examples: صد مس بح ل إ ىل ب ب لس ي ارة ذه d ahaba bi-s-sayyārati ilā l-masbaḣi ma a ṡadīqin l-ī He went by car to the swimming pool with a friend of mine ) ī, mine, see chapter ي li and ل l-ī is a combination of لي) شه ذ ع ل في لس ف māta s-safīru fī l- āṡimati mund u šahrin One month ago the ambassador died in the capital (city) ḣattā as a preposition ح تى 8 When ح تى functions as a preposition with the meaning until, till, up to, as far as, the following noun must be in the genitive, eg ل س أك akala s-samakata ḣattā r-ra si (genitive) He ate the fish as far as (ie except) the head تى Note: Because of the many uses of Sībawayhi, made the following immortal statement: سي ب و ي ه grammar,, the father of Arabic ح

ل ون ب وع ا أ مو ت و في ن ف سي ش يء م ن ح تى amūtu wa-fī nafsī šay un min ḣattā I shall die and still have some ḣattā left in my soul 9 The secondary prepositions are formed from (verbal) nouns by means of the accusative ending -a The following are the most common of them: ف و ق ت ح ت ب ي ن ب ع د أ ما م amāma ba da bayna taḣta fawqa Conjunctions, prepositions and the particle ḣattā ح تى in front of after between, among under above, over Examples: ق بل ل ظ ه ر ba da ب ع د ل ظ ه ر qabla d -d uhri, before noon d -d uhri, in the afternoon Note: The above دو ن dūna and ب دو ن bi-dūni have the same function and may replace each other, eg أك / بد دون أس بق baqiya usbū an dūna / bi-dūni aklin ي ض د ب دو ن دو ن ح و ل ḣawla dūna bi-dūni ḋidda around, about without, under He stayed without food for one week (ie He didn t eat for a week) 0 Preposition used in the sense of to have ع ن د ق دا م ق ب ل inda without against by, with و را ء ن ح و ل دى qabla quddāma ladā naḣwa warā a before before, in front of with, at, by towards, approximately behind Arabic has no verb comparable to the English verb to have However, the same sense of owning or possessing can be expressed in nominal

د د لط الب سي ارة ر دل ل بي تل ل معل مل Conjunctions, prepositions and the particle ḣattā ح تى ل دى inda, ع ن د a, ma م ع sentences by using any of the four prepositions ladā or ل) ل ) li (la) after the noun expressing the owner The thing owned is expressed in the nominative case as the nominal predicate The differences in the use of these prepositions often depend on nuances (a) (b) The preposition م ع is more frequently used when referring to available possession at a given time, eg sayyāratun ma a ṫ-ṫālibi م ع ل طا ل ب س يا ر ة The student has a car (with him) (lit With the student [now] a car) The preposition ع ن د is the general way of expressing possession, both concrete and abstract, eg عن inda ṫ-ṫālibi sayyāratun The student has a car ة فك خبير ل عن inda l-h abīri fikratun The expert has an idea (c) (d) ع ن د inda ع ند ل ظ ه ر can also be used for time, eg d -d uhri, at (by) noon The preposition ل دى ladā is used in the elaborate literary style more or less in the same way as م ع ma a and ع ن د inda to express possession ى كثير لتاجر مال ladā t-tāğiri mālun kat īrun The merchant has a lot of money The preposition ل ) ل ) expresses both concrete and abstract possession and can also be used with inanimate possessors, as well as in the sense of for, to, because of, eg واحد باب li-l-bayti bābun wāḣidun The house has only one door ألس ي ارة as-sayyāratu li-l-mu allimi, the car belonging to the teacher ا هل ذ / ا ذل كل li-hād ā / li-d ālika, for this reason, because of that, therefore

لسج لش ارع ب يرة لش جرة Spelling rules for the preposition ل li (a) When ل li for, to precedes a word with the definite article is omitted in writing and أ al, the hamzah with its alif أ ل pronunciation, and the two lāms are joined together, eg ل ل عا م ل أ ل عا م ل (not: لا ل عا م ل li- al- āmili) al- āmilu li-l- āmili (Note: ع is a moon letter) Conjunctions, prepositions and the particle ḣattā ح تى the worker for the worker aṫ-ṫabībi) li- لا ل ط بي ب (not: لل ط بي ب أل ط بي ب aṫ-ṫabību li-ṫ-ṫabībi (Note: ط ṫ is a sun letter) the physician for the physician (b) When the preposition ل li precedes a word which itself begins with the letter lām ل and which has a definite article, the alif + hamzah of the definite article will again be elided, but because three lāms cannot be written in succession, the lām of the article and the initial lām of the following word are written as one with the sign šaddah (remember that lām is a sun letter), eg The adjective qualifying a noun preceded by a preposition is also in the genitive case, thus agreeing with the noun it qualifies, eg لا ل ل غ ة (not: ل ل غ ة أل ل غ ة al-luġatu li-l-luġati li- al-luġati) لجديد في ل غ ة luġatun a language the language for the language لا ل ل و ن (not: ل ل و ن أل ل و ن al-lawnu li-l-lawni li- al-lawni) ل و ن lawnun a colour the colour for the colour سكن sakana fī š-šāri i l-ğadīdi He lived on the new street لك ت حت ğalasa taḣta š-šağarati l-kabīrati He sat under the big tree

س لض ابط رجخ سم ت اذ ير ز لل و ح ب ر ش م لا جي ش على ل ش مج رم ل ك لس ك ين حارس ل ع ل ل ت ح ة تل لض ي ف حم لة م اصمة اصمة ص ر لا ف ن ل ط اي ا د و Conjunctions, prepositions and the particle ḣattā ح تى Exercises Practise your reading: و ل و لملك و من لس فير مع ا لق () h arağa l-maliku wa-l-wazīru wa-s-safīru ma an mina l-qaṡri The king, the minister and the ambassador went out of the palace together كتب لا س ب على لط ب شورة () kataba l- ustād u bi-ṫ-ṫabšūrati alā l-lawḣi l- aswadi The professor wrote with the chalk on the blackboard ( black board) عصير افر فشرب شطع ث () aṫiša musāfirun fa-šariba aṡīran t umma šariba šāyan A traveller got thirsty and (so) he drank juice, then he drank tea فمات ب ضرب () ḋaraba l-muğrimu l-ḣārisa bi-s-sikkīni fa-māta The criminal stabbed (hit) the guard with a (the) knife, and (so he) died و ب فحز لبلاد () zaḣafa ḋ-ḋābiṫu bi-l-ğayši alā l-bilādi wa-ḣtalla l- āṡimata The officer marched with the army into the country and occupied the capital ةم فسبح بر في وق طف ل ع بس رجخو () waqa a ṫiflun fī birkatin fa-sabaḣa wa-h arağa bi-salāmatin A child fell into a pool and swam and came out safely مث باب ل لخد قرع () qara a ḋ-ḋayfu l-bāba t umma dah ala The guest knocked at the door and (then) went in لع إ ىل ب سفينة باخرة / وص 8 (8) waṡalat bāh iratun / safīnatun ilā l- āṡimati muḣammalatun bi-n-nafṫi A ship (boat) arrived at the capital loaded with oil (petroleum)

ا لز بون ل ملح يل قم بخ قح لل ي ل حت ى ل وزيرل لص باح لت اجرل لس فير ض ارحة / د ت اب ا نم ب د لا ب وع ب ر امل كاتب ل و لط عام د لز راعةل لط ل ب هام ا را ملك ل ث و بع (9) ba at a l-maliku h abaran hāmman li-l-wazīri wa-s-safīri The king sent an important message to the minister and to the ambassador اب و ب ل يبة / شن طة (0) ḣamala l-bawwābu ḣaqībatan / šanṫatan li-t-tāğiri The doorman carried a bag belonging to the merchant Conjunctions, prepositions and the particle ḣattā ح تى بارد ا أك كمس ا حليب اثم شرب رمف () akala z-zabūnu samakan maqliyyan t umma šariba ḣalīban bāridan fa-mariḋa The guest (customer) ate fried fish, then he drank cold milk and (so he) got sick () amiltu l-bāriḣata / amsi fī l-layli ḣattā ṡ-ṡabāḣi في أ س م ب ل ت لمع Yesterday I worked through the night until (the) morning ي ك أ ت قر ع ل نع ي ن جأ () qara tu kitāban ani l- adabi l- arabiyyi li-kātibin ağnabiyyin I read a book about Arabic literature by a foreign writer فل ا هذ () hād ā ṫ-ṫa āmu li-ṫ-ṫifli This food is for the child (or: the child s) ب أس لم لع ة إ ىل ع ل ذ موظ ف ل () wa ada l-muwad d afu mund u usbū in bi-l- awdati ilā l- amali A week ago the employee promised that he would return to work و وع مص نع ل في ع ل لمك تب في مهندس لأ () al-muhandisu fī l-maktabi wa-l- āmilu fī l-maṡna i The engineer is in the office and the worker is in the factory تحمس () samaḣati l-ḣukūmatu bi-ta sīsi maṡrifin li-z-zirā ati حكومة ل مص رف بتا سيس The government permitted the establishment of an agricultural bank 9

ب ل ل لض ي ف لل ح م حت ى لث ف ل ى و ه ظ ظ م م Conjunctions, prepositions and the particle ḣattā ح تى شر تحة لق (8) šariba ḋ-ḋayfu l-qahwata ḣattā t -t ufla The guest drank the coffee, even the grounds ك ل ب ل أك ع ل (9) akala l-kalbu l-laḣma ḣattā l- ad mi The dog ate the meat to the bones قط ل أك لل ح م حت ى لع (0) akala l-qiṫṫu l-laḣma ḣattā l- ad ma The cat ate the meat, even the bones Translate into Arabic: () The dog ate the fried fish and then he drank milk () The officer knocked at the door and (then) went into the office () The merchant wrote an important message to the government () The blackboard fell on the cat and (so) he died () The worker stabbed (hit) the engineer with a knife () The ambassador fell into the pool and (so) he died () The army occupied the factory (8) The child drank cold juice in the morning, (and) so he got sick (9) Yesterday I read an important book about the factory (0) The doorman carried the bag and the food to the palace () The minister promised to establish an agricultural bank in the country () The guest got thirsty and (so) drank cold juice and then he drank coffee () The employee knocked at the door and (then) he went in to the king 0

Chapter Iḋāfah construction (genitive attribute) and the five nouns The meaning of the Arabic term iḋāfah إ ضا ف ة is addition, annexation, or attachment This kind of annexation occurs when two nouns (or an adjective and a noun) are linked together and immediately follow each other It is comparable to a genitive or attributive construction, where the first noun (or adjective) is the head constituent and the second noun is the attribute The first noun (or adjective) of the iḋāfah construction is called al-muḋāfu, meaning annexed or attached The second أ ل مضا ف noun is called أ ل مضاف إ ل ي ه al-muḋāfu ilay-hi, meaning annexer or attacher There are two variants of the iḋāfah construction The first variant: genitive construction The first variant is called ل ح قي ق ي ة أ لا ضا ف ة al- iḋāfatu l-ḣaqīqiyyatu, genuine annexation It corresponds to the genitive construction and is similar to English of or s In the following examples, the annexer expresses the possessor and the annexed a possessed item: Indefinite form أ ل مضا ف أ ل مضا ف إ ل ي ه Definite form أ ل مضا ف أ ل مضا ف إ ل ي ه Annexer Annexed Annexer Annexed possessor possessed possessor possessed ك تا ب ل م ع ل م kitābu l-mu allimi (not: al-kitābu) ك تا ب م ع ل م kitābu mu allimin (not: kitābun) a book of a teacher OR a teacher s book the book of the teacher OR the teacher s book

Iḋāfah construction, the five nouns The semantic relation between the two constituents of the iḋāfah construction is not, however, always that of possessed/property + possessor or item + the entity to which the item belongs (a) In the following example the relation is that of item and material: Indefinite form أ ل مضا ف إ ل ي ه Note: You can also use the preposition م ن min to express the material, eg أ ل مضا ف Definite form أ ل مضا ف أ ل مضا ف إ ل ي ه Annexer Annexed Annexer Annexed material item material item خ ش ب bābu h ašabin a wooden door a door of wood با ب با ب ل خ ش ب bābu l-h ašabi the wooden door the door of wood أ ل با ب م ن خ ش ب با ب م ن خ ش ب bābun min h ašabin a door (made) of wood A door is (made) of wood al-bābu min h ašabin the door (made) of wood The door is (made) of wood (b) In the following example the relation is that between part and whole (partitive attribute): Indefinite form أ ل مضا ف أ ل مضا ف إ ل ي ه Definite form أ ل مضا ف أ ل مضا ف إ ل ي ه Annexer Annexed Annexer Annexed whole part whole part ق ط ع ة خ ب ز qiṫ atu h ubzin a piece of bread ق ط ع ة ل خ ب ز qiṫ atu l-h ubzi the piece of (the) bread (c) In the following cases, which are ambiguous, the relation is that of item and contents or item and purpose/material:

Indefinite form أ ل مضا ف أ ل مضا ف إ ل ي ه Definite form أ ل مضا ف أ ل مضا ف إ ل ي ه Annexer Annexed Annexer Annexed contents/purpose item contents/purpose item ف ن جا ن ل ق ه و ة ف ن جا ن ق ه و ة finğānu qahwatin a cup of coffee a coffee cup ع س ل شه ر šahru asalin a honey month (honeymoon) lit a month of honey finğānu l-qahwati the cup of coffee the coffee cup شه ر ل ع س ل šahru l- asali the honey month (honeymoon) lit the month of honey Iḋāfah construction, the five nouns (d) Sometimes the annexer can function either as genitive attribute or logical object, eg Indefinite form أ ل مضا ف أ ل مضا ف إ ل ي ه Definite form أ ل مضا ف أ ل مضا ف إ ل ي ه Annexer Annexed Annexer Annexed connection/object person connection/object person ش ر ك ة mudīru šarikatin م دي ر a director of a company a company director م دي ر ل ش ر ك ة mudīru š-šarikati the director of the company the company director Rules concerning the iḋāfah construction (a) (b) Whether or not the first noun (the annexed) refers to something definite or indefinite, it never takes the definite article أ ل al or nunation The second noun (the annexer) is always in the genitive case It may take the article أ ل al or nunation according to its definiteness status

Iḋāfah construction, the five nouns (c) If the second noun (the annexer) is in the definite form, it causes the whole iḋāfah construction to be definite If the second noun is indefinite, then the entire iḋāfah construction is indefinite The second variant: iḋāfah adjective The second variant of the iḋāfah construction may also be called iḋāfah adjective, because an adjective is construed with a definite noun in the genitive case The noun then expresses something with regard or respect to which the quality of the adjective obtains (Latin: genetivus أ لا ضا ف ة غ ي ر ل ح قي ق ي ة respectus) In Arabic this construction is called al- iḋāfatu ġayru l-ḣaqīqiyyati, which means improper annexation, eg أ ل مضا ف أ ل مضا ف إ ل ي ه Annexer noun ل م ن ظ ر ل ق ل ب ل ما ل ل و ج ه Annexed adjective qabīḣu l-mand ari, one of ugly appearance, bad-looking ق بي ح ṫayyibatu l-qalbi, one (f) with a good heart طي ب ة wealth) kat īru l-māli, wealthy man (lit abundant of ك ثي ر face, ğamīlatu l-wağhi, one (f) with a beautiful ج مي ل ة fair-faced ğazīlu š-šukri, very thankful ج زي ل ل ش ك ر ġāmiqu l-lawni, dark- (deep-)coloured غا م ق ل ل و ن qalīlu l- aqli, stupid, insane (lit one with little ق ليل ة ل ل ع ق ل ل سا ن intelligence) ṫawīlatu l-lisāni, a gossip (f), insolent (lit one with a ط وي ل long tongue) The first adjective in the above examples may take the definite article أ ل al when a noun in the definite form precedes it, although this contradicts rule a mentioned above

دح دم أ ل مضا ف أ ل مضا ف إ ل ي ه Annexer noun ل و ج ه Annexed adjective al-bintu -l-ğamīlatu l-wağhi أ ل ب ن ت ل ج مي ل ة ل ق ل ب the girl with a (the) beautiful face aš-šayh u ṫ-ṫayyibu l-qalbi ش أل ي خ ل طي ب ل ع ق ل the sheikh with a kind heart ar-rağulu l-qalīlu -l aqli أل ر ج ل ل ق ليل the stupid man (lit the man with little intelligence) Iḋāfah construction, the five nouns When the first noun (the annexed) in the genuine iḋāfah construction is qualified by an adjective, the adjective agrees with the noun in number, gender and case But the adjective must be placed after the whole iḋāfah construction, eg س يا ر ة م ح م د ل ج دي د ة في س يا ر ة م ح م د ل ج دي د ة fī sayyārati Muḣammadini l-ğadīdati in Muḣammad s new car sayyāratu Muḣammadini l-ğadīdatu Muḣammad s new car 8 In an unvocalized text it is difficult to know which noun (first or second) the adjective is referring to when it is placed after an iḋāfah construction Vowelling/vocalization is the remedy for this, eg م د خ ل ل ب ي ت ل ص غي ر madh alu l-bayti ṡ-ṡaġīru the small gate of the house م د خ ل ل ب ي ت ل ص غي ر madh alu l-bayti ṡ-ṡaġīri the gate of the small house 9 A complex iḋāfah phrase may contain several nested annexers article, ), but only the last annexer may take the definite مضا ف إ ل ي ه) eg وزير خارجي ة ل ة يق خل madh alu ḣadīqati wazīri l-h āriğiyyati the gate to (of) the garden of the Minister of Foreign Affairs

ير لت ل ميذ الب هط Iḋāfah construction, the five nouns 0 However, the noun to which the adjective refers may be ambiguous even in a vocalized text, eg كتب بق مل لق ص kataba bi-qalami t-tilmīd i l-qaṡīri He wrote with the short pen of the student OR He wrote with the pen of the short student The only element that can be placed between the annexed and the annexer is a demonstrative pronoun, eg ا جامعة ل هذ t ālibu hād ihi l-ğāmi ati, the student of this university The five nouns ل خ م س ة أ لا س ما ء al- asmā u amsatu below l-h take the three case endings, but they differ slightly from the usual ones When these nouns enter an iḋāfah construction, their case vowels become long: -ū, -ā, -ī (instead of -u, -a, -i) ذو فو ح م أ خ أ ب abun ah un ḣamun fū d ū father brother father-in-law mouth owner, possessor Note: Instead of the nominative case form فو fū, mouth, the alternative form used famun is more frequently ف م Examples: Nominative Accusative Genitive أ ب (not: أ بو ل و ل د abū l-waladi the boy s father أ ب (not: أ با ل و ل د abu) abā l-waladi أ ب (not: أ بي ل و ل د aba) abī l-waladi abi) ذي ما ل ذا ما ل ذو ما ل d ū mālin d ā mālin rich, wealthy (lit possessor of much wealth) d ī mālin

امل ارة لن اس ل رج اب على لط يم ظ ر ق ع تم لش ر قي يدة غم ر غم ع Exercises Practise your reading: ع ل ح لص معط ل ل لس ي اك بش () ṡallaḣa l- āmilu šubbāka s-sayyārati l-mu aṫṫala The worker repaired the broken window of the car Iḋāfah construction, the five nouns ع ل ملك ل قص في أك () akala n-nāsu fī qaṡri l-maliki l- ad īmi The people ate in the great palace of the king OR The people ate in the palace of the great king ف ل مل تهب ل ح مطه ر ل ب لط يب ب غسل () ġasala ṫ-ṫabību bi-l-muṫahhiri ğurḣa ṫ-ṫifli l-multahiba The physician washed the inflamed wound of the child with (the) antiseptic فو حارس ل ب ل غر بي ل لمد رسة باب تم شاحنة صد () ṡadamat šāḣinatun bāba l-madrasati l-ġarbiyya, fa-waqa a l-bābu alā l-ḣārisi A truck hit the school s western door so the door fell on the watchman (guard) مص نع ل أر ض لص غير ةخ وس () arḋu l-maṡna i ṡ-ṡaġīri wasih atun The floor (f) of the small factory is dirty بع جديدة ل ة ي دل ب ل بن اية ة وب ش () bināyatu l-baladiyyati l-ğadīdatu ba īdatun wa-baši atun The new municipality building is far away and ugly عص لقديم مدينة ل حف ي يل مجو () matḣafu l-madīnati l-qadīmu aṡriyyun wa-ğamīlun The old museum of the city is modern and beautiful ة / / بش اك لجامعة نافذة لق لق (8) šubbāku / nāfid atu l-ğāmi ati š-šarqiyyu muġlaqatun The university s eastern window is closed

دح دم فم ج لسم لط بيب على لن و اب ش روع م لل سان لط ويلة وزيرل لث ر ثارة ملح ل اب ول قح لش مالي ن ش/ لص غير ل مت حفل لث قيلة طارم ل لد و لي ج ينم لا نم ل فن دق ضي ق ل مم لا ل ام Iḋāfah construction, the five nouns حيوانات ل لجديد ة يق خل توح (9) madh alu ḣadīqati l-ḣayawānāti l-ğadīdu maftūḣun The new gate (entrance) of the, zoo (lit garden of the animals) is open عاجل أ س م ع ىل وافق amsi alā mašrū in āğilin li-wazīri مالي ة ل (0) wāfaqa mağlisu n-nuwwābi l-māliyyati The, parliament ( council of deputies) agreed yesterday on an urgent project for the Minister of Finance, / () ġaḋiba ṫ-ṫabību alā l-mumarriḋati ṫ-ṫawīlati l-lisāni /t -t art ārati The physician became angry with the, gossiping (insolent) nurse (lit with the long- tongued nurse) يد ممر ضة ل ب وسخة ل ب ل ك ل جار ل () ġasala l-ğāru yada l-kalbi ṡ-ṡaġīri l-wasih ata غس The neighbour washed the small dog s dirty paw ( hand) مدير ل ةط ة يب اب و لب () ḣamala l-bawwābu ḣaqībata / šantata l-mudīri t -t aqīlata The doorman carried the director s heavy suitcase ب ل قب يح () lawnu l-bābi š-šamāliyyi li-l-matḣafi qabīḣun The colour of the museum s northern door is ugly ن غض 8 جنوبي ل مد خل ل در () darağu l-madh ali l-ğanūbiyyi li-l-funduqi ḋayyiqun The stairs of the hotel s southern entrance are narrow لكوي ت ىلإ دوب ع ل () waṡala ilā maṫāri l-kuwayti d-dawliyyi mandūbu l- amīni l- āmmi li-l- umami l-muttaḣidati The representative of the Secretary- General of the 8 United Nations has arrived at Kuwait s International Airport وص مت حدة ل 8

لسج ر فح ر لش ر طة دخ يس ر ب ر س وس على ر و م ضابط لجديد ملك ل قص في () h adama ḋābiṫu š-šurṫati fī qaṡri l-maliki l-ğadīdi The, police officer served in the new palace of the king OR: The police officer served in the palace of the new king ب كر ع ل أب س ع ل ة ل في نم أب ي ق ل ي Iḋāfah construction, the five nouns (8) fī ḣaflati l- ursi ğalasa abū l- arūsi alā kursiyyin bi-l-qurbi min abī l- arīsi At the wedding party the bride s father sat on a chair near the bridegroom s father ع ل Translate into Arabic: () The doorman repaired the gate of the new king s palace () The physician ate in the palace of the minister () The worker washed the stairs of the museum () A truck hit the school s western gate (entrance) () The colour of the building of the new hotel is ugly () The floor (f) of the old zoo is dirty (f) () The watchman (guard) washed the small dog s wound (8) The director s heavy suitcase is open (9) The physician served in the United Nations (0) The new building of the parliament is modern and beautiful () At the party the child sat on a chair near the nurse () The university s eastern door is closed () The neighbour sat on the stairs of the entrance () The king s representative arrived at the International Airport () The police officer served in the old building of the municipality () At the wedding the bridegroom s father became angry with the bride s father 9

Chapter Number Dual and plural Arabic nouns and adjectives are inflected for three numbers: د singular Dual mufradun م ف ر dual م ث ن ى mut annan plural ج م ع ğam un The dual is used for pairs, namely for two individuals or things of the same kind or class, eg two boys, two girls, two hands, two books, etc The dual is formed by replacing the case endings of the singular form with the following suffixes: /āni/ for nominative ا ن /ayni/ for accusative and genitive ي ن Singular (nom) Dual (nom) Dual (acc and gen) ر ج لا ن ر ج ل The final tā marbūṫah ة, ة in a singular noun becomes a regular / t /ت before dual endings, eg ر ج ل ي ن rağulun, a man rağulāni, two men rağulayni, two men ب ن ت ي ن ب ن تا ن ب ن ت bintun, a girl bintāni, two girls bintayni, two girls Singular Dual (nom) Dual (acc and gen) 0 م ل ك ت ي ن م ل ك تا ن م ل ك ة malikatun, a queen malikatāni malikatayni

The final syllable ن /ni/ of the dual masculine and feminine is elided when the word is in the iḋāfah construction, eg Number (a) Dual (nom masc) ك تا با ن ل ط (not ك تا با ل طا ل ب kitābā ṫ-ṫālibi the (two) books of the student kitābāni ṫ-ṫa) (b) Dual (acc and gen masc) ك تا ب ي ن ل ط (not ك تا ب ي ل طا ل ب kitābayi ṫ-ṫālibi kitābayni ṫ-ṫa) the (two) books of the student (c) Dual (nom fem) sing) م ع ل م ة ) م ع ل م تا ل م د ر س ة mu allimatā l-madrasati (mu allimatun) the (two) teachers (f) of the school م ع ل م تا ن ل (not: mu allimatāni l-) (d) Dual (acc and gen fem) م ع ل م ت ي ل م د ر س ة mu allimatayi l-madrasati the (two) teachers (f) of the school م ع ل م ت ي ن ل (not: mu allimatayni l-) When a singular feminine noun ends with اء, /ā /, the final hamzah ء / / is replaced by wāw و before dual endings, eg Singular Dual (nom) ح م را ء ح م را وا ن ح م را ءا ن (not: ḣamrā u, red ḣamrāwāni ḣamrā āni) Dual (acc and gen) ح م را ء ي ن (not: ح م را و ي ن ḣamrāwayni ḣamrā ayni) (There is more about hamzah as a final radical اء in chapter 0)

Number The final alif maqṡūrah ى of a singular noun becomes yā ي /y/ before dual endings, eg Singular Dual (nom) Dual (acc and gen) م س ت ش ف ي ي ن م س ت ش ف يا ن م س ت ش فى mustašfan, hospital mustašfayāni mustašfayayni In the dual, adjectives always agree with the nouns they qualify in gender and case, eg أ ل م ع ل م تا ن م ريض تا ن al-mu allimatāni marīḋatāni أ ل م ع ل ما ن م ريضا ن al-mu allimāni marīḋāni The two teachers (m) are sick أ ل ك ل با ن ص غي را ن al-kalbāni ṡaġīrāni The two dogs (m) are small The two teachers (f) are sick أ ل ك ل ب تا ن ص غي ر تا ن al-kalbatāni ṡaġīratāni The two dogs (f) are small 8 The plural There are two plural types in Arabic: (a) (b) The sound plural سا ل م أ ل ج م ع ل may be compared to the English external plural or regular plural The broken plural ت ك سي ر ج م ع ل may be compared to the English internal or irregular plural (Broken plurals are explained in chapter ) 9 The sound masculine plural سا ل م ل م ذ ك ر ل ج م ع of nouns and adjectives is formed by replacing the case endings of the singular with the following two suffixes: /ūna/ in the nominative و ن /īna/ in the accusative and genitive ي ن Sing (masc) Plur nom (masc) Plur acc and gen (masc) م ع ل مي ن م ع ل مو ن م ع ل م mu allimun, teacher mu allimūna, teacher mu allimīna, (of) teachers

0 As in the dual, the final syllable ن /na/ of the sound plural masculine disappears, if the word enters the iḋāfah construction, eg Number (a) Sound masculine plural nominative: م ع ل مو ل م د ر س ة mu allimū l-madrasati the teachers of the school م ع ل مو ن ل (not: mu allimūna l-) (b) Sound masculine plural accusative and genitive: م ع ل مي ن ل (not: م ع ل مي ل م د ر س ة mu allimī l-madrasati the teachers of the school mu allimīnal-) The sound feminine plural سا ل م ل م و ن ث ل ج م ع is formed by adding the following two suffixes to the singular word stem: /ātun/ in the nominative ا ت /ātin/ in the accusative and genitive ا ت It should be noted that the sound feminine plural has only two vowel endings for the three cases, whether they are in the definite or indefinite form, eg Sing (fem) Plur nom (fem) Plur acc and gen (fem) م ل كا ت م ل كا ت م ل ك ة malikatun, a queen malikātun, queens malikātin, (of) queens أ ل م ل كا ت أ ل م ل كا ت أ ل م ل ك ة al-malikatu, the queen al-malikātu, the al-malikāti, (of) the queens queens The sound feminine plural mostly refers to human beings However, some masculine nouns indicating non-human beings also take the sound feminine plural endings, eg

Number Masc sing Plur nom (fem) Plur acc and gen (fem) ح ما ما ت ح ما ما ت ح ما م ḣammāmun, bath (m) ḣammāmātun, ḣammāmātin, (of) baths (f) baths (f) As in the dual, any feminine noun which has a final hamzah eg /w/, و /ā u/ replaces it in the plural with wāw ا ء Sing (fem) Plur nom (fem) Plur acc and gen (fem) صح را وا ت ص ح را ء As in the dual, an adjective always agrees in gender and case with the noun it qualifies, eg ص ح را وا ت s aḣrā u, a desert ṡaḣrāwātun, deserts ṡaḣrāwātin, (of) deserts أ ل م م رضا ت ما ه را ت أل طا ل با ت م ريضا ت aṫ-ṫālibātu marīḋātun The students (f) are ill al-mumarriḋātu māhirātun The nurses (f) are skilled An adjective qualifying a sound feminine plural referring to non-human beings or things is in the feminine singular, eg أل س ن وا ت ص ع ب ة a-sanawātu ṡa batun إ م ت حا نا ت س ه ل ة imtiḣānātun sahlatun easy examinations The years are difficult Note a: The general principle is that plural non-human nouns are grammatically feminine singular, which is why the adjective and any other element (including the verb) that qualifies such a noun will also be in the feminine singular This is called agreement or concord Note b: If two nouns of different gender are qualified by the same element, that element will be in the masculine dual

يرتان ب ح ني نتي ج لت اجران ارة ) ي سs دح) ي ن ة نجs الم ع ل صم ق ف ان ربي اهرة ) سل وري ة ) ارتي ن ي ن يقتي ر اراتم ب يري ن ي كم لش ركة م راوانح د لا اوي ن ض ر اب ر ت ان د و اء) اء) Exercises Practise your reading: Number بي مدينة ل ي ن نه كن قص في ان ي غ ل ن سك () sakana t-tāğirāni l-ġaniyyāni fī qaṡrayni kabīrayni bayna nahrayi l-madīnati The two rich merchants lived in two big palaces between the two rivers of the city ) سو (s اجة )جد اجتي نجد لمط عم سs () d abaḣa ṡāḣibu l-maṫ ami dağāğatayni sawdāwayni The owner of the restaurant slaughtered two black hens صاحب ذب ) ) ارتا يس لط بيبي ن لجديدي ن ر محs () sayyāratā ṫ-ṫabībayni l-ğadīdayni ḣamrāwāni The two cars of the two new physicians are red صاحب ) في رجش () fī ğunaynatay / ḣadīqatay ṡāḣibi š-šarikati šağaratāni kabīratāni wa-mawqifāni li-sayyāratayni In the two gardens of the owner of the company there are two big trees and two car parks for two cars كب ومو لع في منعدد كبير (s ارة )مإ لا () fī l- ālami l- arabiyyi adadun kabīrun mina l- imārāti wa-l-ğumhūriyyāti In the Arab world there is a large number of emirates and republics وص جم هوري ات ل و ( و رو ه مجs ي ان إ ىل جريدة ل افي وح () d ahaba muṡawwirū wa-ṡiḣāfiyyū l-ğarīdati ilā makānayi l- iḋrābi wa-lmud āharāti The photographers and the journalists of the newspaper went to ) مظاهرات ل ظمs ذه و both the location (place) of the strike(s) and the location of the demonstration

هن دسوم ل سم لت د ريبي ة لد و رة يرة ح لز و جان ح ن ت ا يدان لس فير ر ي تم اقة )ط هم يدي ن ت ان خ لصي نم عم ب ذ لت م ريض ل قانونل Number () za ila / ġaḋiba ba ḋu l-mu allimīna wa-l-mu allimāti min mudīri d- dawrati t-tadrībiyyati Some of the male and the female teachers became angry with the معل مينو ل معل ماتمن مدير ل ض ب بع / غض زع director of the training course / session قص غد ا لش ركة لمص ري ون في افرون ةل طع (8) muhandisū š-šarikati l-miṡriyyūna musāfirūna ġadan fī uṫlatin qaṡīratin The company s Egyptian engineers are travelling tomorrow on a short holiday معل مون و ل معل مات ل بخب احجن هد في لطالبات (9) fariḣa l-mu allimūna wa-l-mu allimātu bi-h abari nağāḣi ṫ-ṫālibāti fī ma hadi t-tamrīḋi The male and female teachers were happy at the news of the female students success in the nursing institute فر عاصمتي ن (s لس ع ب اقتي طب إ ىل سف ر رب (0) rabiḣa z-zawğāni s-sa īdāni biṫāqatay safarin ilā āṡimatayni fi ūrūbbā The happily married couple won two travel tickets to two capital cities in Europe غي ر () aš-šurṫiyyāni l-ğadīdāni ġayru muh liṡayni li-l-qānūni The two new policemen are not faithful to the law ) ألش ر طي ان أوروب ا في (s إب ن إب لجديدان ة ( يلتانمجو همs ذ ب لجديد () ibnatā s-safīri l-ğadīdi muhad d abatāni wa-ğamīlatāni The two daughters of the new ambassador are polite (well mannered) and beautiful ة ( وس مدينة ل ط في حف دجن معل مات ل و لمعل مون () zāra l-mu allimūna wa-l-mu allimātu matḣafayni ğadīdayni fī wasaṫi l-madīnati The male and female teachers visited two new museums in the centre of the city زار

أ هم صم و س و لن ف ط ض لا دم مد ةل اب ر ز فح اعة ) ير ) ساعتي ن جريدة ل ور سs () bada a muṡawwirū l-ğarīdati l- iḋrāba li-muddati sā atayni The photographers of the newspaper began the two-hour ( time) بد Number strike ند شركة ة ل إ ىل عو ون و ل عن د () muhandisū šarikati n-nafṫi mad uwwūna ilā ḣaflatin inda l-wazīri The engineers of the oil company are invited to a party at the minister s (house) Translate into Arabic: () The (two) merchants car is black () The owner of the restaurant slaughtered two red hens () A large number of journalists went to two capitals (cities) in the Arab world () The male and female teachers are travelling tomorrow on a short holiday () The two rich owners of the restaurant lived in two big palaces in the centre of the city () The two new engineers are not faithful to the company () The married couple visited two new gardens in the centre of the city (8) The two new policemen won two travel tickets to Europe (9) The photographers of the newspaper are travelling to some of the emirates and republics in the Arab world (0) The two new physicians were (became) angry with the director of the training course () The two engineers were angry with the ambassador at the party (given) by the minister () The director of the nursing institute was happy at the news of the (female) students success

Chapter Perfect tense verbs, root and radicals, triliteral verbs and word order There are two main verb tenses in Arabic: (a) (b) Perfect tense: corresponds usually to the English past or perfect tense Imperfect tense: corresponds usually to the English present or future tense (see chapter ) Note: The tenses in Arabic do not express the time of an event in the same precise way as the primary tenses in Indo-European languages The Arabic tenses can be better understood as different aspects of viewing the action in terms of an opposition between a stated or proposed fact and an action or state in progress or preparation That is why the terms perfect and imperfect tense do not correspond to the meaning of these terms in, for example, English (in fact, the literal Latin meanings of the terms perfect and imperfect are more helpful in this regard) In spite of this, we will keep to the traditional terms, since they are widely employed in Western Arabic textbooks Perfect tense The perfect tense, ل ماضي أ لف ع ل, indicates mostly a past state, completed action or established fact In the third and second persons the perfect may also express a wish or benediction In conditional sentences the perfect expresses a hypothesis (to be explained in chapter 9) 8 Note: Because there is no infinitive in Arabic in the same sense as in English, the third person masculine singular of the perfect tense is given as the corresponding basic or reference form of the verb Thus, for example, the basic verb form kataba means he wrote or he has written But when used as a general ك ت ب

reference form for the said verb with all its various forms, ك ت ب kataba is conventionally translated by the English infinitive to write Root and radicals Most of the Arabic basic verb forms consist of three consonants (radicals) and three vowels (CVCVCV) The three consonants constitute the root of the verb, which is why they are called radicals (ie rootmakers ) (Vowels cannot function as radicals) It is important to know and recognize the root of every verb, because the root is the absolute (invariable) basis of all the different forms of the verb as well as of most nouns, adjectives and adverbs and even many prepositions In Arabic dictionaries most words and word forms are therefore entered alphabetically under the respective root Perfect tense, root, radicals, triliteral verbs, word order Note: The abbreviation C above denotes consonant and V denotes vowel Triliteral verbs (a) (b) Roots with three radicals are called triliteral verbs (singular: al-fi lu t -t ulāt ī) Thus the root of the triliteral verb أ ل ف ع ل ل ث لا ثي kataba to write is k-t-b This is the form under which you will find the verb kataba (and other forms of this verb) in Arabic dictionaries The triliteral verbs have three patterns of vowelling In the basic form the first and last consonants (radicals) are always vowelled with fatḣah /a/ But the middle consonant (radical) may be vowelled with any of the three short vowels: CaCaCa CaCiCa CaCuCa ك ب ر ش ر ب ك ت ب kataba šariba kabura he wrote he drank he grew up Separate personal pronouns for the subject and object are usually not used in Arabic verbal sentences Verbs are conjugated for the 9

Perfect tense, root, radicals, triliteral verbs, word order person, gender and number of the subject and pronominal object by means of suffixes (and in the imperfect also prefixes) Suffixes which refer to the subject are called personal endings These endings are written in bold type in the transliteration of the conjugation table below Note: There are various ways to read the order of the Arabic verb conjugation The order used in this book is not the Arabic way, but rather an old tradition still employed in most of the European Arabic textbooks Conjugation of the verb ك ت ب kataba to write in the perfect tense in all persons, genders and numbers (of the subject): singular dual plural ك ت بوا ك ت با ك ت ب m katab+a katab+ā katab+ū he wrote they () wrote they wrote ك ت ب ن ك ت ب تا ك ت ب ت f katab+at katab+atā katab+na she wrote they () wrote they wrote ك ت ب ت م ك ت ب ت ما ك ت ب ت m katab+ta katab+tumā katab+tum you wrote you () wrote you wrote ك ت ب ن ت ك ت ب ت ما ك ت ب ت f katab+ti katab+tumā katab+tunna you wrote you () wrote you wrote ك ت ب نا ك ت ب ت m and f katab+tu katab+nā I wrote we wrote Note: The extra alif ا at the end of the third person masc plural is not pronounced, and it is elided when a suffix denoting the object is added The normal word order in sentences with a perfect tense verb is: 80 verb + subject + object / complement + adverbial(s)

(a) (b) When a verb in the third person is placed first in the sentence, the verb must be in the singular, even though the subject may be in the plural or dual The verb always agrees with the gender of the subject, however, eg صي را Remember: When a verb in the third person feminine singular is followed by a word beginning with hamzatu l-waṡli (waṡlah), the sukūn on the final /t/ ت is replaced by kasrah ت to avoid having three consonants in succession, eg ش ر ب ت ل ب ن ت (not: šaribati l-bintu ش ر ب ت ل ب ن ت bintu) ش ر ب ت ل ب ن تا ن ع ش ر ب ل م ع ل مو ن ع šariba l-mu allimūna aṡīran The teachers (m pl) drank juice šaribat l- If the subject refers to a human being and the verb is placed after the subject, the verb must agree with the subject in number and gender, eg صي را šaribati l-bintāni aṡīran The two girls (dual) drank juice Perfect tense, root, radicals, triliteral verbs, word order أ ل م ع ل م تا ن ش ر ب تا ع صي را al-mu allimatāni šaribatā aṡīran أ ل م ع ل مو ن ش ر بوا ع صي را al-mu allimūna šaribū aṡīran The teachers (m pl) drank juice The (two) teachers (f) drank juice If the subject is not expressed by a noun or separate pronoun, the verb alone expresses its number, whether it be singular, dual or plural, eg صي را ش ر ب تا ع صي را ش ر بوا ع šaribū aṡīran They (m pl) drank juice šaribatā aṡīran They (f dual) drank juice 8 If the subject is in the plural and refers to non-humans, the verb is in the feminine singular, eg 8

Perfect tense, root, radicals, triliteral verbs, word order ش ر ب ت ل ك لا ب ح لي با šaribati (sing) l-kilābu ḣalīban The dogs drank milk أ ل ك لا ب ش ر ب ت ح لي با al-kilābu šaribat ḣalīban The dogs drank milk 9 If the subject is in the dual and refers to non-humans, the verb is in the dual (if following the subject) and agrees with the gender of the subject, just as with dual human beings, eg ش ر ب ل ك ل با ن ح لي با šariba l-kalbāni ḣalīban The (two) dogs (m) drank (m sing) milk أ ل ك ل با ن ش ر با ح لي با al-kalbāni šaribā ḣalīban The (two) dogs (m) drank (m dual) milk ش ر ب ت ل ك ل ب تا ن ح لي با šaribati l-kalbatāni ḣalīban The (two) dogs (f) drank (f sing) milk أ ل ك ل ب تا ن ش ر ب تا ح لي با al-kalbatāni šaribatā ḣalīban The (two) dogs (f) drank (f dual) milk 0 The verb in the perfect tense is sometimes preceded by the particle ق د qad, or ل ق د la-qad, which is usually not translated The purpose of these particles is merely a matter of style or to emphasize the completion or realization of the action of the verb, like adding the corroborating auxiliary do, the adverb really or already, eg l-ḣalība qad šariba ق د ش ر ب ل ح لي ب He did drink the milk OR He has already drunk the milk Negative of the perfect tense The negative particle ما mā not is used to negate the perfect tense and is placed before the verb, eg milk mā šariba l-ḣalība He did not drink the ما ش ر ب ل ح لي ب 8 Note: A more common way of negating the perfect in modern literary Arabic is introduced in chapter 8

وا ض ا م عط لس ب احون ل ل لستج لط البتان لبط لت عبة على ان ب كم لل ح م من ب ول دم كل لد ك ان لط ب ملح ب ر املان ع ل ا لط ابق لد رج ىل عه ا لث قيل يس ك ل Exercises Practise your reading: فاسد ا أك ا رمف () akala s-sabbāḣūna ṫa āman fāsidan fa-mariḋū The swimmers ate rotten (spoiled) food and (so) became ill Perfect tense, root, radicals, triliteral verbs, word order قاضي من ل لكاتب عنتق رير ا حادث ل () ṫalaba l-qāḋī mina l-kātibi taqrīran ani l-ḣādit i The judge asked the clerk (secretary) for a report about the accident كر سي لمر أة خل اممأ سور () ğalasati l-mar atu t-ta ibatu alā kursiyyin maksūrin amāma madh ali d-dukkāni The tired woman sat on a broken chair in front of the entrance of the shop ي ل ة ق ل انح ت م في ت ي ن ج لا تحجن () nağaḣati ṫ-ṫālibatāni l- ağnabiyyatāni fī mtiḣāni l-qubūli li-kulliyati ṫ-ṫibbi The two foreign students (f) passed the entrance exam to the faculty of medicine (medical college) ط ق ل أك إ ىل اولة لط جب نة عن ل فطخو اد ر ب ل ة ع طق () akala l-qiṫṫu l-ğubnata ani ṫ-ṫāwilati wa-h aṫafa qiṫ ata l-laḣmi mina l-barrādi wa-haraba bi-hā ilā l-ḣadīqati The cat ate the cheese from the table, then snatched the piece of meat from the refrigerator and ran away with it to 8 the garden حديقة ل 8 به وه إ ىل ب علطو () ḣamala l- āmilāni l-kīsa t -t aqīla wa-ṫala ā bi-hi alā d-daraği ilā ṫ-ṫābiqi l-h āmisi The two workers carried the heavy sack and climbed with it up the stairs to 8 the fifth floor خامس ل 8 8

م و رج رت متظاهرين ل ض ر د ارة ز مص نع ل ضح مدير ل ب كم والخ ير ز ح ر محاضر ل ت ر د ام لط لا ب ض نم ت و ر د س ةم لا يلا عن وط قم جريدة ل لش ركة ت ل مهن دسل ا حسن ا لا ق ف ع ت د لا ادي ة Perfect tense, root, radicals, triliteral verbs, word order أن ي ل وزيري ن ل ة يد قد مش روع ل رف ضا () d akarat ğarīdatu l-yawmi anna l-wazīrayni qad rafaḋā l-mašrū a Today s newspaper mentioned that the two ministers had rejected the project ذك و ل اع ا معم ت ج روا نأ بع و ل معل مون من ل عجر (8) rağa a l-mu allimūna mina l-wizārati ba da an ḣaḋarū ğtimā an ma a l-wazīri The teachers (m) returned from the ministry after they attended a meeting with the minister ود باب ت بع كس (9) kasara ba ḋu l-mutad āhirīna bāba l-maṡna i wa-dah alū maktaba l-mudīri Some of the demonstrators broke down the door of the factory and entered the director s office ل بص خف امف و عمس شر ل وام س فه (0) šaraḣa l-muḣāḋiru d-darsa bi-ṡawtin munh afiḋin fa-mā sami a ṫ-ṫullābu wa-mā fahimū d-darsa The lecturer explained the lesson in a low voice, and the students neither heard nor understood the lesson ز الا لب في ت ص نش () našarati l-ğarīdatu maqālan ṫawīlan ani l- azmati l- iqtiṡādiyyati fī l-bilādi The newspaper published a long article on the economic crisis in the country ور دف ع ر جأ لجديد ورجأ لموظ فين باقي () dafa ati š-šarikatu ağran ḣasanan li-l-muhandisi l-ğadīdi wa-rafa at uğūra bāqī l-muwad d afīna 8 The company paid a good salary to the new engineer and raised the wages of the rest of the employees

نم اس ن وا ن م يدي ة ب ت ق لط البات اهدوا لط ف لة معل ماتهن ل ن ث ة ع ل ق ل لش راب لط عام دون حارس ل ع مل عب ل إ ىل ل ولخد جدار ل مباراة ل اقات طب فق ف ز () mana a l-ḣārisu duh ūla n-nāsi ilā l-mal abi dūna biṫāqātin fa-qafazū min fawqa l-ğidāri wa-šāhadū l-mubārāta 0 وش The guard prevented the people without tickets from entering the 9 8 فو Perfect tense, root, radicals, triliteral verbs, word order stadium (lit playground) so they jumped 8 over the 9 wall and 0 watched the match في إ ىل ةل حر وب ع اقات طب ذه () d ahabati ṫ-ṫālibātu fī riḣlatin ilā l-qal ati wa-ba at na li-mu allimāti-hinna biṫāqātin barīdiyyatan The students (f) went on a trip to the fortress and sent post cards to their teachers (f) رف ضت مريضة ل و () rafaḋati ṫ-ṫiflatu l-marīḋatu ṫ-ṫa āma wa-š-šarāba The sick child (f) rejected (the) food and (the) drink بر Translate into Arabic: () The judge ate rotten meat and he became ill () The tired swimmer sat on a broken table () The sick woman carried the heavy sack from the shop () The company raised the salary of the new employee () The workers attended a meeting with the minister () The engineer published a long article in the newspaper () The two ministers asked for a report about the project (8) The engineer carried the heavy sack and took it up the stairs to the fifth floor (9) The foreign student (m) did not understand the lesson (0) The ministry asked م ن) ) the clerk for a report on the economic crisis () The newspaper rejected a long article on the crisis in the factory () The teacher (m) returned from the fortress 8

Perfect tense, root, radicals, triliteral verbs, word order () The guard prevented the demonstrators from entering the fortress () The cat snatched the piece of cheese from the refrigerator and ran away (with it) to the director s office 8

Chapter Separate personal pronouns and suffix pronouns The separate personal pronouns أل ض ما ي ر ا ل م ن ف ص ل ة are: singular dual plural أ نا f m ن ح ن anā, I (as in the plural) naḣnu, we أ ن ت ما أ ن ت m أ ن ت م anta, you antumā, you two antum, you أ ن ت ن أ ن ت ما أ ن ت f anti, you antumā, you two antunna, you m هو هما هم huwa, he, it humā, they two hum, they ه ن ه ما ه ي f hiya, she, it humā, they two hunna, they Note: When dual or plural pronouns refer to mixed gender, the masculine predominates The separate personal pronouns have no case forms other than the nominative Hence they replace nominative nouns, eg ه و ط وي ل أل ر جل ط وي ل ar-rağulu ṫawīlun The man is tall أ ل ب ن ت ل طي ف ة al-bintu laṫīfatun The girl is kind huwa ṫawīlun He is tall ه ي ل طي ف ة hiya laṫīfatun She is kind 8

رر تم Separate personal pronouns and suffix pronouns Note: A separate pronoun can be added as an apposition to a word containing a suffix pronoun to give special emphasis, eg ت ك أن ب marartu bi-ka anta I passed by you (You are the one I passed by) Sometimes the verb is preceded by a separate personal pronoun referring to the subject to put stress on the statement or subject, or to make the expression clear and to avoid misunderstandings in an unvocalized text, eg doctor anā šakartu ṫ-ṫabība I thanked the أ نا ش كر ت ل ط بي ب news anta sami ta l-h abara You heard the piece of أ ن ت س م ع ت ل خ ب ر anā uḣibbu-ki (f) / uḣibbu-ka (m) I (certainly) love أ نا أ ح ب ك/ أ ح ب ك you The suffix pronouns ل م ت ص ل ة أل ض ما ي ر function as accusative and genitive forms of the personal pronouns They can be attached to nouns, prepositions or verbs: singular dual plural 88 /nā/ نا plural) /nī/ (as in the ني /ī/ ي my me our, us m ك /ka/ ك ما /kumā/ ك م /kum/ your, you your, you (two) your, you f ك /ki/ ك ما /kumā/ ك ن /kunna/ your, you your, you (two) your, you m ه /hu/ ه ما /humā/ ه م /hum/ his, him, its, it their, them (two) their, them /hunna/ ه ن /humā/ ه ما /hā/ ها f her, its, it their, them (two) their, them

Note: The suffix pronoun for the first person singular ني /nī/ me, is attached only to a verb, indicating the direct object (verbal object) When suffix pronouns are attached to nouns, they function as possessive pronouns, ie as the genitive case of the separate personal pronouns The noun and the suffixed pronoun form together a type of iḋāfah construction, eg Separate personal pronouns and suffix pronouns baytu-hu, his house ب ي ت ه qalam-ī, my pen ق ل مي The final syllable nūn ن /n/ + fatḣah/kasrah of the dual and sound masculine plural endings is dropped before a suffix pronoun, eg dual Nom ك تا با ن ك (not: ك تا با ك ك تا با ن kitābāni kitābā-ka kitābāni-ka) two books your (m) (two) books ك تا ب ي ك ك تا ب ي ن ك تا ب ي ن ك (not: Acc and gen kitābayni kitābay-ka kitābayni-ka) two books your (m) (two) books plural م ع ل مو ن ك (not: م ع ل مو ك م ع ل مو ن Nom mu allimūna mu allimū-ka mu allimūna-ka) teachers (m) your (m) teachers م ع ل مي ن ك (not: م ع ل مي ك م ع ل مي ن Acc and gen mu allimīna mu allimī-ka mu allimīna-ka) teachers (m) your (m) teachers / ي /ī/ my becomes ي The first person singular suffix ya/ when it is preceded by a long vowel or a diphthong, eg 89

Separate personal pronouns and suffix pronouns dual Nom ع ي نا ن aynān-i ع ي نا ي aynā-ya Acc and gen two eyes my (two) eyes (not: ع ي نا ن ي aynāni-ya) (not: ع ي ن ي ن ي aynayni-ya) aynay-ya ع ي ن ي aynayn-i ع ي ن ي ن two eyes my (two) eyes 8 When the suffix pronoun for the first person singular is attached / ي /ū/ is changed to و to a sound masculine plural, the final iyya/ in all three cases, eg plural م ع ل مو ن ي (not: م ع ل م ي م ع ل مو ن mu allim-ūna, teachers mu allim-iyya, my teachers mu allimūna-ya) 9 The iḋāfah construction may contain more than one annexed noun أ ل مضا ف In this case only one annexed noun is placed before the annexer أ ل مضا ف إ ل ي ه The other annexed nouns are placed after the annexer, each preceded by the conjunction و /wa/ and and followed by a (possessive) suffix pronoun referring to the annexer and agreeing with it in number and gender, eg ق ل م ل طا ل ب و ك تا ب ه و د ف ت ر ه و ح قي ب ت ه qalamu ṫ-ṫālibi wa-kitābu-hu wa-daftaru-hu wa-ḣaqībatu-hu the student s pen, book, notebook and bag (lit the student s pen and his book and his notebook and his bag) 90 م د ر س ة ل ق ر ي ة و جا م ع ها و د كا ن ها و م ك ت ب ت ها madrasatu l-qaryati wa-ğāmi u-hā wa-dukkānu-hā wa-maktabatu-hā the school, mosque, store and library of the village (lit the school of the village and its mosque and its store and its library)

0 In contradiction to the above grammatical rule, in modern literary Arabic two coordinated annexed nouns are often placed before the annexer, eg According to the rule In modern literary Arabic با ب و م ف تا ح ل س يا ر ة باب ل س يا ر ة و م ف تا ح ها bābu s-sayyārati wa-miftāḣu-hā bābu wa-miftāḣu s-sayyārati the door and the key of the car Separate personal pronouns and suffix pronouns إ س م و ع م ر ل ر ج ل ismu wa- umru r-rağuli إ س م ل ر جل و ع م ر ه ismu r-rağuli wa- umru-hu the name and age of the man Remember that when a suffix pronoun is attached to any ل) ل ladā or ل دى inda, ع ن د a, ma م ع of the four prepositions li- (la-), the expression may be equivalent to the English verb to have (see chapter 0), eg م ع ه م ك تا ب ع ن د ه س يا ر ة ل ه ب ي ت ك بير inda-hu sayyāratun ma a-hum kitābun la-hu baytun kabīrun He has a car They have a book He has a big house When the alternative form ي /ya/ (see paragraph ) of the suffix pronoun for the first person singular is attached to a / ي, they combine into ى preposition ending in alif maqṡūrah yya/, eg ila-yya, to me إ ل ي becomes: ilā, to إ لى ala-yya, on me ع ل ي becomes: alā, on ع لى When the suffix pronoun for the first person singular ي /ī/ is attached to the two prepositions below, the final ن /n/ of the prepositions is doubled: ) minn-ī, from me م ني becomes: min, from م ن ann-ī, about me ع ني becomes: an, about ع ن 9

Separate personal pronouns and suffix pronouns The preposition ل /li/ for, to, belonging to takes the form /la/ before all suffix pronouns, except before the suffix pronoun of ل the first person singular, eg la-ka ل ك for you, belonging to you la-hum ل ه م for them, belonging to them BUT: l-ī, لي for me, belonging to me The ḋammah of the suffix pronouns is changed to kasrah when the suffix is preceded by kasrah or yā : /hunna/ ه ن /hum/ ه م /humā/ ه ما /hu/ ه These suffixes become: /hi/ ه Examples: /hinna/ ه ن /him/ ه م /himā/ ه ما م ن م ع ل م ي ه ما في ب ي ت ه fī bayti-hi min mu allimay-himā When the suffix pronouns are attached to verbs, they function as the direct (or indirect) object of transitive verbs, eg إ ل ي ه م ilay-him in his house from their (two) teachers to them ح م ل ه م س م ع ه ش ت م ني šatama-nī sami a-hu ḣamala-hum He insulted me He heard him He carried them Remember: The suffix pronoun for the first person singular ني /nī/ me is attached only to a verb (see note) 9 When a suffix pronoun is attached to the second person

masculine plural of a verb in the perfect tense, the personal ending eg /tum-ū/, ت مو /tum/ becomes ت م sami tum-ū-hu س م ع ت مو ه becomes: sami tum س م ع ت م you (pl) heard you (pl) heard him Separate personal pronouns and suffix pronouns 8 Please recall that when the suffix pronouns are attached to the third person masculine plural of a verb in the perfect tense, the final alif (ا) is elided, eg sami ū-hu, they heard him س م عو ه sami ū, they heard س م عوا 9 The suffix : ك م /kum/ becomes: ك م /kum-u/ and /hum-u/ ه م becomes: /hum/ ه م The sukūn is replaced by ḋammah when it is followed by a word beginning with waṡlah, eg ش ك ر ك م ل م ع ل م شك ر ك م šakarakum He thanked you (masc plur) šakarakumu l-mu allimu The teacher thanked you 0 The preposition ب ي ن is used with the meaning between It must be repeated before each coordinated member, if any of these members is expressed by a suffix pronoun, eg ب ي ن ه و ب ي ن ك ب ي ن ل م دي ر وب ي ن ك bayna l-mudīri wa-bayna-ka between the director and you bayna-hu wa-bayna-ka between him and you Compare: بي ن ل م دي ر و ل م و ظف bayna l-mudīri wa-l-muwad d afi between the director and the employee 9

Separate personal pronouns and suffix pronouns The suffix pronouns may be attached to the bound particle iyyā, which functions as supporter for the direct object when it is إ يا placed first or when the verb takes a suffix pronoun that denotes the indirect object إ ياك ن ع ب د و إ ياك ن س ت عي ن iyyā-ka na budu wa- iyyā-ka nasta īnu Thee (alone) do we worship; Thee (alone) we do ask for help (Quran) me bā a-nī iyyā-hu He sold it to با ع ني إ يا ه In the above sentence the suffix pronoun after the verb is the indirect object Therefore the particle إ يا iyyā is needed to carry the suffix pronoun that functions as direct object (a) (b) The particle إ يا iyyā can also be used in the meaning (together) with in combination with the prefixed conjunction و wa in phrases coordinating a separate pronoun with a suffix pronoun, eg anā wa- iyyā-hum, I together with them أ نا و إ يا ه م The particle إ يا iyyā may be used as a warning when it is attached to a suffix pronoun in the second person singular and plural, eg l-kad iba iyyā-ka إ يا ك ل ك ذ ب Beware of lies! OR ك ذب ل إ يا ك و iyyā-ka wa-l-kad iba The alif maqṡūrah ى /ā/ changes to the regular form of eg /ā/ when a suffix pronoun is attached to the word, ا ramā-hu, he threw it ر ما ه ramā, he threw ر مى 9

هل ب ل الة ج م ت ه ا وم يرها ا ه ت ب ن ك م م ك عم اها ي ت ب ه دح ر ت ت حيوانات ل ة ا ه ح م ل ت نم و ل ض كل ق م ب ا ه يل ه ي ي ا Exercises Practise your reading: ه وس ارته ي مدير ل ت بي خادم ل در كم وأ ر ض () ġasala l-h ādimu darağa bayti l-mudīri wa-sayyārata-hu wa- arḋa maktabi-hi The servant washed the stairs of the director s house, and his car غس Separate personal pronouns and suffix pronouns and the floor of his office سر وف في صح بي في مريضة ل ب لط يب () zāra ṫ-ṫabību l-marīḋata fī bayti-hā wa-faḣaṡa-hā fī sarīri-hā The physician visited the patient ( the sick person, f) in her house and examined her in her bed ومن سك وسا زار ه ت ل رس ت كت ضوع ن وع عن ك تح () katabtu la-hu risālatan wa-sa altu-hu an-kum wa- an mawḋū i sakanikum wa-minḣati-kum I wrote a letter to him and I asked him about you and about the subject (question, issue) of your housing and scholarship دجو اد ر ب ل في ة ع طق ت ل وأك ت خ بطف () wağadtu qiṫ ata laḣmin fī l-barrādi fa-ṫabah tu-hā wa- akaltu-hā I found a piece of meat in the refrigerator, I (then) cooked (it) and ate it يق إ ىل ذه وإ و ذه هن اك ت 8 بع إ ى من زلهال ها وس عن د () d ahabtu wa- iyyā-hā ilā ḣadīqati l-ḣaywānāti wa-min hunāka d ahabtu ma a-hā ilā manzili-hā wa-sahirtu inda-hā ba ḋa l-waqti I went (together) with her to, the zoo (lit the garden of animals), and from there I went with her to her home and I spent 8 some time (in the evening) at her place م أن ت م رأ وأنا رأ ي ك () antum la-kum ra yu-kum wa- anā l-ī ra yī You have your (own) opinion and I have my (own) opinion 9

ا ك نم ف ور ص ب ا ب ت عم ق عم يقتها اهدة لا ر يك ت ن ا ا على ر ث ا التك يلادكم قل ب م و ن ي د يلادكم يقتك نم Separate personal pronouns and suffix pronouns وس وكخ وأ أب وك رك ي في مدينة ل ط إ ىل حافلة ل نف س () abū-ka wa- ah ū-ka rakibā ma -ī fī nafsi l-ḣāfilati ilā wasaṫi madīnati Your father and brother travelled ( rode) with me in the same bus to the centre of the city ي في اكخ وأ أب اك ذخأ وق لس إ ىل ارتي يس (8) ah ad tu abā-ka wa- ah ā-ka ma -ī fī sayyāratī ilā s-sūqi I took your father and brother with me in my car to the market ت ح وأ يكخ أب شمب فر (9) fariḣtu bi-mušāhadati abī-ka wa- ah ī-ka I was pleased at seeing your father and brother رض ( فس ) همف فت فا قاره ع ل ح جب نة على ل تط (0) fataḣa l- uṡfūru minqāra-hu (fama-hu) fa-saqaṫati l-ğubnatu alā l- arḋi fa- akala-hā l-qiṫṫu The bird opened its beak (mouth) and so the cheese fell to the ground so the cat ate it فيها: ذك صد رسالة () (a) katabat ṫālibatun risālatan ilā ṡadīqati-hā d akarat fī-hā: A student wrote a letter to her girlfriend saying ( in it): 9 ت مل 8 وع ق ل ط هل البة ط ت كت د رس إ ىل تل أ س م ها وص شك (b) šukran alā risālati-ki la-qad waṡalat-nī amsi wa- alimtu min-hā Thank you for your letter (which) I received (lit has arrived to me) yesterday, and 8 I learned 9 from it أ 0 ك ن في عيد ت في ذه ص عم ةل حر (c) anna-ki fī īdi mīlādi-ki d ahabti fī riḣlatin ma a ṡadīqati-ki, that on your 0, birthday you went with your girlfriend on a trip, 9 8 عيد هد بع وأ ة ي ي ل ت إلي ك قد أي ض (d) wa- anā ayḋan qad ba at tu ilay-ki l-yawma hadiyyata īdi mīlādi-ki and today I also sent (to) you a birthday (lit anniversary, festival of 8 your birth) present

عم ت ي ر نج ب ت اب ت ب ه ا ك شم أ ن اه قر ون ا كتب تمام ن ح لك أن ت () antumā katabtumā l-kitāba wa-naḣnu qara nā-hu You (dual) wrote the book and we read it عالم كة ي ع ل ة ب ي قص هور () ma ī qiṡṡatun bi-l- arabiyyati kataba-hā ālimun mašhūrun I have (with me) a novel in Arabic written by (wrote it) a famous Separate personal pronouns and suffix pronouns scholar ة واسع بر فيها ة ة ين بي اممأ () amāma bayt-ī ğunaynatun fī-hā birkatun wāsi atun In front of my house there is a garden in which there is ( in it) a large pond Translate into Arabic: () Your father washed his car in front of our garden () His office is in front of the large pond () The physician visited me at my home and examined me in my bed () I wrote to her and I asked her about her birthday and about her trip to her father and brother () I found your (f) book and the novel in my girlfriend s office () I spent some time with her at the zoo, and from there we went to the market () I was pleased at seeing your father and brother in the centre of the city (8) The servant opened the director s refrigerator and he found a piece of meat, which he cooked and ate (lit and he cooked it and ate it) (9) Thank you for your letter and birthday present (0) The scholar has written (wrote) his novel in Arabic () Yesterday I read her letter about her trip with her girlfriend () The sick bird fell on the ground and the cat ate it () The servant travelled (rode) with his girlfriend in the same bus 9

Chapter Demonstrative, reflexive and reciprocal pronouns As in English, there are in Arabic two series of demonstrative pronouns شا ر ة أ س ما ء لا asmā u l- išārati Both of them have separate masculine and feminine forms in the singular and dual (in the plural there is no distinction between masculine and feminine forms) In the singular and plural each series has only one form for all three cases, but in the dual they are declined for two cases: nominative and accusativegenitive: this, this one singular dual plural masc fem masc fem masc and fem ا ه ذا Nom ا ه ذ ه ا ه ذا ن ا ه و لا ء ها تا ن hād ā hād ihi hād āni hātāni hā ulā i this (one) these two these (ones) ا ه و لا ء ها ت ي ن ا ه ذ ي ن ا ه ذ ه ا ه ذا Acc and hād ā hād ihi hād ayni hātayni hā ulā i gen this (one) these two these (ones) 98

Nom that, that one singular dual plural masc fem masc fem masc and fem ا ذ لك ذا ك أول ي ك ūlā ika ت ل ك ذا ن ك تا ن ك d ālika or d āka tilka d ānika tānika that (one) those two those (ones) ا ذ لك ذا ك ت ي ن ك أول ي ك ت ل ك ذ ي ن ك Acc and d ālika or d āka tilka d aynika taynika ūlā ika gen that (one) those two those (ones) Demonstrative, reflexive and reciprocal pronouns ا ه و لا ء Note: Regarding the spelling rules for the hamzah in and أو لا ي ك, see chapter 0 The demonstrative pronouns can be used both independently (as nouns) and adjectivally in Arabic: Independently ا ه ذا ق ل م hād ā qalamun This (is) a pen Adjectivally ا ه ذا ل ق ل م ق صي ر hād ā l-qalamu qaṡīrun This pen (is) short (small) ا ذ ل ك ل حصا ن س ري ع ا ذ ل ك ح صا ن d ālika hiṡānun That (is) a horse (stallion) d ālika l-hiṡānu sarī un That horse (is) fast Note: In the adjectival construction the noun must be preceded by the definite article When a demonstrative pronoun is used as the subject in a nominal sentence where the predicate is a noun made definite by the article أ ل al-, a third-person personal pronoun must be inserted between the subject and predicate to serve as a copula is, are, eg ا ه و لاء ه م ل م ع ل مو ن ا ه ذ ه ه ي ل ب ن ت ا ه ذا ه و ل ق ل م hād ā huwa l-qalamu hād i-hi hiya l-bintu hā ulā i humu l-mu allimūna This is the pen This is the girl These are the teachers 99

Demonstrative, reflexive and reciprocal pronouns When the predicate noun is in the iḋāfah construction, or followed by a suffixed pronoun, or when it is a proper name, the insertion of the personal pronoun between the demonstrative pronoun and predicate is optional, eg ه ذ ه ) ه ي) س يا ر ة ل م دي ر ا ه ذا ) ه و) م ع ل م ل و ل د hād ā (huwa) mu allimu l-waladi This (is) the boy s teacher hād ihi (hiya) sayyāratu l-mudīri This (is) the manager s car ا ه ذا ) ه و) م ح م د ا ذ ل ك ) ه و) ب ي تي d ālika (huwa) baytī That (is) my house hād ā (huwa) Muḣammadun This (is) Muhammad When the predicate is a noun in the indefinite form, no personal pronoun is needed between the demonstrative pronoun and predicate to act as copula, eg ا ذ ل ك ح صا ن ا ه و لاء م ع ل مو ن ا ه ذ ه ب ن ت ا ه ذا ق ل م hād ā qalamun hād ihi bintun hā ulā i mu allimūna d ālika hiṡānun This (is) a pen This (is) a girl These (are) teachers That (is) a horse (stallion) Demonstrative pronouns qualifying plural nouns referring to non-human beings take the feminine singular forms, viz ه ذ ه this and eg that, ت ل ك ا ه ذ ه ل ح ي وا نا ت م ري ض ة hād ihi l-ḣayawānātu marīḋatun These animals (are) ill ض ة and م ك سو ر ة Note: The adjectives refer to non-human beings ت ل ك ل ك ر سي م ك سو ر ة tilka l-karāsī maksūratun Those chairs (are) broken are in the singular because they م ري 00 When a demonstrative pronoun qualifies the first noun (the annexed) in the iḋāfah construction, the demonstrative pronoun is placed after the whole phrase, eg

س يا ر ة ل م دي ر ا ه ذ ه ق دي م ة م ع ل م ل ب ن ت ا ه ذا ج ي د mu allimu l-binti hād ā ğayyidun This teacher of the girl is good sayyāratu l-mudīri hād ihi qadīmatun This car of the director is old 8 Reflexive and emphasizing (corroborative) pronouns Demonstrative, reflexive and reciprocal pronouns (a) Arabic uses the noun نف س nafsun (pl أ ن فس anfusun), soul, self, same, as a reflexive pronoun: -self, -selves Then it must be followed by a suffix pronoun, eg ق تل ن ف س ه qatala nafsa-hu He killed himself شا ه د ت ن ف سي في ل م ر ا ة šāhadtu nafs-ī fī l-mir āti I saw myself in the mirror (b) Another use of نف س nafsun is to emphasize or corroborate a following noun in the iḋāfah construction It then has the meaning same or -self, -selves, eg في ن فس ل ي وم fī nafsi l-yawmi on the same day (c) Alternatively, نف س nafsun can follow the noun or (implicit) pronoun it emphasises, but then it must take a suffix pronoun, eg في ل ي و م ن ف س ه fī l-yawmi nafsi-hi on the same day ه و ن ف س ه ذ ه ب huwa nafsu-hu d ahaba He went himself ذ ه ب ب ن ف س ه d ahaba bi-nafsi-hi He went himself (d) The noun ذا ت ātun (pl ذ وا ت āwātun) essence, identity, same, d d self can be used just like ن فس nafsun, though less commonly in the reflexive meaning For example: في ذا ت ل ي وم fī d āti l-yawmi on the same day 0

لس هج م نوع م سم اب ض Demonstrative, reflexive and reciprocal pronouns (e) ت The adjective form (nisbah, introduced in chapter ) of ātun is ذا تي ātī, self-, eg d d أ ل ح ك م ل ذا تي al-ḣukmu d -d ātī self-rule (autonomy) Arabic- arwāḣun), spirit, is used in some أ روا ح (pl rūḣun رو ح :a Note speaking countries in the same way as ن فس nafsun ذا Note b: The word ع ي ن ynun eye, essence is also sometimes used to emphasize a noun, just like ن فس nafsun Note c: Reflexive action is often expressed by special derived verb forms, which will be introduced in chapter 8 9 Reciprocal pronoun Arabic uses the noun ب ع ض ba ḋun some, a few, as the reciprocal pronoun, each other, one another Then ب ع ض ba ḋun is often repeated The first ب ع ض ba ḋun takes a suffix pronoun, eg ض ر ب ب عض ه م ب عضا ḋaraba ba ḋu-hum ba ḋan They hit each other ل ع ب لا و لا د ب عض ه م مع ب ع la iba l- awlādu ba ḋu-hum ma a ba ḋin The children played with each other Note: A reciprocal action is often conveyed in Arabic by a special derived verb form to be introduced in chapter 8 Exercises Practise your reading: ا وزج ع ل ذا ا ذ كل اممأ لب () ğalasa hād ā l- ağūzu amāma d ālika l-bābi This old man sat in front of that door 0 ا هذا موح ا وذ كل () hād ā masmūḣun wa-d ālika mamnū un This is permitted and that is forbidden

قم لس ي ارة عم يل يمة د ت ير دم ت علىاب لش ركة لر ف ا ر ه يد ص ت اذ لس فر ب ر لا بط يل ه( ه مدينة ه ل ة كم مجلا ت ل ب لش ه ري ة ب لا افي ةح س يمة يلة دح ي و باب ه ا س مف تاح ل فول هذ () bābu hād ihi s-sayyārati maqfūlun wa-l-miftāḣu laysa ma -ī The door of this car is locked and I do not have the key ( the key is not with me) ) هو ه هذ ا ق ل ب ك ل يه ا لك وذ كل دج) Demonstrative, reflexive and reciprocal pronouns () hād ihi hiya l-kutubu l-qadīmatu wa-d ālika l-kitābu alā r-raffi (huwa) ğadīdun These are the old books (broken plur), and that book on the shelf is new عذ قب ل لموظ ف ذا () qabila mudīru š-šarikati ud ra hād ā l-muwad d afi The manager of the company accepted this employee s excuse (alibi) ة ي ب خو ف ه ل ة كث ر ا يع ت س جو ل نمهذ () kat ratu l-h awfi hād i-hi mina s-safari bi-l-ğawwi laysat ṫabī iyyatan This much fear of air travel is not normal دب أس هو اة ق ل كاتب ذا ه ي جامعتنافي ع ل () kātibu l-qiṡṡati hād ā huwa ustād u l- adabi l- arabiyyi fī ğāmi ati-nā This writer of the novel is a professor of Arabic literature at our university ة ي ( قد تب ا ذ يلو كتب فيها يث (8) maktabatu l-madīnati hād i-hi (hiya) qadīmatun wa-laysa fī-hā kutubun ḣadīt atun This city library ( bookshop) is old and contains no (lit there are not in it) contemporary books ن ج ص ل ت ك لت كت في ه و لط مقالات ل ة ي ك لت ا هذ (9) katabat tilka ṡ-ṡiḣāfiyyatu l- ağnabiyyatu tilka l-maqālāti ṫ-ṫawīlata fī hād i-hi l-mağallāti š-šahriyyati That foreign journalist (f) wrote those long articles in these monthly magazines 0

ء ير ط عم علىم لش باب لت ل ة سم اب ) عم ون ادي عم هل س يد ع لر جل ا اموس ب يح يم جد ا لس ت مع هاتي نج كل ق س ر ن ت ي و و يل لا لل سان ت ع الي t l-lisāni awīlu The ugly man sitting on that chair is a liar and, talks too much (lit Demonstrative, reflexive and reciprocal pronouns اب سب مش كلة سبب مش كلتنا ه ل هذ ه ا يلو ق د هذ ام (هو ) (0) mā (huwa) sababu hād ihi l-muškilati? sababu muškilati-nā hād ihi mu aqqadun wa-laysa la-hu tafsīrun What is the reason for this problem? The reason for this problem of ours is complicated and has no explanation تف س ) ا هو لا نف س ون وأ ولي ك متقاعد ل شs ارط ق ل ا في افر () hā ulā i l-mutaqā idūna wa- ūlā ika š-šabābu (šābbun) musāfirūna ma an fī nafsi l-qiṫāri These retired persons and those youths are travelling together on the same train نز في ت ل أك أ س م ا ذ كل ت ل إ ىل مث ك لت ب ل و ل () akaltu amsi fī maṫ amin alā tilka t-tallati t umma nazaltu ilā d ālika l-wādī l-ba īdi Yesterday I ate in a restaurant on that hill, then I went down to that distant valley س صع فه قد ا هذ ق ل زممو الو ه الم ب ذا () hād ā l-qāmūsu qadīmun ğiddan wa-mumazzaqun wa-li-hād ā fa-huwa s a bu l-isti māli This dictionary is very old and torn, and therefore it is difficult to use ا ذ كل ن في لب غ ل مق هى ل () ğalastu ma a hātayni l-bintayni fī d ālika l-maqhā l-ġālī I sat in that expensive coffee shop with these two girls 0 جالس على ذ ل ق ل ا ه ي ك ل اب ذك وطو () ar-rağulu l-qabīḣu l-ğālisu alā d ālika l-kursiyyi huwa kad d ābun wa- has a long tongue)

Translate into Arabic: () The manager accepted the excuse of these two girls () This is forbidden and that is permitted () This door of the university is new () Those youths are travelling together on this train to that distant city () This professor accepted the excuse of that foreign journalist (m) () This much fear of that problem has no explanation () I sat yesterday on that chair with this old man (8) The girl s dictionary is from that bookshop (library) (9) This ugly man is the cause of this problem (0) The writer sat on a chair in front of this library () These retired persons are travelling in this car () I sat with this old man in that expensive coffee shop () This professor s book is old and torn () The door of this library is locked and the key is with that employee () The writer (f) of those articles in these monthly magazines is a foreign journalist (f) Demonstrative, reflexive and reciprocal pronouns 0

Chapter Imperfect tense verb in the indicative and word order The Arabic imperfect tense أ ل مضا ر ع expresses an incomplete, continuous or habitual action or on-going state It refers usually to the present, in which case it is translated by the English (simple or progressive) present tense, for example ي ش ر ب yašrabu, he drinks OR he is drinking In certain appropriate contexts, which will be explained later, it may, however, refer to the past or future, in which case it is translated by the English (simple or progressive) imperfect or future (sometimes present), respectively It is thus to be emphasized that the Arabic imperfect tense is not like the English imperfect, which almost always refers to the past (See also chapter on the perfect tense) There are three moods in Arabic for the imperfect tense: indicative, subjunctive and jussive The indicative mood is the basic mood of the verb and it is mostly used in forming statements and questions In this chapter we will deal only with the indicative mood of the imperfect tense, ل م ر فو ع أ ل مضا ر ع (See chapter 8 regarding the other moods) Vowelling of the middle radical in the imperfect tense 0 It was mentioned in chapter that the triliteral verb in the perfect tense has three patterns of vowelling for the middle radical The following are the rules of corresponding vowelling for the middle radical in the imperfect tense: If the middle radical in the perfect tense has:

(a) (b) fatḣah, then the middle vowel of the imperfect tense can be fatḣah, kasrah or ḋammah, eg Perfect tense d ahaba, he went ذ ه ب kataba, he wrote ك ت ب ġasala, he washed غ س ل Imperfect tense yad habu,/a/ he goes ي ذ ه ب yaktubu,/u/ he writes ي ك ت ب yaġsilu,/i/ he washes ي غ س ل kasrah, then the middle vowel of the imperfect is in almost all cases fatḣah, eg Imperfect tense in the indicative, word order Perfect tense šariba, he drank ش ر ب Imperfect tense yašrabu /a/, he drinks, he is ي ش ر ب drinking (c) ḋammah, then the middle vowel of the imperfect is also ḋammah, eg Perfect tense karuma, he was generous ك رم Imperfect tense yakrumu /u/, he is generous ي ك ر م Here is the conjugation of the imperfect indicative as exemplified by the verb ك ت ب kataba, to write The third person masculine singular of this verb is ي ك ت ب yaktubu, which can be translated as he writes, he is writing, or he will write In the conjugation table below, the prefixes and endings referring to the person, gender and number of the subject are written in bold type and small letters, and the roots in capitals (See also conjugation A in Appendix ) singular dual plural ي ك ت بو ن ي ك ت با ن ي ك ت ب m ya+ktub+u ya+ktub+āni ya+ktub+ūna he writes they () write they write he is writing they () are writing they are writing 0

Imperfect tense in the indicative, word order singular dual plural ي ك ت ب ن ت ك ت با ن ت ك ت ب f ta+ktub+u ta+ktub+āni ya+ktub+na she writes they () write they write she is writing they () are writing they are writing ت ك ت بو ن ت ك ت با ن ت ك ت ب m ta+ktub+u ta+ktub+āni ta+ktub+ūna you write you ()write you write you are writing you () are writing you are writing ت ك ت ب ن ت ك ت با ن ت ك ت بي ن f ta+ktub+īna ta+ktub+āni ta+ktub+na you write you ()write you write you are writing you () are writing you are writing m f ن ك ت ب أ ك ت ب a+ktub+u I write I am writing na+ktub+u we write we are writing Note: If the subject refers to non-human beings in the plural, the verb is in the feminine singular Word order in sentences with an imperfect tense verb The imperfect verb either precedes or follows its subject The verb agrees with its subject in the same way as for the perfect tense, eg أ ل عا مل ي ذ ه ب ل ك ي و م إ لى ع م ل ه Sing al- āmilu yad habu kulla yawmin ilā amali-hi The worker goes to his work every day 08 أ ل ع مال ي ذ ه بو ن ك ل ي و م إ لى ع م له م Plur al- ummālu yad habūna kulla yawmin ilā amali-him The workers go to their work every day

OR ي ذ ه ب ل عا مل ل ك ي و م إ لى ع م ل ه Sing yad habu l- āmilu kulla yawmin ilā amali-hi Imperfect tense in the indicative, word order ي ذ ه ب ل ع مال ل ك ي و م إ لى ع م ل ه م Plur yad habu l- ummālu kulla yawmin ilā amali-him Future The imperfect tense indicates the future when the context clearly refers to the future, eg ي ذ ه ب ل و زي ر ب ع د أ س بوع إ لى ب ي رو ت ) ذ ه ب v) yad habu l-wazīru ba da usbū in ilā bayrūta The minister will go (OR is going) to Beirut after one week (in a week s time) ا ه ذ ه ل ر سا ل ة غ دا ) ب ع ث v) أ ب ع ث ab at u hād ihi r-risālata ġadan I will send (OR I am going to send) this letter tomorrow When the context does not refer specifically to the future, it is necessary to specify it by adding the particle س sa or س و ف sawfa will, shall before the imperfect verb, eg س وف / س ي س ك ن م عي( س ك ن v) sawfa/sa-yaskunu ma ī He will live with me Note: Even when the context refers to the future, very often the particles anyway, sawfa are added before the imperfect verb س و ف sa or س eg س وف / س ي ذ ه ب ل و زي ر ب ع د أ س بوع إ لى ب ي رو ت sawfa/sa-yad habu l-wazīru ba da usbū in ilā bayrūta The minister will go to Beirut after one week (in a week s time) 09

ك ك Imperfect tense in the indicative, word order 8 The particle ق د qad with the imperfect The particle ق د has already been mentioned in chapter in connection with the perfect tense in order to emphasize the completion of an action or state But the particle ق د is used with the imperfect tense to denote the uncertainty of an action or state, and is translated as may, might or perhaps, eg ilay-him qad naktubu ق د ن ك ت ب إ ل ي ه م We may write to them OR Perhaps we will write to them ġadan qad yaḣḋuru -l ustād u ق د ي حض ر لا س تا ذ غ دا The teacher might come tomorrow 9 Negative of the imperfect tense The following three negative particles precede the verb in the imperfect: wa-lā, nor و لا lā, not, neither لا imperfect) mā, not (rarely used in the ما Example: ما / لا ي ش ر ب ق ه و ة في ل م سا ء mā / lā yašrabu qahwatan fī l-masā I He does not drink coffee in the evening س و ف لا ي ذ ه ب و لا ي ك ت ب إ لى أ م ه sawfa lā yad habu wa-lā yaktubu ilā ummi-hi He will neither go nor write to his mother Exercises Practise your reading: 0 عاي لتك تس في شارع يأ ن ن تس ن وأ ي () fī ayyi šāri in taskunu wa- ayna taskunu ā ilatu-ka? On which street do you live and where does your family live?

ب ر لط ل ي عم مل ر ع ر ن انه و ي ل س م ه م ب لا ل كs ب ا ن معا ب ر ب ون ه ليب اح يقاتي لط لب ير ا ب ر ه لس نة ت ( ن ( بد يش أس ولا فل لا يا ك أ ت سs نلا 8 تن ب () qad lā ya kulu ṫ-ṫiflu wa-lā yašrabu li- anna asnāna-hu bada at tanbutu The child (baby) may neither eat nor drink because his teeth have begun 8 to grow Imperfect قد tense in the indicative, word order ولا أذ أد دت الو ه ذا سو ف لا ب إ ىل في با أش () aš uru bi- alamin fī ma idat-ī wa-li-hād ā sawfa lā adrusu l-yawma wa-lā ad habu ilā l-muḣāḋarati I feel pain in my stomach and therefore today I will not study nor go to 8 the lecture في محاضرة ل لا سو ف ون علىم ين د مس تق بل ل هلمع () sawfa lā yandamūna alā amali-him fī l-mustaqbali They will not regret their action (what they have done) in the future 8 تش عص ( ب ل ( عادة ك لأ ولا تش وكث ماير ا عش لا تا ك () al-kilābu ādatan tašrabu ḣalīban wa-lā tašrabu aṡīran wa-kat īran-mā lā ta kulu ušban Dogs normally drink milk but they neither drink juice nor do they often eat grass اث ه مص نع ل إ ى مديرل ذا أب ع ا ي ص خش () qad ab at u hād ā ṫ-ṫalaba ilā mudīri l-maṡna i šah ṡiyyan I may send this application to the director of the factory personally رأ عيد ن جديدة ل س في ست ذ () ayna sa-tad habūna fī īdi ra si s-sanati l-ğadīdati? Where will you go (masc pl) for the New Year celebration? (lit feast of the head/start of the New Year) أي قد أذ ه سل ج صد لا و ف وس سا حف لة ل ب إ ىل (8) sa- ağlisu hunā ma a ṡadīqātī wa-sawfa lā ad habu ilā l-ḣaflati I will stay (sit) here with my girlfriends and I will not go to the party

ا ر لن ف ط ك لا لض ج ة لا ب ل جامعل لن ساء ر اذام ون ح جاب ح ر ب ع ون لص غيرة كل ن لش م سي ة م ه ز م ونه ر ا ك ه ر ا ك بخ ونه د ا على ونه س اصمة ا ه بل ت يراد س لا سم ب وع ا ي Imperfect tense in the indicative, word order في شر يع ف لا نع ة لم دحأ (9) lā na rifu aḣadan ya malu fī šarikati n-nafṫi We don t know anyone (who) works for the oil company يش نس ب عم خبير ل (0) bi-sababi ḋ-ḋağğati lā nasma u mād ā yašraḣu l-h abīru Because of the noise we can t hear what the expert is explaining بد () lā yasmaḣu l- imāmu bi-duh ūli n-nisā i li-l-ğāmi i bi-dūni ḣiğābin The imām does not allow women to enter (lit the entering of women into) the mosque without a veil وي بد بس ولخ امم حم لا يس مزارعون ل أر ض ا ح مق مث نح ط ص حي 9 نج يز 8 مث لط حين وي ع 0 زا هل ون ب خي () yazra u l-muzāri ūna arḋa-hum qamḣan t umma yaḣṡudūna-hu wayaṫḣanūna-hu wa-ya ğinūna ṫ-ṫaḣīna t umma yah bizūna-hu wa-na kulu-hu h ubzan The farmers sow their fields (lit land) with (the) wheat, then they harvest and grind it and they 8 knead 9 the dough (lit flour), then they 0 bake it and we eat it as bread ي كر وت في يو ت ب ل ح ه مأ سل ج ة ب ل / تس مظل ة ل ت حت 8 وت ن ظ () tasbaḣu l-bintu ṡ-ṡaġīratu kulla yawmin fī l-birkati wa-tağlisu ummu-hā alā kursiyyin taḣta l-mid allati / š-šamsiyyati wa-tand uru ilay-hā يلإ The small girl swims every day in the pool, and her mother sits on a chair under the umbrella 8 and watches her ن أس وي إ ى عم انل ب غد ناني وف د في ث ك م اري جت 9 8 يذ ة ي ن ثح لا رد ع ل ةل ا وي ب 0 دل ب ل ن بي و لت ص دير () yad habu ġadan ilā ammāna wafdun lubnāniyyun tiğāriyyun wa-yamkut u usbū an fī l- āṡimati l- urdunniyyati, wa-yabḣat u mas alata l-istīrādi wa-t-taṡdīri bayna l-baladayni

و ان ك ام م لام ع ام ب ر ى س! م افر ك يكا لش ه ر ا نلم ع لل غة ادم ق ل A Lebanese commercial delegation will go to Amman tomorrow and will stay for one week in the Jordanian capital and discuss 8 the question of 9 imports 0 and exports between the two countries يو كل ممر ضات لأ هفي ن سل جي ا ن وي ش مق هى ل ذا Imperfect tense in the indicative, word order () al mumarriḋātu yağlisna kulla yawmin fī hād ā l-maqhā wa-yašrabna qahwatan aw šāyan شاي ا The nurses sit every day in this cafe and drink coffee or tea أو ة قه ت ك نأ عمس ست ت ر ن شركة في وت كلمع ر خأ 8 و ف في نت ر ا ول نك نع 0 9 وند رس ر مأ إ ىل سن س يزي ة هناكل ج لا ن () sami tu anna-kumā sa-tatrukāni amala-kumā wa-ta malāni fī šarikatin uh rā na am! sawfa natruku amala-nā fī š-šahri l-qādimi, wa-lākin sanusāfiru ilā amrīkā wa-nadrusu l-luġata l- inğlīziyyata hunāka I have heard that you (dual) will leave your jobs and work for another company! Yes! We will leave (our) jobs 8 next month, but we 9 will travel to America and study the English 0 language there Translate into Arabic: () On which street does the imām live and in which mosque is he working? () I have heard that the director of the factory may go to Amman tomorrow () The small girl feels pain in her stomach and therefore she neither drinks nor eats bread () My friends (f) will regret entering the mosque without a veil () Because of the noise of the dogs I will not stay (sit) in this cafe () The director of the oil company will travel on the New Year holiday to the Jordanian capital and will stay there for one week () Next month the director will not allow the farmers to enter the factory (lit the entering of the farmers into the factory) (8) The women will leave their jobs in the factory and work in their own fields

Imperfect tense in the indicative, word order (9) The mother swims every day in the pool and sits on a chair under the umbrella and drinks coffee (0) The commercial delegation will leave the capital next month and go to the Jordanian capital and discuss the question of imports and exports

Chapter 8 Derived verb forms (stems), roots and radicals, transitive and intransitive verbs 8 Until now we have dealt with the basic verb form of triliteral verbs ل ث لا ثي) أ ل ف ع ل al-fi lu t -t ulāt ī) The basic verb form has the pattern CVCVCV, as for example ك ت ب kataba to write (lit he wrote, perfect tense) The basic verb form is called in Arabic أ ل م ج ر د almuğarradu, meaning peeled or stripped, because it lacks prefixes and infixes 8 At this point it is important to explain more about the terms (verbal) root and radical, which are very special features in Arabic grammar The root is the absolute basis for forming all verb forms as well as most nouns, adjectives, adverbs and even prepositions (see chapter ) The root usually consists of three consonants These consonants are called radicals, because together they make up the root, eg /qwl/ to speak (basic قول book, kitābun ك تا ب write, /ktb/ to كتب verb form قا ل qāla he spoke, imperfect ي قو ل yaqūlu he speaks ), verbal noun ق و ل qawlun speech 8 Some grammarians call the radicals simply letters, but the term radical is more appropriate, because letters refer to units of writing, whereas radicals refer to more theoretical units, which may sometimes be dropped or transformed in the actual verb forms and derivations (see chapters on weak radicals) Roots with three radicals are called triliteral There are no roots with fewer than three radicals Some roots have four radicals They are called quadriliteral This type of verb will be dealt with in chapter 9

Derived verb forms, transitive and intransitive verbs 8 The derived verb forms are called أ ل م زي د, al-mazīdu, which means increased or added They are formed from the root by means of consonant doubling, prefixes or infixes, according to certain patterns (mentioned below, and in table A, the ten forms of ف ع ل fa ala, in Appendix ) 8 The meanings of the derived verb forms are generally derived from the basic verb form according to a system explained below As a rule, grammarians prefer to call the derived verb forms derived verb stems, because each derived verb form has a complete set of conjugated forms (tenses, verbal noun, participles, etc) (See table A fa ala in Appendix ) 8 There are derived verb forms (stems) Western Arabists traditionally number these forms with Roman numerals starting from the basic form, which is numbered as I, and the derived verb forms as II, III, IV, etc Forms I to X are the most frequent and only these will be explained in this book 8 There is no verb which is used in all ten forms; normally the verb is used in five or six of the derived forms, and sometimes even the basic verb form itself is not used For example, the verb form I ع ل م alima to know occurs in forms II, IV, V, and X, but another verb might occur only in forms III, VI, X, and so on 88 As mentioned in chapter, there is no infinitive in Arabic in the same sense as in Indo-European languages The derived verb forms are listed in the dictionary under the root, which is mostly the same as the basic verb form (I) without vowels 89 It is crucially important to learn by heart these ten verb forms and their derivations from table A of the verb ف ع ل fa ala in Appendix ; otherwise it is almost impossible to find a word in a dictionary 80 Arab grammarians chose the basic verb ف ع ل /f l/ fa ala to do, to act as a pattern or model for describing other verb forms and nouns which are derived from it 8 Although the vowelling of the middle consonant (radical) of write, kataba to ك ت ب varies: the basic verb form (I) in the perfect tense

kabura to grow up, the vowelling of the ك ب ر šariba to drink or ش ر ب derived verb forms remains the same for all verbs 8 Transitive and intransitive verbs A transitive verb is called م ت ع د muta addin, and an intransitive verb lāzimun Transitive verbs can take لا ز م ġayru muta addin or غ ير م ت ع د a direct object in the accusative case, whereas intransitive cannot do so (some of them can, however, take an accusative predicative complement) The basic verb form may be transitive or intransitive, depending on its meaning and construction Some derived verb forms are typically transitive, while others are generally intransitive, but there are no absolute rules for determining their meaning Derived verb forms, transitive and intransitive verbs In the following examples, the basic form (I) is transitive and the corresponding form VII is intransitive Transitive sentence ك س ر ل طا ل ب ل ن ظا را ت kasara (I) ṫ-ṫālibu n-nad d ārāti The student broke the spectacles Intransitive sentence إ ن ك س ر ت ل ن ظا را ت inkasarati (VII) n-nad d ārātu The spectacles were/got broken 8 In addition to the nouns mentioned in chapter 9, with the initial hamzatu l-qaṫ i إ / i/ or أ / u/, the verb forms VII X (perfect, imperative and verbal noun) also follow the rule of hamzatu l-waṡli (waṡlah) However, the verb form IV follows the rule of hamzatu l-qaṫ i 8 Formation of the ten verb forms I X The table presents the ten verb forms I X in the perfect and the ف ع ل imperfect (third person sing masc), as exemplified by the verb fa ala to do, to act

Derived verb forms, transitive and intransitive verbs perfect I II III IV V ت ف ع ل أ ف ع ل af ala فا ع ل ع ف ل ف ع ل fa ala fa ala fā ala tafa ala ي ف ع ل ي ف ع ل imperfect ي ت ف ع ل ي ف ع ل ي فا ع ل yaf alu yufa ilu yufā ilu yuf ilu yatafa alu perfect VI VII VIII IX X إ س ت ف ع ل إ ف ع ل إ ف ت ع ل إ ن ف ع ل infa ala ifta ala if alla istaf ala ت فا ع ل tafā ala ي ن ف ع ل ي ت فا ع ل imperfect يس ت ف ع ل ي ف ع ل ي ف ت ع ل yatafā alu yanfa ilu yafta ilu yaf allu yastaf ilu 8 The meanings of the ten verb forms I X The basic meanings of the ten verb forms I X are outlined below with some examples Observe that many derived verb forms can have several different meanings and that some verbs have quite idiomatic or specialized meanings in some of their derived verb forms Therefore it is recommended that the student learn the specific meaning of each derived verb form of each verb separately, rather than relying upon the general rules given below كت ب I Form I The basic form (I) can be transitive or intransitive kataba (transitive) to write imperf ي ك ت ب yaktubu 8 ي ج لس imperf ğalasa (intransitive) ج ل س I to sit yağlisu

Form II (a) II is causative: to cause someone to do something (transitive) I ع لم alima II ع ل م allama imperf ي ع ل م yu allimu to know to teach (lit cause someone to learn) Derived verb forms, transitive and intransitive verbs (b) II is intensifying or iterative: repeating the action (transitive) kasara ر I ك س to break ر imperf kassara ك س ر II to smash, to break into pieces yukassiru ي ك س (c) II is declarative: to consider someone or something to be something, (transitive) kad aba ب I ك ذ to lie ب imperf kad d aba ك ذ ب II to consider someone a liar, to disbelieve someone else (d) II is denominative (forming verb from noun) ي ك ذ ي س ل ح imperf sallaḣa س ل ح silāḣun (noun) II س لا ح weapon to arm yukad d ibu yusalliḣu Form III III denotes an effort to do or achieve that which is expressed by the basic form Often it expresses an action directed at (or done together with) someone else Form III is mostly transitive I ك تب kataba to write I س ب ق sabaqa to precede III كا ت ب kātaba to correspond with somebody ي كا ت ب imperf ق imperf sābaqa سا ب ق III to compete with, to race ي س اب I ب ل غ balaġa to reach III با ل غ bālaġa to exaggerate ي با ل غ imperf yukātibu yusābiqu yubāliġu Form IV IV is prefixed with أ / a/ which is elided in the imperfect tense (a) IV is causative: to cause someone to do the action (transitive) 9

Derived verb forms, transitive and intransitive verbs I ع ل م alima to know IV أ ع ل م a lama imperf ي ع ل م yu limu to inform (to cause someone to know) (b) IV is declarative of I: to declare that someone has a certain quality (transitive) I ح م د ḣamida to praise د imperf aḣmada أ ح م د IV to consider praiseworthy yuḣmidu ي ح م (c) IV is denominative (intransitive verb derived from a noun) ذ ن ب ه eg d anbun (noun) sin ي ذ ن ب imperf IV أ ذ ن ب ad naba to commit a sin, to do wrong against ad naba tiğāha, he committed a sin أ ذ ن ب ت جا yud nibu Form V V is generally reflexive of form II (transitive or intransitive) II ع ل م allama to teach م imperf ta allama ت ع ل م V to learn (lit he taught himself) yata allamu ي ت ع ل II ش ر ف šarrafa to honour V ت ش ر ف tašarrafa to have the honour ي ت ش ر ف imperf II ك ل م kallama V ت ك ل م takallama to talk to somebody to speak, utter ي ت ك ل م imperf yatašrrafu yatakallamu Form VI (a) VI is reflexive or reciprocal of form III (mostly transitive) In this form both or all partners are involved in action, therefore the subject is in the dual or plural قا س م III كا ت ب III qāsama to share VI ت قا س م taqāsama imperf ي ت قا س م yataqāsamu to divide or distribute among themselves kātaba VI ت كا ت ب takātaba imperf ي ت كا ت ب yatakātabu to correspond with a person to correspond with each other 0 (b) VI can also be a kind of pretence form of (I), denoting pretending to be in a certain condition or trying to be something (intransitive) I م ر ض mariḋa to be ill VI ت ما رض tamāraḋa to pretend to be ill imperf ي ت ما ر ض yatamāraḋu

(c) VI can also denote a successive or uninterrupted sequence (intransitive) I س ق ط saqaṫa to fall VI ت سا ق ط tasāqaṫa imperf ي ت سا ق ط yatasāqaṫu to fall consecutively, one after the other Derived verb forms, transitive and intransitive verbs Form VII VII this form is prefixed إ ن with / in/, إand / i/ is elided in the imperfect tense It is reflexive-passive or anticausative of form I (intransitive) kasara ر I ك س to break VII إ ن ك سر inkasara imperf ي ن ك س ر yankasiru to break (by itself), get broken Form VIII VIII has an infix ت /t/ in the middle and is prefixed with إ / i/, which is elided in the imperfect tense (a) VIII is reflexive-intransitive of form I I ج م ع ğama a to collect (trans ) VIII إ ج ت م ع iğtama a (b) VIII has the passive meaning of form I I ح ر ق ḣaraqa to burn (trans) ق VIII to gather, come together (intr) iḣtaraqa إ ح ت ر imperf ي ج ت م ع yağtami u ق imperf to be burned, burn (intr) ي ح ت ر (c) VIII sometimes has the same meaning as form I (transitive) I ش رى šarā to buy I با ع bā a to sell رى VIII ع VIII ištarā إ ش ت to buy ibtā a إ ب تا to buy ري imperf ع imperf ي ش ت yaḣtariqu yaštarī yabtā u ي ب تا Form IX IX has its last consonant doubled and is prefixed with إ / i/, which is elided in the imperfect tense It refers to colours or defects and has the meaning to become or turn It is intransitive and can be formed from the first or second form or directly from adjectives

Derived verb forms, transitive and intransitive verbs I ع و ج awağa to bend IX إ ع و ج i wağğa to be twisted, bent ر I not used II to redden, colour red imperf ي ع و ج ya wağğu ي ح م ر imperf iḣmarra إ ح م ر ḣammara IX ح م to turn red, blush yaḣmarru Form X ت X is formed by adding the prefix elided in the imperfect tense (a) X is reflexive of form IV (transitive) م a lama X أ ع ل م IV to inform, to let know ista lama إ س ت ع ل / i/ is إ / ista/ to form I, and إ س imperf ي س ت ع ل م yasta limu to enquire, seek information (b) X is transitive of form I (often denoting attempt, request or desire to obtain something) I خ ر ج h arağa to come out إ س ت خ ر ج X to take out, extract, deduce ي س ت خ ر ج imperf istah rağa (c) X is declarative of form I or IV (transitive or intransitive) I ح س ن ḣasuna إ س ت ح س ن X istaḣsana ي س ت ح س ن imperf yastah riğu yastaḣsinu to be nice, good to consider nice, good 8 Pronunciation and spelling rules The following modifications are made for certain derived verbs of form VIII in order to smooth the pronunciation: (a) If the first consonant of the basic verb form is one of the following ت /, the infix ظ /ṫ/, ط /ḋ/, ض /ṡ/, ص letters: four emphatic /d /-t-/ of form VIII as in the pattern verb إ ف ت ع ل / ifta ala/ is changed into ط /-ṫ-/, eg ض ر ب ḋaraba to hit, whose form VIII is ṫala a ط ل ع ( And إ ض ت ر ب (not: iḋṫaraba to be troubled, إ ض ط ر ب to rise has as its form VIII إ ط ل ع iṫṫala a to become aware ( إ ط ت ل ع (not:

(b) ز ه ر /z/, as in ز If the first consonant of the basic verb form is zahara to shine, the infix ت /-t-/ of form VIII is changed into (not: izdahara to flourish إ ز د ه ر /-d-/, thus yielding the form د iztahara) إ ز ت ه ر Note: If the first consonant of the basic verb form is ت /t/, as in ت ب ع tabi a إ ت ب ع doubled: /-t-/ of form VIII is written as ت to follow, the infix ) إ ت ت ب ع (not: ittaba a, to follow, succeed Derived verb forms, transitive and intransitive verbs Exercises Analyse the following verbs according to: (a) (b) (c) form number basic verb form imperfect tense ح ر ر أ ن ت ج ج م ع ت ف رق أ ب ع د () to send away to be split to gather to produce to liberate كا ت ب إ س و د سا م ح ع ل م إ س ت خ ر ج () to take out to teach to forgive to become black to correspond with ها ج ر أ ع ل م س ه ل ت ح س ن إ س ت م ت ع () to enjoy to improve to make easy ت س ل ح ت ج ن ب ت كا ت ب () to to avoid to arm correspond oneself to inform إ ن ت ق ل to move to emigrate ت ك ل م to speak ت قا ت ل شا ر ك ت سا ب ق إ ن س رق إ ن ق س م () to be divided to be stolen to compete to share to fight إ ن ف ج ر ت ك ب ر ت ع ل م إ ن تص ر س ل م () to greet to gain to learn to be proud to explode

ر اجران ت ي خر ا لش ركة نم ي ن ه د م ب ي ت ي ر ا اس ن ارك كثير من لط ريق فح ر Derived verb forms, transitive and intransitive verbs إ س تص ع ب أ ج ب ر إ س ت ه ل ك إ ن ت ب ه دا ف ع () to defend to notice to consume to force to find difficult إ م ت ن ع أ ه م ل ت ق د م إ س م ر ج ر ب (8) to try to become to progress to neglect to reject brown إ ق ت ن ع ت با ح ث إ ح ت ر م قا ر ن (9) to compare to respect to discuss to be convinced إ س ت ع م ل to use Practise your reading: / في تج س زو ذات ت ل جامعة ل نف س ها تج رخت () tudarrisu zawğat-ī fī d āti / nafsi l-ğāmi ati llatī tah arrağat min-hā My wife teaches at the same university from which she graduated ( from it) ة سن () yataqāsamu t-tāğirāni ribḣa š-šarikati fī āh iri kulli sanatin كل رب تد يت ق اسم The two merchants share the profits of the company at the end of every year ح ل ب جس ر ل مطر ل ة كث ر في عط و ن ق () bi-sababi kat rati l-maṫari n-hadama l-ğisru wa-nqaṫa a ṫ-ṫarīqu bayna l-qaryatayni Because of the heavy (abundance of) rain, the bridge collapsed and the road 8 between the two villages was cut off ن بس 8 ق ل ن بي لا سو ف غد ع ل الو ه رط مت ذا سي ش ة ل في ل () sawfa lā tumṫiru ġadan wa-li-hād ā sa-yušāriku kat īrun mina n-nāsi fī ḣaflati l- ursi It will not rain tomorrow and therefore many people will attend the wedding party س

ابي ين ه ر لا ن كم لش ر طة د لن ار معهم يقا ارب ت ال م د ق ل ة م ه ابي ون ه ر لا مل عب ل مباراة ل ز ح ا ه د الحا ر ل يم لر بيع لا دح امل ) ه ن لس ياسي ة ب زحs اب لش جر ر لا رج شs د لا ح ت ارض لا ق ار لش جر ر اقط اق ر ر ف خريف ل ل ا وت ب ادلوا وب ع ( 9 هاجمت 8 منساعة ق ل 0 م لس (s نف س أن ف س () hāğamati š-šurṫatu makāna l- irhābiyyīna wa-tabādalū n-nāra ma a-hum, wa-ba da sā atin mina l-qitāli sallama l- irhābiyyūna anfusa-hum The police attacked the terrorists location (place) and exchanged Derived verb forms, transitive and intransitive verbs fire with them and after 8 one hour of 9 fighting the terrorists 0 gave themselves up قب ل في كر فر تض () taḋāraba farīqā kurati l-qadami fī l-mal abi qabla l-mubārāti wa-taṡālaḣā ba da-hā The two, football teams fought each other in the stadium before the match 8 and made up (reconciled) 9 after (it) 9 بع 8 وت ص يع ( ) زع أ ح رص با انبج 8 ة ( عs ال م لع قب ول لب في () ṡarraḣa za īmu aḣadi l- aḣzābi s-siyāsiyyati bi- anna-hu yu āriḋu fikrata qubūli l- ummāli l- ağānibi fī l-bilādi The leader of one of the political parties declared that he is against the idea of accepting 8 foreign workers in the country فك ) ة ( يخض في فص وت ت ف 9 أو فص في ة ) ا مأ 8 فت ص زه (s زه ور ة ( 0 وت ت س (8) fī faṡli r-rabī i yah ḋarru š-šağaru wa-tatafattaḣu l- azhāru, ammā fī faṡli l-h arīfi fa-taṡfarru awrāqu š-šağari wa-tatasāqaṫu In the spring ( season) the trees become green and the flowers open, but in the autumn (season) 9 the leaves of the trees 8 become yellow 0 and fall s)

ارحة ول أ( ت ع لش ركة وم لن قابات مث م افرون جي شان ل ت لن ار وط ق ل ة ل م دحs حدود ل نم ب ر اجعا عن دما لط اولة ا ك ل لط مم لا ات ر س لا ق س ت قلط ت ر ي ارات اته ر لس باق على ون ر س هل لطريق كم عم ت ج يح Derived verb forms, transitive and intransitive verbs / ب ل س م عم ت جإ وا عن م ل موظ فين ل ال م ع ل ر ج وت ك رف ع ورجأ (9) iğtama a amsi / al-bāriḣata mumat t ilū n-niqābāti wa-takallamū an raf i uğūri l- ummāli wa-l-muwad d afīna The representatives of the trade unions met yesterday and talked 9 و 8 ( about increasing the wages of 8 workers and 9 civil servants (employees) عادة يس ف ظ و في لا حر ونلم ي خاص ة عن دما ل اراتهم يس (0) muwad d afū š-šarikati yasta milūna ādatan sayyārāti-himi l-h āṡṡata indamā yusāfirūna fī riḣlātin ṫawīlatin The employees of the company usually use their own cars when they travel on 8 long trips 8 يس ) ث ) ب تب ادل 0 ( 9 8 تل خ قو مت حدة ل (s ة مأ () tabādala l-ğayšāni n-nāra bi-l-qurbi mina l-ḣudūdi t umma tarāğa ā indamā tadah h alat quwwātu l- umami l-muttaḣidati The two armies exchanged fire near the border, then they with- تد تر drew when 0 the United 9 Nations 8 forces intervened رض فس فل دف ع ىل عط ن عس ف ن ك ن 0 9 كل ) 8 كس و ن ت ش ا ة ( في كs () dafa a ṫ-ṫiflu l-ka sa ani ṫ-ṫāwilati fa-saqaṫa alā l- arḋi fa-nkasara wantašarat kasarātu-hu fī kulli makānin The child pushed the glass off the table so it fell on the floor and broke and 8 the pieces went 9,0 everywhere (lit 8 the pieces spread into 9 every 0 place) ث إن () inṫalaqat sayyārātu s-sibāqi alā ṫ-ṫarīqi ḣayt u ğtama a l-mušāhidūna yataḣammasūna la-hum م 8 س مح مشاهدون ل يت

ا م ب ر لل غة The racing cars started off along the road, where the spectators had gathered to cheer them on (lit be enthusiastic 8 towards them) نع ة ي لع م ل تت ك هم ل أت ك يلا لق () hal tatakallamu l-luġata l- arabiyyata? na am atakallamu-hā qalīlan Do you speak (the) Arabic ( language)? Yes, I speak (it) a little هل Derived verb forms, transitive and intransitive verbs Translate into Arabic: () At the end of every season the two merchants share the profit () The spectators gathered on the road between the two villages in order to see the racing cars () After the football match the spectators fought with م ع) ) the police forces in the stadium () The civil servants usually speak (the) Arabic (language) in the company () I graduated from the same university from which you (m) graduated () At the wedding party the child pushed the flowers off the table and they fell and scattered on the floor () It will rain tomorrow and therefore many of the workers and civil servants (employees) will use their own cars 8) The workers met yesterday and talked about increasing their wages at the end of each year

Chapter 9 Passive verbs ل م ج هو ل verb, 9 The passive performer of the action is not named, is used in Arabic when the أ لف عل ا The active verb, ل م ع لو م أ ل ف ع ل, is used in Arabic when the performer of the action is named and expressed as the grammatical subject So far we have only dealt with active verb forms in the perfect and imperfect tense The passive forms of the perfect and imperfect tenses differ from their active counterparts by having different vocalization A characteristic sign of all passive tense forms is that they have the vowel ḋammah /u/ on the first radical The passive of the perfect tense has only one pattern of vowelling for all verbs and forms (stems I X) The first radical has ḋammah /u/ (as mentioned) and the second radical has kasrah /i/ The pattern of the passive perfect in the third person masculine singular is thus: ف ع ل fu ila, eg Perfect Active Passive CaCaCa, CaCiCa, CaCuCa CuCiCa kataba, he wrote ك ت ب šariba, he drank ش ر ب ba uda, he/it was distant ب ع د (See conjugation A in Appendix ) kutiba, it was written ك ت ب šuriba, it was drunk ش ر ب bu ida, he was expelled ب ع د 8 9 The passive of the basic form (I) of the verb in the imperfect tense has also only one pattern of vowelling for all verbs The first radical still

has ḋammah, but the middle radical has faṫhah /a/, the basic pattern being: ي ف ع ل yuf alu, eg Imperfect Active Passive ي ك ت ب yaktubu, he writes ي ك ت ب ي ش ت م yaštumu, he insults ي ش ت م yuktabu, it is (being) written yuštamu, he is (being) insulted Passive verbs 9 The passive forms of the derived verb forms (stems) II, III, IV, VIII and X are conjugated regularly in the perfect and the imperfect like the active verbs, except for the internal vowel changes mentioned above, eg perfect imperfect active passive active passive ي د ر س ي د ر س د ر س د ر س Form II darrasa durrisa yudarrisu yudarrasu he taught he was taught he teaches he is taught Form III Form IV شا ه د ي شا ه د ي شا ه د شو ه د šāhada šūhida yušāhidu yušāhadu he saw he was seen he sees he is seen ي ر س ل ي ر س ل أ ر س ل أ ر س ل arsala ursila yursilu yursalu he sent he was sent he sends he is sent ي ن ت خ ب ي ن ت خ ب أ ن ت خ ب إ ن ت خ ب Form VIII intah aba untuh iba yantah ibu yuntah abu he elected he was elected he elects he is elected ي س ت ق ب ل ي س ت ق ب ل أ س ت ق ب ل إ س ت ق ب ل Form X istaqbala ustuqbila yastaqbilu yustaqbalu he received he was received he receives he is received Note: In the passive of the eighth and tenth forms, the initial vowel in modern Arabic is إ س ت ق ب ل and إ ن ت خ ب eg commonly kasrah, See the conjugations of the derived verb forms in Appendix 9

Passive verbs 9 The derived verb forms V, VI and VII have no passive because their active forms often have a passive or intransitive meaning, eg ت غ ي ر Form V ت با ر ك Form VI ر Form VII taġayyara, to be changed (he/it changed) tabāraka, to be blessed (he/it got blessed) broke) inkasara, to be broken (he/it إ ن ك س 9 The grammatical subject of the passive verb is called in Arabic grammar ل فا ع ل نا ي ب, which means the deputy of the doer Like any subject, it takes the ending of the nominative case and the verb agrees with it in person, gender and number But logically it represents the object (or goal) of the action; compare in English: I (subject) saw him (object) He (subject) was seen [by me (agent)] Arabic passive sentences are considered to be impersonal, because they do not express the performer of the action Perfect ك ت ب ك تا ب kutiba kitābun A book was written Passive Imperfect ي ك ت ب ك تا ب yuktabu kitābun A book is (being) written ي ك ت ب ل ك تا ب ك تب ل ك تا ب kutiba l-kitābu The book was written yuktabu l-kitābu The book is (being) written 9 When the performer of the action is mentioned, one cannot use a passive verb in traditional Arabic This means that the English sentence The book was written by the teacher should in Arabic be rendered by an active sentence, where the performer (semantic agent) is expressed by the grammatical subject: The teacher wrote the book : l-kitāba kataba l-mu allimu ك ت ب ل م ع لم ل ك تا ب 0 9 In modern literary Arabic, it is, however, increasingly common to use certain compound prepositions to express the semantic agent in passive sentences, in the same way as in many European languages The

ادثح ب ع ح ص خ شs اص خ ة ث ( ميع اج وا ميع اج مقابلةل ن م لاج ت ق ب ل يرم لا following are the most common prepositions used to express the passive agent: Passive verbs Examples: ك ت ب ل ك تا ب م ن ق ب ل ل م ع ل م kutiba l-kitābu min qibali l-mu allimi م ن جا ن ب م ن ق ب ل م ن ط رف min ṫarafi min qibali min ğānibi from the side of, on behalf of = by The book was written by the teacher (lit The book was written from the side of the teacher) ك ت ب م ن ط ر ف ه kutiba min ṫarafi-hi It was written by him (lit It was written from his side) Exercises Practise your reading: ) أر أش ثلا قت ل ة في رجو سي ر () qutila t alāt atu ašh āṡin (s šah ṡun) wa-ğuriḣa arba atun fī ḣādit i sayrin amsi wa-nuqilū ğamī an ilā l-mustašfā 0 8 أ س م 9 ون ق Three people were killed and four injured in a traffic accident 8 yesterday and 0 all 9 were taken (transported) to (the) hospital في لمس تش فى إ ىل وال ث رس قبل يم وف د ومس مطار ل ف س () bu it a wafdun rasmiyyun min qibali sumuwwi l- amīri fa-stuqbila fī l-maṫāri wa- uh id ū ğamī an li-muqābalati ğalālati l-maliki بع 0 9 8 ذخ وأ ملك ل ة ل An official delegation was sent by His Highness the Emir They were received at the airport, and 9 all of them 8 were taken 0 to meet His Majesty the King

د لد ك ان اب انبج اض ر ق ر اب ن اك ق ر اع م ت ج ا ن م امل ) ارة ل لد اخلي ة د لن قابة ثح ض ي ام م ة ي اب ر ا م ن ت لا يرة علىم لا ر د ر د ي ون ز فل ت ق د ف مص نع ل ث ر امل ارجخ ون ي م ح ر شم نم ث ر لم ع ل نم Passive verbs ( نأ باب قف ل مف تاح ل ق لع ح ه نم 8 ت وس ب ل وف ت إ ىل ر ض غs لب 0 كث يرة ( 9 أغ () ba da an qufila bābu d-dukkāni ulliqa l-miftāḣu ilā ğānibi l-bābi fa-suriqa min hunāka wa-futiḣa l-bābu wa-suriqat aġrāḋun (s ġaraḋun) kat īratun After the door of the shop was locked, the key was hung beside بع فس the door It was stolen from there, the door 8 was opened and 0 many 9 things were stolen بع قب عs ال م ع ل ق ل ب لا () nubbiha l- ummālu (s āmilun) min qibali n-niqābati bi- adami l-qiyāmi bi-l- iḋrābi The workers were warned by the trade union not to go on strike ( ه نب 8 قض فيه وز غد سي ع في وت ب () sa-yu qadu ġadan iğtimā un fī wizārati d-dāh iliyyati wa-tubḣat u fī-hi qaḋiyyatu ta ğīli l-intih ābāti l-barlamāniyyati A meeting will be held tomorrow at the Ministry of the Interior, and ( at it) 8 the issue 9 of postponing parliamentary 0 elections will be discussed 0 ماني ةل لب اباتخ يلج 9 تا عد وق شاشة تم عر ض ل 0 9 مشاهدين ل 8 اهد ي لم ة نم با ك () uriḋa ma tamu l- amīrati alā šāšati t-tilifizyūni wa-quddira adadu l-mušāhidīna bi- akt ara min mi ati milyūni mušāhidin The funeral of the princess was shown on (the) television ( screen) The number of (the) viewers was estimated to be 8 more than one 9 hundred million ( 0 viewers) أك وس لمدينة إ ىل نق ل () nuqila l-maṡna u ilā h āriği l-madīnati wa-surriḣa mina l- amali akt aru min niṡfi l- ummāli ) عs ال م ع ل ( نص

ق د مش روبات ل حم لا ير ولي ةح س ر م رج ي ي ل ة ع م و ا ه رم و م لا ك ل وق ) اق و ( اصمة م و اط ب ر اتب ) كs ت اب The factory was moved outside the city and more than half of the workers were released (fired) from work Passive verbs ساحقة دمبخ لجديد لجامعة أن ت ة ي بل با غ (8) untuh iba mudīru l-ğāmi ati l-ğadīdu bi- aġlabiyyatin sāḣiqatin The new director of the university was elected by an overwhelming majority سو ف يس يم بت ق د لمطاعم في لك بيع ن م ع طمs ) وس في ( سs (9) sawfa lā yusmaḣu bi-taqdīmi l-mašrūbāti l-kuḣūliyyati fī l-maṫā imi (s maṫ amun) wa-sa-yumna u bay u-hā fī l- aswāqi (ssūqun) Alcoholic drinks (liquors) will not be allowed to be served in restaurants and their sale in the markets will be prohibited ( ت نأ يد لع سي ع في ذك (0) d ukira fī ğarīdati l-yawmi anna mu tamara l-kuttābi (kātibun) l- arabi لرب لمغ ربي ة ع ل ي ل في sa-yu qadu l-yawma fī l- āṡimati l-maġribiyyati r-ribāṫi In today s newspaper it was mentioned that the Arab writers congress will be held today in Rabat, the Moroccan capital Translate into Arabic: () The funeral of His Majesty the King was shown today on (the) television (screen) () The door of the shop was opened and many things were stolen () More than half of the workers were moved to the factory outside the city () After the door of the restaurant was locked with the key, the door was opened and the alcoholic drinks were stolen () In today s newspaper it is mentioned that the Arab writers congress will be held tomorrow at (in) the airport restaurant () Four workers were killed and three injured in an accident in the factory and all were taken (transported) to (the) hospital

Passive verbs () Alcoholic drinks will be prohibited from sale in the market and at the airport (8) A delegation was sent by the Ministry of the Interior They were received at the airport and all of them were taken to meet His Highness the Prince

ي Chapter 0 Rules for writing the hamzah (hamzatu l-qaṫ i) 0 With regard to the discussion in chapter of the hamzah and the difficulties with its orthography, the following rules can contribute to the student s understanding of the biggest part of this problem It is not necessary to learn all these rules by heart now The idea is to become acquainted with them, and to use them for reference 0 As mentioned in chapter, the hamzah can be written on any of the three letters alif,أ wāw ؤ and yā ي ي ئ without dots When they have the hamzah, these three letters are not pronounced as vowels, but function merely as bearers (seats) of the hamzah In some cases the hamzah is left without a bearer, however It is important to remember that each of these three letters is related to one of the three vowels as follows: (a) (b) (c) The related letter of fatḣah The related letter of ḋammah ا /a/ is alif و /u/ is wāw The related letter of kasrah /i/ is yā ى (without dots) The three vowels have different strengths, as explained in the list below The letter bearing the hamzah in a word is decided by the relative strength of the vowels, when one compares the vowel of the hamzah itself and the vowel of the preceding letter The stronger vowel (usually) decides which related letter becomes the bearer of the hamzah (a) /i/ (The yā with the sukūn The strongest vowel is kasrah kasrah) /y/ is considered to be as strong as the ي ي

س Rules for writing the hamzah (hamzatu l-qaṫ i) (b) (c) (d) The second strongest vowel is ḋammah /u/ The weakest vowel is fatḣah /a/ The sukūn is not a vowel and has no related letter It is considered as the weakest of all, except when it is written with yā, as mentioned above Note: Hamzah at the beginning of a word has already been discussed in chapter 0 Hamzah in the middle of a word When the hamzah appears with a sukūn in the middle of a word, the bearer of the hamzah is the related letter of the preceding vowel, eg ب و س ب ا ب ي س ba sun, harm bu sun, misery bi sun, misfortune (The bearer of the hamzah is the related letter of the preceding vowel, because the preceding vowel is stronger than its own sukūn) 0 When the hamzah appears with a vowel of its own after a sukūn in the middle of a word, the bearer of the hamzah is the related letter of its own vowel, eg أ س ي ل ة as ilatun, questions م س و و ل ي س ا ل yas alu, he asks mas ūlun, responsible (The bearer of the hamzah is the related letter of its own vowel, because its own vowel is stronger than the preceding sukūn) 0 When the hamzah appears with a vowel of its own after another vowel in the middle of a word, the bearer of the hamzah is the related letter of the stronger one of these two vowels, eg (a) س ي ل su ila, he was asked (The kasrah of the hamzah is stronger than the preceding ḋammah) mi atun, hundred م ي ة (The preceding kasrah is stronger than the fatḣah of the hamzah)

(b) ل و م la uma, he was wicked (The ḋammah of the hamzah is stronger than the preceding fatḣah) su ālun, question س و ا ل (The preceding ḋammah is stronger than the fatḣah of the hamzah) Rules for writing the hamzah (hamzatu l-qaṫ i) (c) س ا ل sa ala, he asked (Here the bearer of the hamzah is alif,أ because both its own vowel and the preceding vowel are fatḣahs) 0 When the hamzah appears with a vowel of its own after yā with sukūn ي /y/, the bearer of the hamzah is yā without dots eg,ي hay atun, organization ه ي ي ة (The preceding yā with sukūn ي is stronger than the fatḣah of the hamzah and therefore the bearer of the hamzah is ي /y/ without dots) šay āni, two things ش ي ي ا ن 0 When the hamzah appears with fatḣah between one of the long vowels ا /ā/ or و /ū/ and tā marbūṫah,ة,ة the hamzah will stand alone without a bearer: (a) alone after alif: اء /ā /, eg (b) alone after wāw: وء /ū /, eg qirā atun, reading ق را ء ة murū atun, valour م رو ء ة BUT: If the hamzah appears with fatḣah between the long vowel ي the bearer of the hamzah is,ة,ة /ī/ and tā marbūṫah ي /y/, eg خ طي ي ة aṫī h atun sin,ا 08 When the hamzah in the middle of a word is preceded by alif the bearer of the hamzah is the related letter of its own vowel However, if the vowel of the hamzah is fatḣah, the hamzah remains without a bearer: Nominative Accusative Genitive أص د قا ؤ ه أص د قا ي ه أص د قا ء ه aṡdiqā u-hu, his friends aṡdiqā a-hu aṡdiqā i-hi

Rules for writing the hamzah (hamzatu l-qaṫ i) 09 When the hamzah occurs between two long alifs اءا /ā ā/, it is again written without a bearer, eg ق را ءا ت qirā ātun readings (not: ( ق را أا ت 00 Hamzah at the end of a word (or word stem) When hamzah with a vowel occurs at the end of a word (or word stem) after a vowel, the bearer of the hamzah is the related letter of the preceding vowel, regardless of the vowel of the hamzah, eg (a) (b) (c) is the related letter of the preceding ا bada a, he started ( alif ب د أ vowel /a/) is the related letter of the preceding و ğaru a, he dared (wāw ج ر ؤ vowel /u/) is the related letter of the preceding ى quri a, it was read (yā ق ر ئ vowel /i/) Nominative Accusative Genitive ب ب naba un, news نبا naba an نبا naba in نبا tanabbu un, prophecy تن و tanabbu an تن بو ا tanabbu in تن و Note: If a word ending in hamzah has the accusative ending with nunation /an/, an extra final alif ا is added (as in the above example: ت ن ب و ا tanabbu an prophecy ), except when the bearer of the hamzah itself is alif ا (owing to a preceding fatḣah or alif), eg ن ب ا naba an (not: م سا ء ), ن ب ا ا masā an evening (not: م سا ءا ); see the following paragraph 0 When hamzah with a vowel occurs at the end of a word (or word stem) following a long vowel or sukūn, the hamzah will have no bearer: 8 Nominative Accusative Genitive masā un, evening م سا ء sū un, offence سو ء radī un, evil ر دي ء masā an م سا ء sū an سو ء radī an ر دي ي ا masā in م سا ء sū in سو ء radī in ر دي ء

0 When hamzah is followed by the extra alif ا) ), mentioned in chapter, or by a suffix pronoun, and preceded by a letter which can be connected in writing from both sides (such as: ت ب ج etc) and which has a sukūn, the bearer of the hamzah is always yā /y/ eg (without dots), ي (a) ğuz un, a part ج ز ء al-ğuz u, the part أ ل ج ز ء Followed by an extra alif: ğuz an ج ز ءا al-ğuz a أ ل ج ز ء ğuz in ج زء al-ğuz i أ ل ج زء Rules for writing the hamzah (hamzatu l-qaṫ i) ع ب ي ا ib an, a burden (acc) ب ط ي ا ) ع ب ء) ib un, a burden (nom) د ف ي ا dif an, warmth (acc) buṫ an, slowness (acc) (b) Followed by a suffix pronoun: Nominative Accusative Genitive ع ب ي ه ع ب ي ه ع ب ي ه ib u-hu, his burden ib a-hu ib i-hi 0 When the hamzah occurs at the end of a word (or word stem) preceded by one of the five letters و ز ر ذ د, which can be connected only from the right and which have a sukūn, there will be two alternatives for writing the hamzah: (a) The hamzah will stand alone, inasmuch as the following letter is considered as part of a suffix pronoun, eg ض و ء ك ) ض و ء) Nominative Accusative Genitive ض وء ك ض و ء ك ḋaw un, a light ḋaw u-ka, your light ḋaw a-ka ḋaw i-ka ج ز ء ك ) ج ز ء) ج ز ء ك ج ز ء ك ğuz un, a part ğuz u-ka, your part ğuz a-ka ğuz i-ka 9

Rules for writing the hamzah (hamzatu l-qaṫ i) (b) The bearer of the hamzah is decided by its own vowel, inasmuch as it is considered as being in the middle of a word preceded by a sukūn, and the suffix pronoun is considered to be a part of the word, eg Nominative Accusative Genitive ض و ي ك ض و أ ك ض وؤ ك ḋaw u-ka, your light ḋaw a-ka ḋaw i-ka ج ز ي ك ج ز أ ك ج زؤ ك ğuz u-ka, your part ğuz a-ka ğuz i-ka 0 If a prefix (or prefixed conjunction or preposition) is attached to a word beginning with hamzah, the prefix will not interfere with the spelling of the hamzah, eg ف ي ن (not: fa- inna, that ف ا ن ) ل ي ن (not: li- anna, because لا ن (An exception is ل ي لا li- allā in order not to ) 0 In contradiction to the above rules, some exceptional variations can be found in the writing of well-known authors, even in common words, eg ) Exceptional variations mas alatun, a question م س ي ل ة mas ūlun, responsible م س ي و ل According to the above rules م س ا ل ة م س و و ل ي ق ر ؤو ن yaqra ūna, they are reading ي ق ر أو ن šu ūnun, matters ش ي و ن ش و و ن ت ق ر ي ي ن taqra īna, you (f) are reading ت ق ر إي ن م سا ء (acc) masā an, evening م سا ءا 0

تم ي ج ؤ ام لز ه رةل وا لس ماء لذ ابلة إن لش اعر ة يح ا ن ي ك على ي ج لل كافا ةم ت ل م لا لا ام تم رؤج لش اطي مس و ول ل اي زين ب يي ة ب ل ارة لا لاء د لا لن هاي ي ةل سم وح ه أ ي Exercises Practise your reading: ت ك نأ ا خ را إ ىل () sā a-nī anna-ka ği ta muta ah h iran ilā l-mu tamari I was offended that you came late to the conference (congress) مو تمر ل ساءني Rules for writing the hamzah (hamzatu l-qaṫ i) s كل مر ء ل م ل ( ن ع ء يش ( حياة ل ر مأ ورمأ () al- alamu yu allimu l-mar a kulla šay in an umūri l-ḣayāti Pain teaches a (the) man, everything about the matters of life تاريخ شي ي عن ا لقي س مرىء مع روف ل ا () mā qara ū šay an an tārīh i ḣayāti š-šā iri l-ma rūfi mri i l-qaysi يع قر ألا مل They have not read anything about, the biography ( life history) of the well-known poet Imru l-qays غد ست () hanī an li-z-zahrati d -d ābilati; inna s-samā a sa-tumṫiru ġadan هن يي ا رط م Salute ( to) the withered flower Tomorrow there, will be rain (lit the sky will rain) () yu minu l-muslimu bi-llāhi wa-lā ya d anu l- islāmu bi-l-qatli A Muslim believes in God and Islam does not allow killing س ب ب مس لم ل نم ا ه ولا يا ذ () ği tu li- uhanni a-ka alā mukāfa ati qā idi l-ğayši ق ل ن جي ش ل قاي د ت لا ه I came to congratulate you on the reward of the army commander () matā tuhanni u ṫ-ṫullāba l-fā izīna fī l- imtiḣāni n-nihā iyyi? انح ت م في ف ل لط لا ىء ن ى ته يو When will you congratulate the students who were successful in the final exam? 8 بر في وز ا ل (8) mā ğaru a l-mas ūlu fī wizārati l-bī ati l- idlā i bi-ra yi-hi ḣawla mas alati talawwut i š-šāṫi i 0 9 ث ولت

اية ح اح عم لر وح و ان هل ن م ان ام هل بح اءة ت ر ف سم ر ادي ل مخ طوطةل يء يمة د ن ع ق د سم لس اي ح مو تمر ل يم يع ز ان ي لر ي ه ا من ر اء م متنازعة ل ي ات ف ل ا كل و م لص ح راء Rules for writing the hamzah (hamzatu l-qaṫ i) The (official) responsible at the Ministry of the Environment did not dare to express his opinion about 8 the matter of 0 the coastal 9 pollution ( وأ s ( ر ض مر ء لأ ء ي كو ( ن ش ل زحs ز ح فر لا ف ر ( 0 وه 9 واحد ا لاإ 8 شي ي ا (9) al-mar u mu arraḋun li- afrāḣin wa- aḣzānin, wa-kullu šay in la-hu nihāyatun illā šay an wāḣidan wa-huwa r-rūḣu A (the) human being is exposed to happiness and sadness, and everything has an end except for 9 one 8 thing, 0 and that is the soul (spirit) (0) al-insānu l-ğarī u ya tarifu bi-h aṫī ati-hi A (the) brave person admits his fault 8 فو يع نه ألا ن س ي جريء ل أ ت ا يي تهطخب دق ات () min ḣubbī la-hā mā hada at daqqātu fu ādī l-barī i ب ل Because of my love for her, the beats of my 8 innocent heart did not slow down ( calm) هد قر مو ل ف من ل سي م يي ةط ب ل ه اعد ق ل () sa ima l-mu allifu min qirā ati musā idi-hi l-baṫī ati li-l-mah ṫūṫati l-qadīmati The author was bored with his assistant s slow reading of the old manuscript ذ ل في ر خ شاركت () šārakat fī l-mu tamari llad ī-n aqada mu ah h aran kullu l-fi āti l- mutanāzi ati alā mas alati tawzī i miyāhi r-rayyi All of the conflicting parties on the matter of 8 distributing 0 irrigation 9 water participated in the conference which was held recently 0 9 8 تو ا ةل ا ع ىل بي ر عك شرب ش ط ع ل في يقة مع () šariba s-sā iḣu l- aṫšānu mā an akiran min bi rin amīqatin fī ṡ-ṡaḣrā i The thirsty tourist drank muddy water from a deep well in the desert

Translate into Arabic: () Pain teaches everything about (the) happiness and (the) sadness () Everything has an end except one thing, and that is love () The beats of the thirsty tourist s heart won t slow down () A Muslim does not believe in, nor allow, killing () The author took part in the conference (congress) which was held recently in the Ministry of Environment () I came to congratulate the students on the army commander s reward () The well-known poet Imru l-qays drank muddy water from a deep well in the desert (8) Salute (to) the thirsty tourist in the desert, tomorrow there will be rain (9) They have not read anything about the history of the brave commander (0) I was offended that you came late to the Ministry of the Environment and you did not dare to express your opinion about the coastal pollution Rules for writing the hamzah (hamzatu l-qaṫ i)

Chapter Broken plurals and collective nouns A very large number of nouns and adjectives have a plural called the broken plural, ت ك سي ر ل ج مع It may be compared to the English irregular plural, eg, man men, mouse mice, foot feet, etc Broken plurals are formed from the singular by internal changes and/or specific increments according to some thirty different patterns There are hardly any rules about how to form the broken plural from the singular The broken plural occurs more frequently than the sound plural (regular plural) Some singular nouns may have more than one form of the broken plural, and some may have both a sound plural and a broken plural The list below contains some of the most common patterns of the broken plural singular broken plural singular broken plural (a) با ب bābun door م لو ك malikun م ل ك (b) abwābun أ ب وا ب king mulūkun (c) ك بي ر kabīrun big kibārun ك با ر (d) ش ه ر šahrun month ašhurun أ ش ه ر (e) أ خ ah un brother ih wānun إ خ وا ن (f) م ب نى mabnan building mabānin م با ن (g) س و ا ل su ālun question as ilatun أ س ي ل ة (h) ط ري ق ṫarīqun road ṫuruqun ط ر ق

(i) عا م ل āmilun ع ما ل ummālun (j) ن ب ي nabiyyun أ ن ب يا ء anbiyā u ر سا ل ة (k) worker prophet (dipt) risālatun letter ق ص ص qiṡṡatun ق ص ة (l) rasā ilu ر سا ي ل story qiṡaṡun Broken plurals and collective nouns Note: It is recommended that the plural form be learnt along with the singular Agreement of adjectives with plural nouns (a) Broken plurals referring to masculine or feminine human beings may take the adjective both in the broken plural and sound plural, eg Masc sing Adjective broken plur Adjective sound plur أ و لا د س عي دو ن awlādun sa īdūna أ و لا د س ع دا ء awlādun su adā u و ل د س عي د waladun sa īdun a happy boy Fem sing happy boys ع را ي س س عي دا ت ع را ي س س ع دا ء ع رو س س عي د ة arūsun sa īdatun arā isu su adā u arā isu sa īdātun a happy bride happy brides (b) Even sound plurals referring to masculine human beings may take the adjective in both broken plural and sound plural, eg Masc sing Adjective broken plur Adjective sound plur م ع ل مو ن س عي دو ن م ع ل مو ن س ع دا ء م ع ل م س عي د mu allimun sa īdun mu allimūna su adā u mu allimūna sa īdūna a happy teacher happy teachers (c) Broken plurals or sound plurals referring to non-human beings take the adjective in the feminine singular, eg Masc sing ب ي ت ص غي ر baytun ṡaġīrun, a small house Sound plur ب يو ت ص غي ر ة buyūtun ṡaġīratun

Broken plurals and collective nouns Fem sing طا و لا ت ص غي ر ة طا و ل ة ص غي ر ة t ṡaġīratun, a small table āwilatun ṫāwilātun ṡaġīratun Collective nouns, ل ج م ع إ س م, indicate a gathering in one unit or group, and they can refer to both humans and non-humans They may form either the sound or the broken plural or sometimes both Collective noun Broken plur Singular Sound plur Masc Fem Fem Fem šağarun ش ج ر ش ج ر ة ašğārun أ ش جا ر ش ج را ت šağaratun Some collective nouns do not have a corresponding singular: šağarātun trees (some) trees a tree trees (specified) layālin ل يا ل laylun ل ي ل laylātun ل ي لا ت laylatun ل ي ل ة night, night-time (some) nights a night nights (specified) samakun سم ك samakatun س م ك ة asmākun أ س ما ك samakātun س م كا ت fish (some) fish a fish fish (specified) Collective noun Broken plur Singular Sound plur Masc Fem Fem Fem ğayšun ج يش army ğuyūšun ج يو ش armies ša bun ش ع ب people, folk ūbun šu ش عو ب خ ي ل horses h aylun peoples, folk خ يو ل horses h uyūlun Agreement of verbs and adjectives with collective nouns Collective nouns, ل ج م ع إ س م, referring either to humans or nonhuman beings, are treated mostly as masculine singular They thus take the preceding verb or the following adjective in the masculine singular

ب ا ير من فح م أ لت لاميذ اكن ) ان ل ن ى بم ش غولونم ير اء ن د ه م يف ) ع فاء ع د ع صم Collective noun (Treated as masc sing) ذ ه ب ش ع ب ع ظي م d ahaba ša bun ad īmun A great nation (lit people) has vanished (gone) Broken plural (Treated as fem sing) ذ هب ت ش عو ب ع ظي م ة إ ح ت ر ق ش ج ر ك ثي ر iḣtaraqa šağarun kat īrun Many trees burned d ahabat šu ūbun ad īmatun Great nations (lit peoples) have vanished (gone) إ ح ت ر ق ت أ ش جا ر ك ثي ر ة iḣtaraqat ašğārun kat īratun Many (individual) trees burned Broken plurals and collective nouns Note: Some collective nouns may also take the predicate verb in the feminine singular, eg With masc verb ن ش ر ل ع ر ب ل حضار ة našara l- arabu l-ḣaḋārata The Arabs spread civilization With fem verb ن ش ر ت ل ع ر ب ل حضا ر ة našarati l- arabu l-ḣaḋārata Exercises Practise your reading: (s وأ اء (s أب ) لا ة ل هاتهم م يذ )م لت فالهم ط في ض حت () ābā u t-talāmīd i wa- ummahātu-hum mašġūlūna fī taḣḋīri ḣaflatin li- aṫfāli-him The pupils fathers and mothers are busy (with) preparing a party for their children ( ) ( ) كث فطs ال جر حي من ل بمs اني سs ون س ) ( وض ) سك ة (s ر مإ اعد ه) وز )ج عs اي زجع ع ت ولي س ضs () kat īrun min sukkāni mabānī l-ḣayyi min riğālin wa-nisā in hum ağā izu wa-ḋu afā u wa-laysat inda-hum maṡā idu Many of the inhabitants of the buildings in the area, men and women, are old and weak and have no lifts (elevators) ( صمs (

ات ر ر ر لا سخ ت بل ن د وق ) جي ش ل ياس اكهة حر ب ل ي و ق ل يس ) قطت من ها م لوءة م ش يجs جيوش ل لت ابعة س و ولون عنم ذ دل ر صمs ر ف ت ف اع ب يرة ك ل مواد ل ر ع سs ار ع ب ار اد ة )مs عم اي ي ة اء ر دم لا دمs د لن قابات نم ات مع ك ير ) ض ومs اضيع يض يدة من ها: وع ) ال م ع ل Broken plurals and collective nouns نه (s نه ) و ) ة ( كم سs كمس س نمب يح ب ل كم ي طأ () samaku l- anhuri wa-l-buḣayrāti aṫyabu min samaki l-biḣāri, Freshwater fish are tastier than sea fish (lit the fish of rivers and ( ر حب ارح ب ل (s lakes are tastier than the fish of the seas) فس شاحنة إن ق ادثحب سي ر صن اديق 9 ) ف ل صs 8 كs وأ ك 0 ب لز ي تون () inqalabat šāḣinatun bi-ḣādit i sayrin fa-saqaṫat min-hā ṡanādīqu l-fākihati wa- akyāsun mamlū atun bi-z-zaytūni In a traffic accident a truck turned upside down and boxes (cases) of fruit 8 and sacks 9 filled with 0 olives fell out ) ( ) لا ماني ل ر دض ) 9 (s دو ةل ( () h asira l-ğayšu l- almāniyyu l-qawiyyu l-ḣarba ḋidda l-ğuyūši t-tābi ati li-duwali l-ḣulafā i The strong German army lost the war against the armies belonging to 9 the allied 8 countries يف )لحs حلفاء ل ول 8 s) ( ) مصارف لأ تاجر ) و لت ج ار لك ) ( ) أس () al-maṡārifu l-kabīratu wa-t-tuğğāru l-kibāru mas ūlūna ani rtifā i as āri l-mawāddi l-ġid ā iyyati fī l-bilādi The big banks and big merchants are responsible for the rise in the price(s) of, foodstuffs in the country في غ ل لب ) ت جإ لش ر دوبي وت ب احثوا ( عد ) ومب رف ع 8 (s ر جأ ورجأ 8 0 ساعات () iğtama a mudarā u š-šarikāti ma a mandūbī n-niqābāti wa-tabāḣat ū 9 ف خ موظ فين ل و وت لم لع

افهم ك ج موعة من م اء ) جديدة ي و يم ياء الم ) اض ير ا عن ض ش افت /ط لا لا طار م ر رطمs ف ر شs ر ه لا نمs نم ا ه عم ت ر ه ي يدة حارس ل يبة من اب و ف لض فاف اك ) ب شs ب ابيكه ل ز فم ت ر اعر ) صل مال لن ش ر ا ه ق وا ر عs عم لم ا كانت ي اء كs ت اب ك ل ي دة ج اتب ) bi-mawāḋī a adīdatin min-hā: raf u uğūri l- ummāli wa-l-muwad d afīna wa-tah fīḋu sā āti l- amali The company managers (the managers of the companies) had a meeting with the trade union representatives and discussed many issues, among them raising the 8 wages of workers and employees 9 and Broken plurals and collective nouns reducing their working 0 hours 9 ( ( عs علماء تم ة ت ش دض لك 8 ر مأ تق ر ( جل د ل رمs (s دو (8) qaddamat mağmū atun min ulamā i l-kīmyā i taqrīran ani-ktišāfi-him adwiyatan ğadīdatan ḋidda amrāḋi l-ğildi A group of chemical scientists presented a report on its (their) discovery of new medicines against 9 skin 8 diseases أد قد ( ) ) هفي ) ب ب كث رة ا ذه بس ( ) 8 نه s) نه ( فاضت ازل رجو ة ) (9) bi-sababi kat rati l- amṫāri fī hād i-hi l- ašhuri ṫāfati / fāḋati l- anhuru wa-ğarafat ma a-hā manāzila adīdatan qarībatan mina ḋ-ḋifāfi Because of the heavy rain (lit lot of rain) during these months, the rivers have flooded and swept away 9 many 8 houses 0 near the banks ( ضs 0 قر 9 عد ) وش (s باب ) أب لمك تب نس ( ) 8 أش (s صل ) وس وص لخ توحة فد ء ي شs 9 ينة مث (0) nasiya l-ḣārisu abwāba l-maktabi wa-šabābīka-hu maftūḣatan, fa-dah ala luṡūṡun wa-saraqū ašyā a t amīnatan The guard left (lit forgot) the doors and windows of the office open, so thieves went in and stole 9 valuable 8 things ) ( ) أع (s دار ) دور نش 9 8 ( ور و لش عراء ه نأ ت بع ض ف ض شs () našarat dūru n-našri a māla l-kuttābi wa-š-šu arā i wa-rafaḋat ba ḋa-hā ma a anna-hā kānat ğayyidatan 9

طار م لا ب لا ام ) ام لا ت ر ر ر وم ب ف ل خضار ل م س ومs ي ع ر لعظيمة لش عوب ن ن م اكهة ت ر الم ع ل Broken plurals and collective nouns The publishing houses published the works of the writers and poets and rejected some of them 8 although they were 9 good يرةخ عو ) ) في ) ب ة لق رطمs عs بس 9 و 8 ( اسم ( في تض () bi-sababi qillati l- amtāri fī l- a wāmi l- ah īrati taḋarrarat mawāsimu l-h uḋāri wa-l-fākihati fī l-mazāri i Because of lack ( scarcity) of rain in recent years, 8 the vegetable 9 and fruit harvests on 0 the farms have been damaged زمs مزارع ل ( ة ) 0 نش بي لع ت ل ي في ألش ع ب () aš-ša bu l- arabiyyu min bayni š-šu ūbi l- ad īmati fī l- ālami llatī našarati l-ḣaḋārata The Arabs (Arab people) are among the great peoples (of the world) who have spread civilization حضارة ل Translate into Arabic: () The inhabitants of the area are busy (in) preparing a party for their poets and writers () Because of the heavy rain, a truck turned upside down and the boxes and sacks filled with fruit and vegetables fell out () The merchants discussed the wages of the workers and employees and the reduction of working hours () The sea fish is tastier than the freshwater fish () The thieves went into the company through (from) the window and stole medicines and valuable things () The guard left the door of the publishing house open, so thieves went in and stole some of the works of the writers and poets () Some of the Arab scientists published works on their discovery of new medicines 0

Chapter Triptotes and diptotes Nouns, adjectives and proper names are classified according to their inflection into two major inflectional types: triptotes and diptotes (a) (b) Triptotes All definite as well as most other nouns and adjectives and some proper names are triptotes This means that they take all three different vocalic case endings (-u, -a, -i) and nunation (-un, -an, -in) in the indefinite form (see chapters and 8) In Arabic a triptotic noun or adjective is called أ ل م ن ص ر ف, ie fully declined Diptotes Certain indefinite nouns and adjectives as well as many proper nouns are called diptotes They have only two vocalic case endings: -u for the nominative, and -a for the accusative and genitive jointly Another important feature is that they do not take nunation (-un, -an, -in) Diptotes are therefore called in Arabic ل من ص ر ف غ ي ر or ص ر ف أ ل م م نوع م ن ل, ie not fully declined Nominative: one ḋammah Accusative and genitive: one fatḣah Diptote indefinite /u-/ /a-/ When a diptote is made definite by the definite article أ ل, a suffix possessive pronoun, or by being the first noun أ ل مضا ف) almuḋāfu) of an iḋāfah construction, it takes the usual three case endings, ie it becomes a triptote, eg

Triptotes and diptotes Indefinite form, sing Diptote (not fully declined) Definite form, sing Triptote (fully declined) Nom: Acc: Gen: أ لا ح م ر أ ح م ر (not: أ ح م ر aḣmaru, red aḣmarun) al- aḣmaru أ لا ح م ر أ ح م را (not: أ ح م ر aḣmara aḣmaran) al- aḣmara أ لا ح م ر أ ح م ر (not: أ ح م ر aḣmara aḣmarin) al- aḣmari Indefinite form, plur Diptote (not fully declined) Definite form, plur Triptote (fully declined, with suffix pronoun) Nom: Acc: Gen: ر سا ي ل ك ر سا ي ل rasā ilu, letters, messages ر سا ي ل rasā ila rasā ilu-ka, your (m) letters ر سا ي ل ك ر سا ي ل rasā ila rasā ila-ka ر سا ي ل ك rasā ili-ka The most common classes of diptotes are: Proper names (a) ة ة Feminine proper names, with or without tā marbūṫah /atu/, eg ز ي ن ب Maryamu م ر ي م Zaynabu س عا د Su ādu Ā išatu عا ي ش ة Māğidatu ما ج د ة Fāṫimatu فا ط م ة

م (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) ة ة Note: Even masculine proper names ending in diptotes, eg Nah latu ن خ ل ة /atu/ are Feminine proper names containing three consonants and sukūn on the middle consonant are treated either as triptotes or diptotes, eg Triptote ه ن د ر غ د Note: Most commonly in modern Arabic, م ص ر miṡru is used as a diptote and ه ن د hindun as a triptote Masculine proper names which contain more than three consonants, eg, أ ل All geographical names which do not have the definite article eg Note: The name of Cairo has the definite article أ ل / al/ It is there- أ ل قا ه ر ة أ ل قا ه ر ة أ ل قا ه ر ة endings: fore a triptote and takes all three cases Compound geographical names: Mu āwiyatu م عا و ي ة Diptote (more common) ر غ د ص ر ه ن د OR م ص ر Hindun Raġdun Miṡrun OR Hindu Raġdu Miṡru Egypt Egypt ي ع قو ب يو س ف إ ب را هي م إ س حا ق Isḣāqu, Isaac Ibrāhīmu, Abraham Yūsufu, Joseph Ya qūbu, Jacob ل ب نا ن ك م ة د م ش ق با ري س Bārīsu Makkatu Dimašqu Lubnānu Paris Mecca Damascus Lebanon ن يو ر ك ب ي ت ل ح م ب ع ل ب ك بو ر س عي د Būr Sa īdu Ba la-bakku Bayta Laḣma Niyūrku Port Said Baalbek Bethlehem New York Masculine and feminine proper names which simulate verbal forms and do not have the ending ة ة /atu/ in the feminine singular, eg Triptotes and diptotes

Triptotes and diptotes (g) ي زي د أ ح م د Note: The noun below has the same structure as the proper names above, but it is not a diptote, because its feminine singular is formed by adding the ending ة ة /atun/ eg ت غ ل ب Aḣmadu Yazīdu Taġlibu أ ر م ل أ ر م ل ة (fem أ ر م ل أ ر م لا armalun, widower armalan armalin armalatun) Masculine proper names ending in ا ن /ānu/, eg ز ي دا ن س ل ي ما ن ع ث ما ن Ut mānu Sulaymānu Zaydānu (h) Proper names (masculine and feminine) which have the pattern of eg fu alu, ف ع ل ق ز ح ز ح ل ع م ر Umaru Zuḣalu Quzaḣu Adjectives (a) Most of the classical grammarians consider the masculine adjectives ending in ن ا /ānu/ (pattern: ف ع لا ن fa lānu) and having the feminine ending ى /ā/ (pattern: ف ع لى fa lā) to be diptotes, but some other grammarians consider the feminine ending ف ع لا ن ة (pattern: /atun/ ة /ānu/ to be ا ن of the above fa lānatun, not ف ع لى fa lā) In this case they have to be triptotes (as pattern: ف ع لا ن fa lānun), according to the rule mentioned in note (b) below, and this type of feminine is more frequently used in modern Arabic, eg Masc sing ك س لا ن OR ك س لا ن lazy kaslānu/un, Fem sing Classical usage Modern usage ك س لا ن ة kaslā OR كس لى س ك را ن OR سك را ن un, drunk س ك را ن ة sakrā OR س ك رى sakrānu/ kaslānatun sakrānatun

aṫšānu/ ع ط شا ن OR ع ط شا ن un, thirsty غض با ن OR غض با ن un, angry ġaḋbānu/ aṫšānatun ع ط شا ن ة aṫšā OR ع ط شى ġaḋbānatun غض با ن ة ġaḋbā OR غض بى Triptotes and diptotes Note a: When the above adjectives occur as proper names then they are treated as diptotes, following rule (g) above, eg غ ض با ن ġaḋbānu (as proper name) Note b: The adjective below is not a diptote, because its feminine singular does not end in ى /ā/ (pattern: ف ع لى fa lā): ن ن Nom Acc Gen Fem sing ندما ندمانا ندما (ندمان ة) nadmānun, regretful nadmānan nadmānin (nadmānatun) Note c: Adjectives of the pattern ف ع لا ن fu lānun are all triptotes, eg ع ر يا ن ) ع ر يا ن ة) ع ر يا ن ع ر يا نا uryānun, naked uryānan uryānin ( uryānatun) ف لا ن ة) ن ن فلا فلانا فلا ) fulānun, somebody fulānan fulānin (fulānatun) (b) ل Masculine adjectives of the pattern ا خ ر أص غ ر أ ح م ر aḣmaru aṡġaru āh aru eg af alu, أ ف ع أ ع ر ج a rağu red smaller other, another lame (c) ء Nouns and adjectives ending in the verb root, eg /ā u/ which is not part of ا ) ر أ س v) ر ؤ ساء ) س و د v) س و دا ء ) ع ذ ر v) ع ذ را ء ad rā u ( ad ara) sawdā u (sawada) ru asā u (ra asa) virgin black (f) presidents Note a: The triptote nouns ending in ا ء /ā un/ below do not belong to the above group, because they are derived from verbs ending in a weak radical (chapter ), eg

يدة سم ازين ذ مو ذ نينل ت Triptotes and diptotes ش ر ي v) ش را ء س م و v) س ما ء ق ر أ v) ق را ء qurrā un qara a) samā un samawa) širā un šaraya) readers heaven purchase, buy(ing) (d) ش يا ء Note b: The word exception because it is a diptote in the Quran šay un) is an ش ي ء (sing ašyā u things أ A few nouns and adjectives ending in ى are indeclinable (they have the same form in all cases) in both the definite and indefinite form, eg Indefinite maqhan, a coffee house م ق هى Definite al-maqhā أ ل م ق هى as-suknā س أل ك نى suknā, housing, dwelling س ك نى Broken plurals as diptotes ل Broken plurals having the pattern of are diptotes, eg م وا د mawāddu mafā īlu م فا عي ل mafā ilu or م فا ع م سا ج د أ كا ر م أصا ب ع aṡābi u akārimu masāğidu materials fingers nobles mosques أ نا شي د ش با بي ك ق نا دي ل عصا في ر aṡāfīru qanādīlu šabābīku anāšīdu birds lamps windows songs, hymns Exercises Practise your reading: ت مم ت عم ( ن و مs ( دج سمs اجد في ( () istama tu li-mu ad d inīna mumtāzīna fī masāğida adīdatin fī Makkata l-mukarramati I listened to excellent muezzins ( reciters of the Holy Quran) in many mosques in the Honored (Holy) city of Mecca ( مكر مة ل في مك ة إس عد

ن ف يب ا من ة معل وط مد ة ل لس تج ( اءم الم عs ) ( قم ن ا ر ه وت ر عظيمs ب وع ا س ب اهرة ب فيوع لا ف ح مل ن د اد ع صم ث م ر ب ر اهيم اهرة ال يد ز ب د عم قر سن ت م IV نص ة في اء سينا ر حص ت / أق () sakantu niṡfa sanatin fī ṡaḣrā i Sīnā qarīban mina l-baḣri l-mutawassiṫi I lived/stayed for half a year in the Sinai Desert near the Mediter- ) ( سك متوس ط ل ر ح ب ل Triptotes and diptotes ranean Sea ) ي عظ اءملع يف () ğalastu li-muddatin ṫawīlatin ma a ulamā a ud amā a fī maqhan alā l-baḣri I sat for a long time with great scholars in a coffee shop by the sea وأس وش سن IV ر ح ب ل هى على بي ة في ت م في عم ان ت / أق () sakantu / aqamtu sanatan fī Bayrūta wa-šahran fī Ammāna wa- usbū an wa-niṡfa l- usbū i fī l-qāhirati ) ( سك I lived / I stayed for a year in Beirut, a month in Amman and one and a half weeks in Cairo يوسف ون ص ت ذه عم ةل ح أ س م لق بي ت إ ىل وه وس () d ahabtu amsi bi-riḣlatin ma a Yūsufa wa-su āda wa-hindin ilā bayta laḣma I went on a trip to Bethlehem yesterday with Josef, Suad and Hind ( ) s ( بر ث مت اثيلمت ( في ثك يرة عمs ابد في ةم خض () šāhadtu tamāt īla ḋah matan fī ma ābida kat īratin fī miṡra wa-bi-h āṡṡatin fī l-qāhirati I saw huge statues in many temples in Egypt, especially in Cairo وأ لق في اص ة خ ر وب أك شاهد ت عمت م ل تك وس دم ح د محمو وي وإ انم وع انم يل ور ج جو وكتب ت إ علي ل ى رم وع () takallamtu ma a Akrama wa-muḣammadin wa- Aḣmada wa-ğūrğa, wa-katabtu ilā Aliyyin wa- Umara wa-sulaymāna wa- Ut māna wa- Ibrāhīma wa-yazīda

نم م ل ر ر نج ج م راءح ضخ ل معاقين عن ل رم و م ر ( شمs م هل شم ق ( لبط اضيع فط وع ض ان ل مريضل اب ا ى اء م ف ر ا م عط وج ق ر ل ك لا ب ا سم سم ف ظ ير ا ب ان فم Triptotes and diptotes I spoke to (with) Akram, Mohammad, Ahmad and George, and I wrote to Ali, Omar, Solomon, Othman, Abraham and Yazid وق ضاحية m ة ين ت في ه ز ) ت فط شمد يف ض خأ راء ( تن (8) tanazzahtu fī ğunaynatin h aḋrā a fī ḋāḣiyati Dimašqa wa-qaṫaftu min-hā zahratan ḣamrā a I took a walk ( I went for a walk) in a green garden in a suburb of Damascus and I picked ( from it) 8 a red flower m 8 ة ها زه ( رم حأ ) في لجر أع ت اك تك (9) takallama rağulun a rağu fī mu tamarin li-l-mu āqīna an mašākili-him wa-mawāḋī a uh rā tah uṡṡu-hum A lame man spoke at a conference (congress) for the disabled (handicapped) about their problems and other subjects 8 concerning them في أز أص ( ومs ومو ر خأ 8 ه صخت دو ) ممر ضة ل تم ن حص (0) qaddamati l-mumarriḋatu li-l-marīḋi dawā an aṡfara fī ṡaḣnin azraqa The nurse gave the patient some yellow medicine on a blue plate قد / أك ل شر ش طع ا عانة ت بن ت بلطو () ṫalaba ṫiflun aṫšānu šarāban wa-ṫalabat bintun ğaw ānatun ṫa āman / aklan A thirsty child (m) requested a drink and a hungry girl requested food غض ت ش كت تق ر اي ل و ول عن وم دض () kataba mufattišun ġaḋbānu taqrīran ḋidda muwad d afin mas ūlin an masā ila sirriyyatin fī l-ḣukūmati 8 ( ةل سمs ي رس An angry inspector wrote a report condemning (lit against) an ة في حكومة ل ( 8 employee responsible for confidential (secret) matters in 8 the government

ر ه ز عمت لا شs اء اعد ب ر لل غة ) يقة دح اعر ق ب ر شم ب ( ي ن ج ة ي s قو انح ت م ن في الب طب كس لع قاعدة ) () rasaba ṫālibun kaslānu fī-mtiḣāni qawā idi l-luġati l- arabiyyati ( A lazy student failed (in) the Arabic grammar exam (lit the grammar Triptotes رس and diptotes of the Arabic language) s ( في هورين أ انبجأ ( شع تن ب نم شمد ق ل يلة مج دحs اي ق ( () tanazzahtu ma a šu arā a ağāniba mašhūrīna fī ḣadā iqa ğamīlatin bi-l-qurbi min dimašqa I took a walk with (some) famous foreign poets in beautiful gardens (parks) near Damascus ) Translate into Arabic: () I sat for a long time in a coffee shop by the sea with a famous poet () I took a walk in the suburb(s) of Cairo and saw many statues and a huge temple () I listened for a long time to an angry inspector who spoke about (the) confidential matters concerning (the) foreigners () I lived for a year in Cairo, half a year in Bethlehem, one month in Amman and one and a half weeks in Beirut near the sea () I went yesterday to the mosque and I listened to an excellent reciter (of the Quran) in (the) Honoured (Holy) city of Mecca () I sat yesterday with a lame man in a garden and he spoke about his problem and the problems of the disabled () The hungry and thirsty patient asked the nurse for medicine, food and drink (8) The nurse gave the ill child the medicine on a green plate and the food on a blue plate (9) The employee responsible wrote a report condemning (lit against) the Arabic grammar exam 9

Chapter Participles, verbal nouns (maṡdar), nouns of place, time and instrument Active participle The active participle, فا ع ل ل إ س م, is a deverbal adjective or noun indicating the doer of an action or doing the action The pattern of the active participle of the triliteral verb (form I) is فا ع ل (fem فا ع ل ة ), from the verb eg, ف ع ل ك ت ب kātibun, one who writes, writer, clerk (from the verb كا ت ب to write) ق ت ل qātilun, one who kills, killer, murderer (from the verb قا ت ل kill) kataba, qatala, to Some active participles are often used to indicate an on-going, simultaneous or imminent action or state, having a meaning close to the verb in the imperfect tense They may then correspond to the English present participle, progressive present or future, eg going ذا ه ب sitting جا ل س (III) travelling, going to travel م سا ف ر Hence it is sometimes difficult to know whether to use the active participle or the imperfect tense It is a question of practice, eg 0 Active participle أ نا م سا ف ر غ دا anā musāfirun ġadan I am travelling tomorrow Imperfect verb أ سا ف ر غ دا usāfiru ġadan I will travel tomorrow

خ رج ضا ح كا h arağa ḋāḣikan He went out laughing Note: The above words غ دا and ضا ح كا are in the accusative case, because they function as adverbs (see chapter 8) ) و ه و يض حك خ ر ج ( h arağa (wa-huwa) yaḋḣaku He went out (while) laughing He was laughing as he went out Participles, verbal nouns, nouns of place, time, instrument In the case of a habitual action or something which happens regularly, the imperfect tense should replace the active participle as follows: With the active participle أ ل حا ر س جا لس ه نا al-ḣārisu ğālisun hunā The guard is sitting here With the imperfect (a habitual action) أ ل حا ر س ي ج لس ) دا ي ما) ه نا al-ḣārisu yağlisu (dā iman) hunā أ ل عا مل ذا ه ب إ لى ع م ل ه al- āmilu d āhibun ilā amali-hi The worker is going (or: is on his way) to (his) work The guard (always) sits here ي ذ ه ب ل عا مل إ لى ع م ل ه في ل ص با ح أ نا را ك ب حصا نا anā rākibun ḣiṡānan I am riding a horse (just now) yad habu l- āmilu ilā amali-hi fī ṡ-ṡabāḣi The worker (always) goes to (his) work in the morning أ ر ك ب حصا نا ل ك ي و م arkabu ḣiṡānan kulla yawmin I ride a horse every day Passive participle The passive participle, ل مف عو ل إ س م, is a deverbal adjective or noun which indicates (the result or effect of) a completed action In English it corresponds to the past participle The passive participle of the tri- م ف عو ل literal verb (form I) is formed according to the pattern of maf ūlun, eg (is) killed, murdered م ق تو ل written, a letter مك تو ب

Participles, verbal nouns, nouns of place, time, instrument Active participles and passive participles of the derived verb forms II X are formed according to the pattern below with the : م prefix (a) (b) Active participle (I) II III IV V VI VII VIII م ف ع ل ) فا ع ل) Passive participle م فا ع ل م ف ع ل م ت فع ل م ت فا ع ل م ن ف ع ل م ف ت ع ل IX م ف ع ل X م س ت ف ع ل (I) II III IV V VI VII VIII م ف ع ل م فا ع ل م ف ع ل ) م ف عو ل) (See also table A of the verb fa ala in Appendix ) Examples of verb forms II and III: م ت ع ف ل م ت فا ع ل م ن ف ع ل م ف ت ع ل IX X م س ت ف ع ل verb active participle passive participle م ع ل م م ع ل م ع ل م II allama mu allimun mu allamun to teach teacher taught, educated م سا ع د م سا ع د سا ع د III sā ada musā idun musā adun to help helper, assistant one who has received help, been assisted Verbal noun (maṡdar) (a) The verbal noun is called م ص د ر maṡdar, which means source It is a noun derived from the verb and denotes the action, quality or state expressed by the verb For example, the verbal noun

ق ت ل qatlun, killing, murder is derived from the verb ق ت ل ح س ن ḣusnun beauty, is derived from ح س ن similarly, to kill ; qatala, ḣasuna to be handsome The Arabic verbal noun corresponds to the English gerund ending in -ing (eg playing, going ), or to action nouns like departure, arrival, treatment, etc Participles, verbal nouns, nouns of place, time, instrument The patterns for forming verbal nouns from the different verb forms (I X) are given below: (I) II III IV V VI VII VIII (فعل) تف عيل فعال إفعال ت عل تفاعل إنفعال تعال ت ف ع ل ة م فا ع ل ة (See also table A (fa ala) in Appendix ) Note a: The verbal nouns of forms IV X have only one pattern, but forms II and III may have two Note b: The initial hamzatu l-qaṫ i إ and أ in the verbal nouns of verb forms VII X is subject to the rule of hamzatu l-waṡli (waṡlah), in the same way as the corresponding hamzah in the perfect and imperative forms b) There are dozens of patterns for the verbal noun of a triliteral verb in form I They can only be learned from more advanced Arabic grammar books or by consulting the dictionary The following are some examples: ف IX إ ف ع لا ل X إ ف إ س ت ف عا ل Verbal noun (maṡdar) qatlun, killing ق ت ل duh ūlun, entering د خو ل Verb form I ق ت ل šurbun, drinking ش ر ب sam un, hearing س مع ḣusnun, beauty ح س ن qatala, to kill dah ala, to enter د خ ل ش ر ب saharun, sleeplessness س ه ر šariba, to drink sami a, to hear س م ع ḣasuna, to be handsome ح س ن night) sahira, to stay awake (at س ه ر

Participles, verbal nouns, nouns of place, time, instrument (c) The Arabic verbal noun can often be translated by an English infinitive or gerund, eg kill qaṡada l-qatla He intended to قص د ل ق ت ل allama s-sibāḣata He taught swimming (how to ع ل م ل س با ح ة swim) Nouns of place and time, ز ما ن ل م كا ن و ل إ س م, express the place or time of the verbal action or state They are formed by prefixing م ف ع ل ة or م ف ع ل, م ف عل patterns: /ma/ to the root according to the م م فا عي ل or م فا ع ل Their broken plural is formed according to the pattern and is a diptote, eg Noun of place/time Broken plural Triliteral verb (form I) mah āzinu م خا ز ن 8 The nouns of place and time of the derived verb forms from II X are the same as the corresponding passive participles, eg mustaqbalun, future م س ت ق ب ل mah zanun م خ ز ن store, warehouse muntazahun, park م ن ت ز ه (form VIII) (form X) h azana خ ز ن maw idun م و ع د appointment mawā īdu م وا عي د to store wa ada و ع د manzilun م ن ز ل stopping place, house ن ز ل manāzilu م نا ز ل masğidun م س ج د mosque to promise nazala to go down س ج د masāğidu م سا ج د sağada to bow down 9 Nouns of instrument Nouns of instrument لا ل ة إ س م express the instrument or tool by which the action is performed They are prefixed with م /mi/ and formed only from verb form I, according to the following patterns:

Noun of instrument eg, م ف عا minšārun, saw م ن شا ر ل (a) Pattern Verb form I našara, to saw ن ش ر fataḣa, to open ف ت ح miftāḣun, key م ف تا ح (b) Pattern م ف ع ل, eg ب ر د mibradun, file م ب ر د barada, to file Participles, verbal nouns, nouns of place, time, instrument qaṡṡa, to cut ق ص miqaṡṡun, scissors م ق ص (c) Pattern م ف ع ل ة, eg ك نس ن ش ف miknasatun, broom م ك ن س ة minšafatun, towel م ن ش ف ة kanasa, to sweep našifa, to dry Exercises (The transliterations will be omitted from the exercises from this point on, as the student should now be familiar enough with the Arabic script not to need to rely on transliteration) Analyse each of the following nouns according to: a) the verb form number, b) the first (basic) verb form, c) the grammatical form, ie whether it is an active participle, passive participle, or verbal noun (maṡdar) م ف هو م م ق تو ل إ س ت ع لا م م ع ل م م ع ل م educated teacher information killed understood م غ لو ب م س مو ع م س ت ع م ر إ س ت ع ما ر م خ طو ف kidnapped colonizing colonial heard defeated م با ل غ م را س ل م سا م ح م شا ه د م سا ع د assistant spectator excused news correspondent exaggerator م س ت ق ب ل م ها ج ر م س ت ع م ل م ح ت ر م م ت ح م س enthusiastic respected used emigrant, immigrant future إ ن ف جا ر إ ح ت را م إ ض را ب إ م ت حا ن م ش هو ر famous exam strike respect explosion

تل م نظ ف ل س ن اده ج جامع ل مك نسة ل ادة ) ج سs لس اخن ب اي ي ة ر ه ك ل مد خل ل بج أ يس ت ني لن اس لل غة رط ر لش ر ق ب يمل لا مب عوث من جامعة ل ت اذ ر ف ون ر ط ابونة ) م ل ع ل اط د لت ونسي ة ن ق وص وط سم لص باح من ات ا مع الي ة م ن اعة ذ لا ن جم هوري ة ل لد و لي ك Participles, verbal nouns, nouns of place, time, instrument م سا ب ق ة م خ ت ر ع ت س لي ح ت ق د م ة إ ح م را ر reddening gift armament inventor competition blushing arming م عا ه د ة م س ت ع ج ل م ق د س م ش ر ف إ ن ف را د loneliness supervisor holy speedy treaty isolation Practise your reading: وس يك في كل صب اح أر ض و لد رج 0 9 ويغ سل 8 ( ب ) ماء ل در ةج ( ب و لص ابون صs () Every morning the cleaner sweeps the floor and the carpets of the mosque with 8 the,8 vacuum cleaner (lit 8 electric broom) 9 and washes 0 the entrance and the stairs with warm water and soap s) لا س يقة تع لرب أع () I liked the teaching method (way) of the professor sent over from the University of Rabat to teach the Arabic language ة ي لع در 8 بع قد وس يع في بد () The people in the Middle East began to realize the value of science (knowledge), 8 after 0 a long 9 halt (break) يل 0 اع ط 9 ت هفي عمس ا ذا أ ري يس 9 غد سي ت ب احث 8 مديرناي ب لب () I heard this morning on the radio that the president of the Republic of Tunisia will tomorrow discuss ( 0 concerning) financial assistance (support) with the 8 vice-director of 9 the International Bank 0 اعد صخب

نم ام مم لا بل لل غة م ل ب ر ي ل ت اذ لا ل ة ي الة من م و ب يس هل ا س ي 8 يس ر عم انبج ادثح د لط لا ب لص رج ب ن مني نل م و ن ن لش ر طة ت ب يح اساتهم ر عج وحته ر ط لس ياسي ة نم ه نم د رم ه علىل صح ول لد ك توراة ر لد خول ب نم ة ي يس ل ت ق لا س لا ف ال ت ح حضورل غل ان لا افي ينح لص و ن م عم وسيباشر ة م ( زو عي لهمع ن في مت حدة ل أ( في نان دوب يج () My husband has been appointed as the Lebanese representative at the United Nations and he will start his post (work) by 8 the middle of 0 the next 9 year 0 9 مق بل ل ع ل ط 8 وس Participles, verbal nouns, nouns of place, time, instrument تد رس لا س هد ري تس 9 ي ( فيها لع (s ن جأ 0 نع () The professor received today a letter from the director of the Arabic در Language Teaching Institute for Foreigners, 8 asking him ( 9 in it) 0 about في الب )طs م د ( تق the progress of the students in their studies متظاهرين ل شور أ س م و دام بي 9 ة يد ه في () The incident of yesterday s clash between police and demonstrators is reported ( published 8 about it) in today s 9 newspaper ي ل ام ومل ع ل ةج في بد لجامعة ج رخت 8 عن بع ث ك د إ جامعةل ى إن ت ق ل 8 إ ىل ر مث 9 نطو (8) After my son graduated from university with a degree in Political Science, he moved to the University of London, where he wrote his thesis, 8 and then returned to his 9 homeland 0 after obtaining his doctorate و 0 بع (s نب ا ) كالة اسل ع أن ب اء ن جأ قص إ ىل 0 9 عيد 8 لجم هوري ة ري دع كه نلا ير لم حي م ل ع ل ة اقةطب نمه 0 ب لد خول قد ه نأ حمس اقات طب دون (9) A foreign news agency correspondent was prevented from entering the presidential palace (lit the palace of the President of the Republic) 9 8

Participles, verbal nouns, nouns of place, time, instrument to attend the 0 Independence 9 Day 8 festivities, because he was not carrying an invitation card,, although 8 other (lit 8 for other than he) 9 journalists were permitted 0 to enter, without cards Translate into Arabic: () In the middle of next year my husband will start his post at the radio (station) () The cleaner began sweeping the stairs and the floor of the Institute of Arabic Language with warm water and soap () At the Independence Day celebration I asked the professor about the progress of Arab students studies at the university () Tomorrow the vice-director of the International Bank will discuss the financial assistance with the representative of Tunisia at the UN (with the UN representative of Tunisia) () Today my son received an invitation card from the President of the Republic to attend the Independence Day festivities () After I graduated from the university, I was appointed as a correspondent for a foreign news agency () I heard on the radio about the clash between the demonstrators and the police (8) After a long halt (break) the people in the Middle East began to realize the value of teaching Arabic (language) to foreigners (9) The professor sent over from the University of Rabat was prevented from entering the Institute of Arabic Language to take part in a celebration, because he was not carrying an invitation card 8

Chapter Interrogative particles and pronouns, vocative particles ح روف لا س ت ف ها م Interrogative particles (a) A sentence is made interrogative by introducing it with the interrogative particle ه ل hal, or by prefixing the first word of the sentence with the interrogative particle أ a أ ف ت ح ت ل ش با ك OR هل ف ت ح ت ل ش با ك hal fataḣta š-šubbāka? Did you open the window? a-fataḣta š-šubbāka? (b) The particle أ cannot be used before a word having the definite article أ ل It can, however, be joined to another word which begins with أ, eg أ أ ن ت تا ج ر OR هل أ ن ت تا ج ر hal anta tāğirun? Are you a merchant? a- anta tāğirun? ل becomes ه ل Remember: form is used to avoid three consecutive consonants, eg ه ل ل و ل د في ل م د ر س ة hali l-waladu fī l-madrasati? Is the boy at school? before hamzatu l-waṡli (waṡlah) This ه ض ما ي ر لا س ت ف ها م Interrogative pronouns In addition to the above interrogative particles, there are several interrogative pronouns, the following being the most common: 9

Interrogative particles and pronouns, vocative particles (a) (b) whose? man, who? whom? م ن This pronoun may occur as subject, object or in any other nominal function in the sentence In a nominal sentence م ن is placed before or after a pronominal subject In an iḋāfah construction it is, of course, placed after the first noun, eg ه و م ن م ن what?, mā ما Note: Like the following interrogative pronoun is indeclinable, ie it has the same form for all genders, numbers and cases When the prefixed preposition ل precedes م ن, it has the meaning whose?, for/to whom?, eg ل م ن ل ب ي ت house?) man? huwa ت م م ن huwa? man هو man? baytu بي ن Who is he? Who is he? whose house? li-mani l-baytu? Whose house is it? (lit For whom is the (c) (d) Note: In the above sentence م ن gets the kasrah and becomes م ن, because it is followed by hamzatu al-waṡli (waṡlah) ل mā what? may be preceded by the preposition ما written as ل+ ما ل م ), meaning why? for what? ) and is then ما ذا The above-mentioned pronoun has a longer synonym ā what? It can also be preceded by the bound preposition mād ), which means why? for ل+ ما ذا ل ما ذا giving:, ل what? ) (e) أ ي ayyun, masc, أ ي ة ayyatun, fem, are adjectival interrogative pronouns meaning which?, what? They precede the noun they qualify, which is always in the indefinite singular genitive, eg Masc: Fem: teacher? ayyu mu allimin, which/what أ ي م ع ل م teacher? ayyatu mu allimatin, which/what أ ي ة م ل ع م ة 0 Note: أ ي and أ ي ة can also be used as (adjectival) indefinite pronouns in the meaning any, eg

(f) min ayyi makānin, from any place م ن أ ي م كا ن fī / alā ayyati ḣālin, in any case في/ ع لى أ ي ة حا ل much? how many?, how ك م takes the following noun, which it qualifies, in the indefinite ك م accusative singular, eg kam sayyāratan inda-ka? How many cars do you كم س يا ر ة ع ن د ك have? read? kam kitāban qara ta? How many books did you ك م ك تا با ق ر أ ت Interrogative particles and pronouns, vocative particles ح روف ل ن دا ء Vocative particles (a) (b) The vocative particles are يا yā for both genders, أ ي ها ayyuhā for the masculine, and أ ي ت ها ayyatuhā for the feminine They can be rendered as O(h)!, Hey (you)!, I say! Often they need not be translated at all, the final exclamation mark after the noun or sentence being sufficient O! is followed by a noun (in any number) or proper name يا in the nominative case without the definite article or nunation, eg ا ل ه Lord! yā rabbu! O يا ر ب God! yā allāhu! O يا أل يا ر جا ل man! yā rağulu! O يا ر ج ل lady! yā sayyidatu! O يا س ي د ة Joseph! yā yūsufu! O يا يو سف يا س ي دا ت yā riğālu! O men! yā sayyidātu! O ladies! Suaad! yā su ādu! O يا س عا د (c) In complex titles and compound names, the noun after the vocative particle is followed by another noun and this last noun must be in the genitive case However, the noun after the vocative particle must be in the accusative instead of the nominative case, eg

Interrogative particles and pronouns, vocative particles (d) sa ādatu s-safīri, His Excellency the Ambassador س عا د ة ل س في ر becomes in the vocative: Mr yā sa ādata s-safīri! (O) Your Excellency يا س عا د ة ل س في ر Ambassador! abdu-llāhi, Abdullah (a name), slave/worshipper of God ع ب د ل ا ل ه becomes in the vocative: ا ل ه Abdullah! yā abda-llāhi! (O) يا ع ب د ل The vocative particles أ ي ها ayyuhā, masc, and أ ي ت ها ayyatuhā, fem, are also used for all numbers As usual, the following noun is in the nominative case, but it takes the definite article أل These longer vocative particles are often used at the beginning of a speech or by the announcers of radio and television programmes They may be preceded by the shorter vocative particle يا, eg أ ي ها / يا أ ي ها ل م ع ل م ayyuhā OR yā ayyuhā l-mu allimu! O teacher! أ ي ها / يا ي أ ها ل م ع ل مو ن ayyuhā OR yā ayyuhā l-mu allimūna! O teachers! أ ي ت ها / يا أ ي ت ها ل م ع ل م ة ayyatuhā OR yā ayyatuhā l-mu allimatu! O teacher! (fem) أ ي ت ها / يا أ ي ت ها ل م عل ما ت ayyatuhā OR yā ayyatuhā l-mu allimātu! O teachers! (fem) ي أ ها ل س ي دا ت و ل سا د ة ayyuhā s-sayyidātu wa-s-sādatu! Ladies and gentlemen! أ ي ها Note: In the last mentioned phrase the masculine vocative particle is used, because in phrases with mixed gender, the masculine determines agreement Negation with غ ي ر ġayru (a) The noun غ ي ر ġayrun, other (than), can be used before an indefinite adjective or noun in the genitive case to express negation or contradiction It is thus translated as not, non-, un-, in-, dis-,

etc Note that غ ي ر then appears without article or nunation (ie in the form called construct state), eg غ ي ر قا د ر غ ي ر م هم غ ي ر م م ك ن ġayru qādirin, unable (other than able) ġayru muhimmin, unimportant ġayru mumkinin, impossible ġayru arabiyyin, not an Arab, non-arab غ ي ر ع ر ب ي non- ġayru mawğūdin, unavailable, not present, absent, غ ي ر م و جو د existent Interrogative particles and pronouns, vocative particles (b) When غ ي ر ġayru has a suffixed pronoun, it means other(s) (than), eg أ ل م دي ر و غ ي ر ه أ ل م دي ر ة و غ ي ر ها al-mudīru wa-ġayru-hu the director (masc) and others (than him) al-mudīratu wa-ġayru-hā the director (fem) and others (than her) (c) (d) When غ ي ر is preceded by a negative predicate or negative particle like لا, it is translated as only, eg ا ه ذا غ ي ر ل م دي ر l-mudīri lā ya lamu hād ā ġayru لا ي ع ل م Only the director knows this (lit No one knows this other than the director) alfu dīnārin lā ġayru, only a thousand dinars أ ل ف دي نا ر لا غ ي ر أ نprecedes, as غ ي ر أ نin, it means except that, neverthe- غ ي رWhen less, however, but Negation with ع د م adamu The noun ع د م adamun non-being, lack, absence or the adjective genitive, adīmun lacking, can be followed by a noun in the ع دي م meaning non-, in-, un-, dis-, -less, lack of, etc The noun ع د م appears without article or nunation, eg

Interrogative particles and pronouns, vocative particles adamu l-wuğūdi, non-existence ع د م ل و جو د adamu l-h ibrati, inexperience, lack of experience, ignorance ع د م ل خ ب ر ة adamu l- ah lāqi, immorality, lack of manners, bad manners ع د م لا خ لا ق adīmu l-ḣayāti, lifeless, dead ع دي م ل ح يا ة adamu ḣuḋūri aḣadin, without anyone being present ع د م ح ضو ر أ ح د Negation of nominal sentences with لا lā The negative particles لا no, not and و لا neither, nor have already been discussed as negative particles for the verb of the imperfect tense The negative particle لا can also be placed before a noun that functions as the subject of a nominal sentence The noun must be in the accusative case without article or nunation The negative particle functions then as an existential or locative negative copula: There is no X OR X is not (there), eg home lā aḣada fī l-bayti (There is) no one (nobody) at لا أ ح د في ل ب ي ت war lā salāma wa-lā ḣarba (There is) neither peace nor لا س لا م و لا ح ر ب kullun ك ل The noun ك ل kullun means basically totality, entirety, whole, all, everything It is fully declined (inflected for all cases) and can be employed as a universal indefinite pronoun modifying a following noun, or standing alone The following are its uses: (a) (b) When ك ل without an article or nunation is followed by an indefinite noun in the genitive singular, it means each, every, eg ل ك طا ل ب ل ك ي و م kullu ṫālibin, each student kullu yawmin, every day When ك ل without an article or nunation is followed by a definite noun in the genitive singular, it means all, the whole, eg

(c) (d) (e) ك ل ل ي وم ك ل ل و ق ت kullu l-yawmi, the whole day, all day long kullu l-waqti, the whole time, all the time When ك ل without an article or nunation is followed by a definite noun in the genitive plural, it means all, eg ك ل ل ح ي وا نا ت ل ك ا ل ب يو ت kullu l-ḣayawānāti, all the animals kullu l-buyūti, all the houses When ك ل is indefinite (having nunation) and followed by the preposition م ن min from, ie ل ك م ن, it has the meaning each (one) of (a group), eg kullun mina ṫ-ṫullābi, each (one) of the students ل ك م ن ل ط لا ب, it becomes أ ل ك ل as ك ل is attached to أ ل When the definite article an independent (pro)noun which means everyone, everything, the whole thing, eg thing) šāhadtu l-kulla I saw everything (the whole شا ه د ت ل ك ل Interrogative particles and pronouns, vocative particles (fem) kiltā ك ل تا (masc), kilā ك لا 8 These two words mean both, both of them, each one of the two They are used in the iḋāfah construction preceding a dual noun which is definite and in the genitive case, or preceding a dual suffix pronoun The following predicative adjective or verb is, nevertheless, in the singular Both ك لا kilā and ك ل تا kiltā are indeclinable before nouns, but declinable before a suffix pronoun ك ل تا ن kiltā from ك ل تا kilā-ni, and ك لا ن kilā is likely to be from ك لا Note: kiltā-ni (see chapter on the elision of the final ن of the dual) Masculine ك لا ل خ بي ر ي ن أ ج ن ب ي kilā l-h abīrayni ağnabiyyun (sing) Feminine Both experts are foreigners (lit Each one of the two experts is a foreigner) ك ل تا ل خ بي ر ت ي ن أ ج ن ب ي ة kiltā l-h abīrtayni ağnabiyyatun (sing)

Interrogative particles and pronouns, vocative particles ر أ ي ت ك ل تا ل خ بي ر ت ي ن ر أ ي ت ك لا ل خ بي ر ي ن ra aytu kilā l-h abīrayni ra aytu kiltā l-h abīrtayni I saw both experts (lit I saw each one of the two experts) م ر ر ت ب ك لا ل خ بي ر ي ن م ر ر ت ب ك ل تا ل خ بي ر ت ي ن marartu bi-kilā l-h abīrayni marartu bi-kiltā l-h abīratayni I passed by both the experts (lit I passed by each one of the two experts) (a) ك ل ت ي kilay (masc) and ك ل ي The accusative and genitive forms are kiltay (fem) These forms are used only when they are followed by a suffix pronoun, eg Masculine ك لا ه ما أ ج ن ب ي kilā-humā ağnabiyyun (nom) Both of them are foreigners Feminine ك ل تا ه ما أ ج ن ب ي ة ر أ ي ت ك لي ه ما ra aytu kilay-himā (acc) I saw both of them kiltā-humā ağnabiyyatun (nom) ر أ ي ت ك ل ت ي ه ما مع ك لي ه ما ma a kilay-himā (gen) with both of them (lit with each one of the two) ra aytu kiltay-himā (acc) مع ك ل ت ي ه ما ma a kiltay-himā (gen) (b) The verb with ك لا kilā is in the singular ك ل تا ل خ بي ر ت ي ن سا ف ر ت ج وا ك لا ل خ بي ر ي ن سا ف ر ج وا kilā l-h abīrayni sāfara (sing) ğawwan kiltā l-h abīratayni sāfarat (sing) ğawwan Both experts flew by air (lit Each one of the two experts flew by air)

ك لا ه ما ي ع رف kilā-humā ya rifu (sing) Both of them know (lit Each one of the two knows) hunāka ه نا ك 9 ك لتا ه ما ت ع ر ف kiltā-humā ta rifu (sing) Interrogative particles and pronouns, vocative particles The adverb ه نا ك means there, but, like its English equivalent, it is also used in nominal sentences in the meaning there is, there are, eg ه نا ك ح ت مال ب ل ن جا ح hunāka-ḣtimālun bi-n-nağāḣi There is a possibility of success هل ه ناك ك ثي ر م ن ل نا س hal hunāka kat īrun mina n-nāsi? Are there many people? (fem) fulānatun ف لا ن ة (masc), fulānun ف لا ن 0 The above nouns are frequently used in Arabic in the sense so and so, such and such, somebody, a certain (person or thing) The idea is to substitute an unknown or unnamed, person, thing or source for a more general or less precise expression, eg Masculine قال فلا ن Feminine جا ء ت ف لا ن ة qāla fulānun ğā at fulānatun Somebody (OR: a certain person) said Somebody (a certain person) came So and so said So and so came في ل ل ي ل ة ل ف لا ن ي ة في لي و م ل ف لا ن ي fī l-yawmi l-fulāniyyi on such and such a day on a certain day on that and that day fī l-laylati l-fulāniyyati on such and such a night on a certain night on that and that night

ينة ضح افر ك ت اذ! ن م ك افر مدينتي ن ل اد ة م ط ي ر ب وع لا ( ة رمs ارط ق ل ب ك افر م سخ ض ات رم س خذ سي ارتي ا ان ا ي ح ان لا م مسافة ل ب ي ح ب ىء لس ارق من اي رة ط لس ج ن ن ف ر ه تج ن ن لط اقم م ت مل ل ف د و ل مسافرين ل لس ل م سم و عم ا ود Interrogative particles and pronouns, vocative particles Exercises Practise your reading: تد وأ في لا س ة ر وف س ة ي ت أن امعة جة يأ 9 عاي لتك تس يا دمة يأ 8 ن وأ ي () O respected (O sir) Professor! Which university are you at? What subject do you teach? In which city do you live? 8 Where does 9 your ن ن تس family live? 9 8 فق أس بي يو كل تس هل بع تس أر وك 0 يف ي ف في ( نمث 0 وك 9 8 كم وأ () Do you travel every day between the two cities? I travel only 8 five 9 times a 0 week And how do you travel?, Sometimes I take (lit I ride) the train and sometimes I take my car 8 What is 9 the distance 0 and how much does the train ticket cost? ار ط ق ل اقةطب 8 أي يع ولا زو دحأ غي ر هر () The thief escaped from prison and no one except his wife knows 8 where he is hiding ت خي 9 بي 8 أع وه سيسافر ع ىل ة يأ أ صع وه اقا ص خش غي ر علىقادر 0 () On which aeroplane will the delegation travel? Did you (pl) ة اعد 9 8 دون inform 8 the crew that 9 among 0 the travellers there is a disabled person who is, unable to go up the steps (ladder) 8 without 9 help? 8

ك ير ك م ب ل ك ل ه جب نة ل ع ط ( ة لل ح م ل ( لس فير ة شم م د ال م ت ح مل ل فح رم و م ر ك س ع ل ه بخ عل ا ر ي لا و ض سل ط حكومة ل ي ين ر ك س ال س ر لا خر من ض ض ك س اي ه ي ين ر لط رق ادثح ف ر ير! ز و ل ة ضح ىل ع ) رطs ( عم ابير يق ب ير ب يق حل هل لص ي ف م ماضي ل ب ر و ل ن م ن اك ه عد كل دمث دحت رف ع ورهم جأ ر لش ر جأ موظ فين عن ل ة إلى ة ر لش قب ول () The company director talked to all the employees about the company s, refusal ( not accepting) to raise their wages ) s ( اولة لط ماي دة / ل ع ط ق ل ىل قف ز ل ك وأ ك ض وب ع عطق Interrogative particles and pronouns, vocative particles يت 0 8 ق 9 قحلف ه نأ غي ر نم ن كم نأ s () The cat jumped onto the table and ate all the meat and some pieces of 8 cheese 0 The dog 9 chased it, although he was unable to catch it ه ب ك س مي بع هن اك ت في ارك 8 المش ة ي رت دم 0 نظ 9 0 أع 9 بع نأ غي ر تف ك با ر 8 وف د و بع ض ل ع ل نم عs ع ل غي ر () There is a possibility that the ambassador will not take part in the NATO ( 8 North 9 Atlantic Treaty Organization) conference 0 because of (regarding) his lack of military experience However, the government is thinking of sending 8 a delegation, of ) ( which 9 some (of its) 0 members are military personnel and the others non-military 9 وقع كم تع هل ر 8 سي ر يا وه يف 0 (8) O! (Your Excellency), Minister, do you know how many 8 road traffic accidents 9 happened on 0 the roads last summer? Have any measures been taken to solve this problem? تد ) ا مش كلة ل هذ s ( تد وكم ت ش ة قه انج ت وك ذه فن دف ع صد (9) How many friends did you go with and how many cups of coffee did you drink? Who paid and how much? كم 9

اسعة لش ق ة ك ن ين ك Interrogative particles and pronouns, vocative particles (0) Are you (f) living alone in this large apartment? Translate into Arabic: هذهفي د حو و ل () Is the disabled person living alone in this large apartment? () How many cups of coffee? Who paid? How much? () Do you know how many traffic accidents happened in the city last summer? () The director of the prison talked to all the employees about raising their wages () Where are you living (ms)? And are you living with your family? () I travel every week between the city and the university Sometimes I travel by train and sometimes I take my car () The cat ate the piece of cheese and some of the meat from the table and then it escaped (8) The thief jumped from the apartment to the road and escaped The dog chased him but could not catch him (9) There is a possibility that the minister will take part in the NATO (North Atlantic Treaty Organization) conference (0) Do you know how many ministers there are in the government? () Is the government intending to send military personnel to the conference? () The thief escaped by car and no one knows where he is hiding () O! Your excellency, Ambassador! On which aeroplane will the delegation travel? And did you inform the crew that among the passengers there is a person who is unable to climb the steps to (go up the ladder of) the aeroplane without help? تس هل 80

Chapter Adjectival patterns, relative adjectives (nisbah), comparatives and superlatives, diminutives أل ص ف ة Adjectives There are several adjectival forms in Arabic and the following patterns for forming adjectives from verbs are the most common: pattern singular plural (a) فا ع ل fā ilun (b) ف عي ل fa īlun (c) ف ع ل fa alun (d) ف ع لا ن fa lānu (e) ف عو ل fa ūlun (f) م ف عو ل maf ūlun ālimun, learned عا ل م kabīrun, big ك بي ر beautiful, ḣasanun, ح س ن fine kaslānu, lazy ك س لا ن ḣasūdun, envious ح سو د mağrūḣun, injured م ج رو ح ulamā u ع ل ماء kibārun ك با ر ḣisānun ح سا ن kasālā ك سا لى ḣusudun ح س د mağārīḣu م جا ري ح Adjectives denoting colours or (bodily) defects are formed according to the patterns أف ع ل af alu, masc sing, and ف ع لا ء fa lā u, fem sing Both of these patterns are diptotes and the corresponding broken plural pattern (for both genders) is: ف ع ل fu lun (triptote), eg Masc sing (diptote) Fem sing (diptote) Masc and fem plur أسود aswadu, black سوداء sawdā u سود sūdun أحمر aḣmaru, red حمراء ḣamrā u حمر ḣumrun 8

ض Adjectival patterns, relative adjectives, comparative ض م ن zarqā u زرقاء zurqun زرق h uḋrun خضر h aḋrā u خضراء ṡufrun صفر ṡafrā u صفراء bayḋā u بيضاء bīḋun بي ṫaršā u طرشاء ṫuršun طرش عرجاء arğā u عرج urğun عمياء amyā u ع يا umyānu azraqu, blue أ ز ر ق ah ḋaru, green أ خض ر aṡfaru, yellow أص ف ر abyaḋu, white أ ب ي aṫrašu, deaf أ ط رش a rağu, lame أ ع ر ج a mā, blind أ ع مى Relative adjectives, ن س ب ة nisbah The relative adjective is called in Arabic ن س ب ة nisbah, which means relation Relative adjectives are derived from nouns by adding the so-called nisbah suffix, which is ي /iyyun/ in the masculine and /iyyatun/ in the feminine The nisbah suffix thus makes a noun ي ة into an adjective (which often can be employed as a noun as well), expressing the meaning: related or pertaining to (the entity or thing denoted by the noun) It may be compared to English derivational morphemes like -ish, -(i)an, -ese, -i, -ic(al), -al, -ly, eg English, American, Egyptian, Lebanese, Iraqi, Arabic, formal, periodical, monthly, etc The relative adjective often refers to geographical, national or ethnic names or names of occupations (as in English, these kinds of derived adjectives may often be reused as independent nouns), eg Relative adjective (nisbah) Noun Masc Fem ل ب نا ن ي ة ل ب نا ن ي ل ب نا ن lubnānu, Lebanon lubnāniyyun, Lebanese lubnāniyyatun ع ر ب ي ع ر ب ع ر ب ي ة arabun, Arabs arabiyyun, Arab, Arabic arabiyyatun 8 ك حو ل ي ة ك حو ل ي ك حو ل kuḣūlun, alcohol kuḣūliyyun, alcoholic kuḣūliyyatun

The feminine ending tā marbūṫah ة is elided with the noun when adding the nisbah suffix ي /iyyun/ or ي ة /iyyatun/, eg ش ه ر ي ة ش ه ر ي ش ه ر šahrun, month šahriyyun, monthly šahriyyatun Adjectival patterns, relative adjectives, comparative Relative adjective (nisbah) Noun Masc Fem ث قا ف ي ث قا ف ة If the noun ends in the long vowel ا /ā/, this is elided with the noun when adding the nisbah suffix ي /iyyun/ or ي ة /iyyatun/, eg ث قا ف ي ة t aqāfatun, culture t aqāfiyyun, cultural t aqāfiyyatun م ه ن ي ة م ه ن ي م ه ن ة mihnatun, profession mihaniyyun, professional mihaniyyatun Relative adjective (nisbah) Noun Masc Fem أ م ري ك ي أ م ري كا أ م ري ك ي ة amrīkā, America amrīkiyyun, American amrīkiyyatun ف ن ل ن د ي ة ف ن ل ن د ي ف ن ل ن دا finlandā, Finland finlandiyyun, Finnish finlandiyyatun The feminine singular form of the relative adjective (nisbah) is often used as a noun with abstract meaning, eg Relative adjective (nisbah) Noun Masc Fem (abstract noun) إ ن سا ن ي ة إ ن سا ن ي إ ن سا ن insānun, man insāniyyun, insāniyyatun, humanity, human humaneness 8

Adjectival patterns, relative adjectives, comparative إ ش ت را ك ي ة إ ش ت را ك ي إ ش ت را ك ištirākun, co-operation ištirākiyyun, socialist ق و م ي ق و م ištirākiyyatun, socialism ق و م ي ة qawmun, people, nation qawmiyyun, qawmiyyatun, nationalist nationalism ت eg Note: Plural nisbah forms often have a collective meaning, al-lisāniyyātu linguistics, from the noun ل سا ن tongue, language أل ل سا ن يا In pausal form (at the end of a sentence) the above nisbah suffix /ī/, which does ي vowel: /iyyun/ is pronounced as a long ي not take nunation In pausa the final tā marbūṫah ة) (ة /t/ is pronounced as /h/, eg ل ب نا ن ي ة ل ب نا ن ي lubnānī, Lebanese (m) ق و م ي qawmī, nationalist lubnāniyyah, (f) ق و م ي ة qawmiyyah, nationalism 8 The above relative adjective (nisbah) usually takes the sound plural, eg Masculine plural أ ل مع ل مو ن ل مص ر يو ن al-mu allimūna l-miṡriyyūna the Egyptian teachers Feminine plural أ ل م ع ل ما ت ل مص ر يا ت al-mu allimātu l-miṡriyyātu the Egyptian teachers Note: The adjective ع ر ب ي arabiyyun Arab, Arabic does not form the sound plural, but uses the collective noun ع ر ب arabun the Arabs, Arab as the plural form, eg 8 Masculine plural أ ل مع لمو ن ل ع ر ب يو ن (not: أ ل مع ل مون ل ع ر ب al-mu allimūna l- arabu al-mu allimūna l- arabiyyūna) the Arab teachers

أ ف عل ل ت ف ضي ل 9 Comparative and superlative As mentioned in, the pattern أ ف ع ل af alu (diptote) is characteristic of adjectives denoting colours and bodily defects But the same pattern is also used to form the comparative and superlative degree of adjectives, and participles of the first form in all genders and numbers This form of the adjective is also called the elative, eg Adjectival patterns, relative adjectives, comparative Adjective ص غي ر ğamīlun, beautiful ج مي ل ر ṡaġīrun, small wāsi un, wide وا س ع ḣasanun, good ح س ن mašhūrun, famous م ش هو ر 0 Comparative sentences Comparative/superlative (according to the pattern أ ف ع ل af alu) aṡġaru, smaller, smallest أص غ ağmalu, more beautiful, most أ ج م ل beautiful awsa u, wider, widest أ و س ع aḣsanu, better, best أ ح س ن ašharu, more famous, most famous أ ش ه ر The preposition م ن min from is used like the English preposition than as a link between the two parts (item compared and object of comparison) of the comparative sentence The comparative sentence thus has the following structure: item compared + comparative (elative) form of the adjective + م ن min + object of comparison, eg uh ti-hi al-waladu aṡġaru min أ ل و ل د أص غ ر م ن أ خ ت ه The boy is younger than his sister binti-hā al- ummu ağmalu min أ لا م أ ج مل م ن ب ن ت ها The mother is more beautiful than her daughter awlādi al-banātu aḣsanu mina -l أ ل ب نا ت أ ح س ن م ن لا و لا د (The) girls are better than (the) boys The pattern أ ف ع ل af alu cannot be used to form the comparative of the participles of the derived forms, nor of adjectives with more than three consonants In these cases, the comparative is formed by 8

Adjectival patterns, relative adjectives, comparative أ ق ل ašaddu stronger, more or أ ش د more, akt aru أ ك ث ر using aqallu less, followed by an accusative abstract noun related to the participle or adjective, eg akt aru ih lāṡan, more faithful (lit more as regards أ ك ث ر إ خ لاصا faithfulness) blackness) ašaddu sawādan, blacker (lit stronger as regards أ ش د س وا دا beauty) aqallu ğamālan, less beautiful (lit less as regards أ ل ق ج ما لا ي ر The two nouns/adjectives šarrun evil are used as comparatives and superlatives with the meanings better and worst, respectively, eg ش ر h ayrun good(ness) and خ ه و م ن ش ر لا و لا د أل ص لا ة خ ي ر م ن ل ن و م aṡ-ṡalātu h ayrun mina n-nawmi Prayer is better than sleep (The Quran) huwa min šarri l- awlādi He is one of the worst boys Superlative sentences The superlative is formed by making the comparative pattern or with the أ ل af alu definite, either with the definite article أ ف ع ل iḋāfah construction This form is used for both genders and all numbers, eg 8 Iḋāfah construction ه و أ ط ول و ل د huwa aṫwalu waladin He is the tallest boy Definite article ه و لا ط و ل ه ي أ قص ر ب ن ت hiya aqṡaru bintin She is the shortest girl huwa l- aṫwalu He is the tallest ه ي لا قص ر ه م أ ط و ل لا و لا د hum aṫwalu l- awlādi They are the tallest boys hiya l- aqṡaru She is the shortest ه م لا ط و ل humu l- aṫwalu They are the tallest

ه ن لا ط و ل ه ن أ ط و ل ل ب نا ت hunna aṫwalu l- banāti They are the tallest girls hunna l- aṫwalu They are the tallest ل Some adjectives having the superlative pattern ف ع لى can also have a feminine superlative form al- af alu أ لا ف ع eg al-fu lā, أ ل Adjectival patterns, relative adjectives, comparative Superlative masculine أ لا ك ب ر al- akbaru, the biggest, the greatest Superlative feminine أل د و ل ل ك ب رى ad-duwalu l-kubrā, the great(est) countries ب ري طا ن يا ل ع ظ مى أ لا ع ظ م al- a d amu, the greatest أ ل و ل د لا ص غ ر al-waladu l- aṡġaru, the smallest boy barīṫānyā l- ud mā, Great Britain أ ل ب نت ل ص غ رى al-bintu ṡ-ṡuġrā, the smallest girl The dual and plural of the above superlatives take their number and gender according to the preceding noun, eg Singular Dual Plural أ لا و لا د لا ص غ رو ن أ ل و ل دا ن لا ص غ را ن أ ل و ل د لا ص غ ر al-waladu l- aṡġaru al-waladāni l- aṡġarāni al- awlādu l- aṡġarūna the smallest boy the two smallest boys the smallest boys أ ل ب نا ت أل ص غ ر يا ت أ ل ب ن تا ن ل ص غ ر يا ن أ ل ب ن ت ل ص غ رى al-bintu ṡ-ṡuġrā al-bintāni ṡ-ṡuġrayāni al-banātu ṡ-ṡuġrayātu the smallest girl the two smallest girls the smallest girls أل د و ل ل ع ظ مى أل د و ل تا ن ل ع ظ م يا ن أل د و ل ة ل عظ مى ad-dawlatu l- ud mā ad-dawlatāni l- ud mayāni ad-duwalu l- ud mā the greatest country the two greatest countries the greatest countries أ ل ح رو ب ل ك ب رى أ ل ح ر با ن ل ك ب ر يا ن أ ل ح ر ب ل ك ب رى al-ḣarbu l-kubrā al-ḣarbāni l-kubrayāni al-ḣurūbu l-kubrā the greatest war the two greatest wars the greatest wars 8

Adjectival patterns, relative adjectives, comparative Remember: Both أل د و ل and أ ل ح رو ب refer to non-human entities and therefore take the superlative adjective in the feminine singular (see chapter ) The diminutive can be formed according to the pattern إ س م ل ت ص غي ر The diminutive fu aylun It is restricted to certain nouns and adjectives and ف ع ي ل indicates diminishing or reducing As in many other languages, the diminutive may, in addition, often be employed with a positive or negative feeling or tone With a positive feeling it expresses flirtation, coquetry or endearment With a negative feeling it conveys contempt or downgrading The diminutive form can be learned with practice or from the dictionary Some diminutives are common as proper names, eg name) Ḣasanun, good (a ح س ن name) Abdun, slave (a ع ب د kalbun, dog ك ل ب baḣrun, sea ب ح ر Diminutive ف ع ي ل fu aylun name) Ḣusaynun, little good one (a ح س ي ن name) Ubaydun, little slave (a ع ب ي د kulaybun, small dog ك ل ي ب ending) buḣayratun, lake (fem ب ح ي ر ة Some prepositions can sometimes be used in diminutive form, eg qabla d -d uhri ق بل ل ظ ه ر before noon qubayla d -d uhri ق ب يل ل ظ ه ر a little before noon In words where the second consonant is followed by a long vowel, the vowel changes to ي /ayyi/ in the diminutive, eg 88 ك ت ي ب kitābun, book ك تا ب ص غ ي ر ṡaġīrun, small ص غي ر kutayyibun, little book, booklet, pamphlet ṡuġayyirun, very small

اليخ ثر طالبات مالا ج س تج و هل ب لاط فط ك ل ت ن ب ل لل غة الب )طs ب ر من ى ربي ة ات ن م ارناج لط لا ب ن ف لا عم لا بخ ش لا د ث ر ه م قر ا ن ل ف ونه ر يم ر ك ل تتر جم ر لن ش ر رش اط ت ب ث منير ات غل ب لش اعر يدة ب Exercises Practise your reading: أك ة إب ن وأ ق ة و بن ي مع تهاد ا ج ه ل ن امه لجامعة (), My cousin ( the daughter of my paternal uncle) and my other cousin (the daughter of my maternal uncle) are the most beautiful (prettiest) female students in the university and the least 8 diligent 8 Adjectival patterns, relative adjectives, comparative بن ن لك ا دلو تز () The oldest daughter of our neighbour got married, but, unfortunately she gave birth to ( born 8 to her) 9 a blind baby 9 ىم ل ا أع 8 لع لجامعة في س حأ ) () The students of Arabic ( language) are among the best and most experienced students in the university ة ر وأ ك ي هو كث / عجوز لأ ن جأ (), The deafest (lit the most deaf) old man is a foreigner أ كتاب حأ سن لمس لمين وك غي ب ا () The Holy Quran is the best book, and many Muslims know it by heart ( لم عs الم ( لل ب ناني عد 9 أع 8 أغ (s دار ) يع ستن شر دور مش هور ل وس ه إلى كبل 0 ة ي ن جأ () The publishing houses will publish the works of the famous Lebanese poet and will translate 8 most of his books into many 0 foreign 9 languages 89

ل غارةل ورة ) ر قم سم رج ت ر ي ا كبير ا من د رم ح لاخ رم ح ت ب ر ه ل وح ) لا ل لا ات ر مجاريح / ل يب ر لا لا ت ر لا ذ ق اعة ادي ة ت ج م و ب اعم يس اء س يق يا ر يقي ة لس و داء لد ول ا له عن ك ل اق ر ب ر ى ق يد ا مع قود ل ق لر بيع لش جر ث ر ه ا اعاتم ت ج لا ل Adjectival patterns, relative adjectives, comparative ) صو صs عم الا ة ي اي ة يد جو ي ة ل عد 0 قت 9 نش 8 أ س م وت ع ت ل ن ف تل تح رجو ل مدني ين ل 8 عام غارة () An evening newspaper published an article with pictures of the air raid 8 yesterday, 9 which 0 killed and injured (wounded) a large number of civilians, and is regarded as the worst ( most violent) أع raid for 8 a year نق ل و لص ليب لا لجر حى ق ل لمس تش فى إ ىل من كوبين ل ر جمs و (8) The Red Crescent and the Red Cross transported the injured (wounded) and the victims to the nearby hospital ) ة ( ) في يح ب ل كم سs كمس س نمب أوروب ا الي مش ر ح ب ل كم ي طأ (9) The fish from (lit of) the lakes in northern Europe is tastier (better) than sea fish وس دو ب وف د افي حص ت ص ن جأ 9 و لس ياسي ة ري ي ىلإ إف في ةل إف ر 0 (0) A foreign press delegation went to the president of an African state and asked him about 8 the economic 9 and political crisis in 0 Black 8 ةم ز ذه Africa (s دو ةل ( رؤ نأ لي (s ري يس ) ذك 9 باريس كان من في 8 و طأ 0 وأ ك () The radio (broadcast) mentioned today that the meeting of the presidents of the great countries which was held in Paris was one of the 8 longest 0 and most complicated 9 meetings ور خريف ل في رج شs ( ة ) صف راء ة ( s) تع أو 90 () The leaves of the trees are yellow in autumn and green in spring في ض راءخو

يره م و بان و ادثح ن م ب ر ذم ر اتهم ة ث نم المي ة تم ر لا جي ش ل ن تع في مج روح ل جن دي لأ لي ه أ س م في ون اي م () The soldier injured (wounded) in yesterday s incident is tired today and asleep in (his) bed سر Adjectival patterns, relative adjectives, comparative ة بس هوبيو م ك نم ب خأ () He who is a day older than you is a year more experienced than you (Proverb) ك أك هو لا ماني ل (ضابط ) اط بض قاعدون من ثلا نش ولى () Three retired officers from the German army published their memoirs of 9 the First 8 World War 9 8 ر ك ع ل حر ب ل نع Translate into Arabic: () My paternal cousin married (prep: م ن ) a foreign journalist () Sea fish is tastier than fish from (of) the lakes () The leaves of the trees are green in spring and yellow in autumn () Many students know the works of the famous Lebanese poet by heart () The president of an African state published his memoirs yesterday and the publishing house will translate them into many foreign languages () The newspaper published an article about ع ن) ) yesterday s incident () The German officer is one of the most experienced officers in warfare (8) The army officer injured in the air raid yesterday is tired today and asleep in (his) bed (9) The publishing house will translate and publish the book about the First World War (0) The radio mentioned today that the Red Crescent and the Red Cross transported the injured (victims) to the nearby hospital () My eldest maternal cousin got married but, unfortunately, she gave birth to a blind baby 9

Adjectival patterns, relative adjectives, comparative () The radio mentioned the air raid yesterday which killed (in it) one soldier and injured (wounded) a large number of civilians () A journalist published an article in an evening newspaper about the economic and political crisis in north Africa 9

Chapter Inna إ ن and its sisters, kāna كا ن and its sisters inna is an assertive particle, which can be translated as إ ن indeed, certainly, or by the biblical word verily, (and) lo Mostly it is not, however, translated at all, as it is basically used as a matter of style or a simple syntactic device It is placed at the beginning of a nominal sentence before the (logical) subject, which takes the accusative case or is expressed by a suffixed pronoun There are a number of other particles (and conjunctions) that are construed in the same way as إ ن inna The Arab grammarians refer to them as إ ن و أ خ وا ت ها inna and its sisters After all these particles the (logical) subject is in the accusative case The nominal predicate remains in the nominative case The following are the particles إ ن inna and its sisters: ka anna, as if ك ا ن anna, that أ ن inna, indeed, that إ ن lākinna, but ا ل ك ن ا ل ك ن Note: و lākinna is very often prefixed with prefixed with يا yā Examples: layta, would, if only, wish ل ي ت ل ي ت wa la alla, perhaps ل ع ل layta is very often إ ن ه م ش غو ل إ ن ل م دي ر م ش غو ل inna l-mudīra mašġūlun The director is (indeed) busy inna-hu mašġūlun He is (indeed) busy 9

ض إ ن Inna and its sisters, كا ن kāna and its sisters After إ ن inna, the nominal predicate can be emphasized by prefixing ل /la/ (This is optional) This particle has no influence on the case of the predicate, eg ن إ ل با خ ر ة ل ك بي ر ة إ ن ل ا ل ه ل ع ظي م inna llāha la- ad īmun God is indeed great (The Quran) inna l-bāh irata la-kabīratun The ship is indeed big inna and its sisters can also occur before the (logical) subject إ ن in a verbal sentence, but then the subject must be in the accusative case, eg ل ل ع ل ص ياح أ ز ع ج ها la alla ṡ-ṡiyāḣa az ağa-hā إ ن ل س ف ر أ ت ع ب ه inna s-safara at aba-hu The travel made him tired Perhaps the shouting bothered her anna that (complementizer), when أ ن inna, takes the form إ ن it introduces indirect speech or a complement clause after the main clause, eg س مع أ ن ه م ري ض س مع أ ن ل ر ي يس م ري sami a anna r- ra īsa marīḋun sami a anna-hu marīḋun He heard that the president is ill قا ل inna, nevertheless, remains unchanged after the verb إ ن Note: say, eg qāla to anna can be combined with prepositions and then gets various أ ن other meanings: He heard that he is ill قال إ ن ه م ري ض قال إ ن ل م و ظ ف م ري ض qāla inna l-muwad d afa marīḋun qāla He said that the employee is ill inna-hu marīḋun He said that he is ill ma a anna, although, in spite of the fact that م ع أ ن li- anna, because لا ن 9 س ا ذ ه ب إ لى ل شا ط ي لا ن ل ط قس حا ر sa- ad habu ilā š-šāṫi i li- anna ṫ-ṫaqsa ḣārrun I will go to the beach, because the weather is hot

س ب ح مع أ ن ل ماء و س خ sabaḣa ma a anna l-mā a wasih un He swam, although the water was dirty When إ ن inna or أ ن anna takes a suffixed pronoun in the first person singular or plural, there are two alternative forms: إ ن Inna and its sisters, كا ن kāna and its sisters Singular Plural inna-nā ن إ نا inn-ā OR إ نا inna-nī إ ن ني inn-ī OR إ ني When إ ن inna or أ ن anna is not immediately followed by the subject in a verbal sentence, it takes the suffixed pronoun of the third person masculine singular: ه /hu/, ie إ ن ه inna-hu, أ ن ه anna-hu, for all genders and numbers, eg س م ع ت ن أ ه ت سا ف ر ل ب ن ت غ دا OR س م ع ت أ ن ل ب ن ت ت سا ف ر غ دا sami tu anna l-binta tusāfiru ġadan sami tu anna-hu tusāfiru l-bintu ġadan I heard that the girl will travel tomorrow 8 Kāna كان and its sisters kāna to be kāna and its sisters All these كا ن There are dozens of verbs which behave like the verb كا ن و أ خ وا ت ها (lit he was ), referred to as verbs take the predicative complement in the accusative case Hence they are construed in the opposite way to إ ن inna and its sisters 9 The following are the most common verbs known as sisters of kāna: كا ن IV) aṡbaḣa, to become (to be/become in the morning) (form أص ب ح aḋḣā, to become أض حى d alla, to continue, to keep on, to remain ظ ل bāta, to become, to spend the night با ت 9

إ ن Inna and its sisters, كا ن kāna and its sisters evening) amsā, to become (to be/become in the أ م سى mā-zāla, to keep on, not to cease, (to be/do) still ما زا ل mā-bariḣa, to continue, (to be/do) still ما ب ر ح lasts) mā-dāma, to continue, as long as ( ما دا م ṡāra, to become صا ر ) laysa, is not (see chapters and ل يس Examples: أص ب ح ل طا ل ب م ه ن د سا كا ن ل ك تا ب ج دي دا kāna l-kitābu ğadīdan The book was new aṡbaḣa ṫ-ṫālibu muhandisan The student became an engineer ظ لوا جا ل سي ن لي س ل ر جل ق صي را laysa r-rağulu qaṡīran The man is not short d allū ğālisīna They remained sitting 0 The above-mentioned verb زا ل zāla (imperfect: ي زا ل yazālu) means literally to cease, to disappear, to go away It is frequently used as an auxiliary when preceded by the negative particle ما /mā/ in the perfect tense, or لا /lā/ in the imperfect tense It is then translated as is still (doing) or continues to (do), with the main action expressed by a participle Both tenses have the same meaning (see also chapter ), eg mā + perfect ما lā + imperfect لا لا ي زال جا ل سا OR ما زال جا ل سا mā zāla ğālisan He is still sitting (He has not ceased to sit) lā yazālu ğālisan Exercises Practise your reading: 9 خ وس ت ل دب لا ن همق يصي () I changed my shirt because it was dirty

د ز ثير ا ير ن منا سم يل ا ا رم ينه ق ال ض ل طير خ ل ف ر ام لط ريق ك لس ياحي لا ن ه ا س و رج لس ي ارة م لد و لتان حل ل م شم امل شم كم لا ل ك ام يل ك م يد ا عن ارجي خ ه سه () The lesson is very difficult but its exercise (drill) is easy ألد ر س صع نإ دج ب ت س حكومة ل ن لك ا علىقادرة ر مت مش روع ل تن ف يذ () The government is not able to implement the tourism project because it costs (too) much ك ف ل يك إ ن Inna and its sisters, كا ن kāna and its sisters صار شمد إلى افر لو كان ا ه ول كن جو ل ن لا ه س ل جأ () The minister was going to travel to Damascus but he postponed his trip because the weather became bad ناي مين ( ) سي ي ا ام عن زالوا فطs ف ط لا لس وق كان عجر () When we returned from the market the children were still asleep تر ت ض مديرة ل نأ رمب ت وأن ها هلمع () I heard that the director became seriously ill (lit became ill with serious illness) and left her job ) قصيرة ) سمع ت نإ ق يض مسافة ل يلو حدود ل ىلإ 8 إن ارة دحs ا لكن () The distance to the border(s) is short, but the road is narrow and the car doesn t have 8 lights في أ ت في هل اك سو ف نأ ه ي ل ة يد متنازعتان ل عم ت جت 0 9 تد 8 ةل ( دون شم/ شمs ام ( ل خ (8) I read in today s newspaper that the two disputing countries will meet to settle (solve) their problems 8 without 0 outside 9 intervention قر يذ بع قال كل نإ ع ل يا على ن لعمل ا قد بي ته س ا وله ب ذا (9) The worker said that the work place is not far from his house and therefore, he goes on foot everyday ( قد s) يو 9

ف ر لط ق س ق ق شم لش جر ا ر لص باح لر بيع م طر ام ب ن لظ ه ر د وط ي سل لا ن لت ع ليم ب ب تداي ي لا حد ل يل حقوقل يل يل ن د ي ن ك ام الا م قح ي خر ا رم ن كل يد ر ام ه لش ارع ل سم ث ر إ ن Inna and its sisters, كا ن kāna and its sisters فصار في (0) The leaves of the trees were green in spring and they became yellow in autumn s) ة ( كان ور خريف ل ور ض خأ في أص كان وب ارد ا مس في ار احو ح فا ص () The weather had been (was) sunny and hot in the morning and it became rainy and cold in the 8,9 afternoon 9 8 بع يلا ولى () The article about the First World War is not long إ ال مقال عن عالمي ة ل حر ب ل شامل كان عالم ل في غي ر ح 8 باري ا جإ لعربي أص و لا () Elementary education in the Arab world was not comprehensive, and now it has become 8 compulsory نفس في ب ل كز زال لا سه ا و ف ول كن 0 9 شارع 8 ين ق ل () So far ( until now) the Post Office has been ( remains) on the same street, but it will be 8 moved to 0 another 9 street إ ىل ( ) د يس ل زالت مر أة ل قحs وق ة نإ ة اوي غي ر () A lady said that the rights of women are still, unequal 8 to men s rights لج ر قالت 8 ت ك / يا ت ن بحت امك ك بحأ () I wish you (m) loved me as I love you (m) 98 أس كل ا أك ت ع ء يش () I wish I had more money, then, everything would be easier يا

حاضرةم سل لن اس ب منير د ر غل عل ات ي ق ات لا ه ا م ن د لش عوب م و ي ن د ع ان عن دي عم سم ا كانت وني ر ارحة الة جي دة ح عم ر ع عد قال يدمع سه نإ ي لك و ف ك ض حي حقوق ل ة ماع (8) He said that a great number of people would attend to listen to the lecture by the Dean of the Faculty of 8 Law ) تتحس ن 8 ع ل ل بع ض ن بي ام ع) ب شs ونم ل يت ع (9) Relations between people might improve when they learn each other s languages هاتفي ا تك أب كان اء قلق م ل عم ام ع يلع ب ل 8 أ س م لي كه نأ (0) My father was worried about me when he talked to me today on the phone,, although he was with me 8 yesterday evening بس باع / 8 نأ ب خأ اكخأ اجته رد يص خر إ ن Inna and its sisters, كا ن kāna and its sisters () They told me that your brother sold his bicycle at a cheap price,8 although it was in good 9 condition 9 8 في ه نأ Translate into Arabic: () Yesterday evening my brother talked to me on the phone and he was worried about his child because he had become seriously ill () They told me that the minister postponed the tourism project, because it costs too much () My father said that the market is not far away and therefore he goes there everyday on foot () The article by the Dean of the Faculty of Law about the relations between people in the Arab world was good () The minister said that elementary education is not comprehensive, and not compulsory () After the weather was cold and rainy yesterday it became sunny and hot today 99

إ ن Inna and its sisters, كا ن kāna and its sisters () I heard that the worker sold his car at a cheap price, although it was in good condition (8) When the children returned from the border(s), it (the weather) was rainy and cold (9) When I returned from the market, I changed my shirt, because it was dirty (0) The post office will move to another street not far from my workplace () A lady said that women s rights are not equal to men s rights () The leaves of the trees were green in spring, but they became yellow in autumn 00

Chapter Relative pronouns and relative clauses Relative pronoun أ لا س م ل م و صو follows: ī (the one) who, which, that It is declined as أ ل allad ل The basic form (masc sing) of the relative pronoun ذي is masculine singular dual plural Nom أ ل ذي ن أل ل ذا ن أ ل ذي allad ī allad āni allad īna Acc and gen أ ل ذي ن أل ل ذ ي ن أ ل ذي allad ī allad ayni allad īna Nom Acc and gen feminine أل لا تي or أل ل وا تي أل ل تا ن أ ل تي allatī allatāni allawātī allātī (less used) أل لا تي or أل ل وا تي أل ل ت ي ن أ ل تي allatī allatayni allawātī allātī (less used) Note a: For historical reasons, the masculine and feminine singular and masculine plural forms are written with one lām ل and the other forms with two There is no difference in pronunciation Note b: The plural forms are used only for human beings 0

Relative pronouns and relative clauses Definite relative clause The role of the relative pronoun is to link the relative clause with a definite antecedent أل سا ب ق as-sābiqu, which precedes it The relative pronoun agrees with the antecedent in gender and number, eg Relative clause Relative pronoun Antecedent أل سا ب ق) ) أ ل م وصو ل) ) أل ص ل ة) أ ل و ل د ل ذي س ب ح al-waladu llad ī sabaḣa, the boy who swam أ ل كا ت ب ة ل تي م ن ل ب نا ن al-kātibatu llatī min lubnāna, the writer (f) who is from Lebanon ) The relative pronoun is used only when the antecedent أل سا ب ق is definite If the antecedent is indefinite, the relative clause is introduced after the antecedent without a relative pronoun, eg Definite antecedent Indefinite antecedent شا ه د ت ر جلا ي ت ك ل م ل ع ر ب ي ة شا ه د ت ل ر ج ل ل ذي ي ت ك ل م ل ع ر ب ي ة šāhadtu r-rağula llad ī šāhadtu rağulan yatakallamu yatakallamu l- arabiyyata l- arabiyyata I saw the man who speaks Arabic I saw a man (who) speaks Arabic سا ع د ت ر جلا ك س ر ت ر ج ل ه سا ع د ت ل ر ج ل ل ذي ك سر ت ر ج ل ه sā adtu r-rağula llad ī kusirat riğlu-hu I helped the man whose leg was broken (lit I helped the man, who his leg was broken) sā adtu rağulan kusirat riğlu-hu I helped a man (whose) leg was broken (lit I helped a man, his leg was broken) Observe that, in contrast to Arabic, when you leave out the relative pronoun in English, the antecedent becomes object in the relative clause, eg This is the man you saw 0 An active participle may replace both the relative pronoun and the following perfect or imperfect verb, eg

With the perfect verb أ ل تي ك ت ب ت ل ر سا ل ة allatī katabati r-risālata the one who (f) wrote the letter With the active participle كا ت ب ة ر ل سا ل ة أ ل ذي ط ل ق allad ī ṫallaqa the one who (m) divorced With the imperfect verb kātibatu r-risālati the writer (f) of the letter OR the one (who) wrote the letter أ ل م ط ل ق ر أل ج ل ل ذي ي س ك ن ه نا ك ar-rağulu llad ī yaskunu hunāka the man who lives there al-muṫalliqu the divorced one (m) OR the one (who) got divorced With the active participle أل ر جل ل سا ك ن ه نا ك ar-rağulu s-sākinu hunāka the man (who is) living there Relative pronouns and relative clauses أ ل م ن تظ ر ل ط بي ب أ ل ذي ي ن ت ظ ر ل ط بي ب allad ī yanṫad iru ṫ-ṫabība al-muntad iru ṫ-ṫabība the one who is waiting for the physician Also a passive participle placed after a noun may have the meaning of a relative clause, eg ğumlatun maktūbatun ج م ل ة مك تو ب ة a written sentence OR a sentence which is written al-ğumlatu l-maktūbatu أ ل ج م ل ة ل مك تو ب ة the written sentence OR the sentence which is written al-maqālu l-manšūru أ ل م قا ل ل م ن شو ر the one (who is) waiting for the physician the published article OR the article which is published Al- ā id أ ل عا ي د, the returner (anaphoric suffix pronoun) If the antecedent is referred to in the relative clause as an object, or as having a preposition, or as being a genitive attribute, it is resumed by a coreferential suffix pronoun attached to the verb, preposition, or noun, 0

Relative pronouns and relative clauses respectively This kind of anaphoric (back-referring) suffix pronoun is called أ ل عا ي د al- ā id the returner The returner has no equivalent in English, because in English it is possible to use a relative pronoun as object or add a preposition or attribute to it The following are the most common uses of al- ā id: (a) Al- ā id attached to a verb أ ل م ر أ ة ل تي سا ع د ت ها al-mar atu llatī sā adtu-hā the woman whom I helped (her) (b) Al- ā id attached to a preposition ا ه ذا ه و ل ك تا ب ل ذي س ا ل ت ع ن ه hād ā huwa l-kitābu llad ī sa alta an-hu This is the book that you asked for (lit that you asked for it) (c) Al- ā id attached to a noun ه ذا ه و لص حا ف ي ل ذي ق ر أ ت م قا ل ت ه hād ā huwa ṡ-ṡiḣāfiyyu llad ī qara tu maqālata-hu This is the journalist whose article I read (lit who I read his article) Interrogatives used as relative pronouns (a) The interrogative pronouns م ن man, who? and ما mā what? are also used as relative pronouns in the following ways: 0 beings) (the one) who, whom (with reference to human م ن (the thing) that, which, what (with reference to non-human beings ما or things) ذي They differ, however, from the definite relative pronoun ī in that they never take an antecedent allad That أل سا ب ق is to say, the antecedent is included in their meaning Moreover, they tend to be used with generalized or indefinite reference, eg أ ل

زج م هال ر ت ه هيا ي خ تلفة عن م ين ي د اليد س لا ر ن م م (b) و ج د ت م ن ي ت ك ل م ل ع ر ب ي ة ا ه ذا ما أ ك ل ت أ مس wağadtu man yatakallamu l- arabiyyata hād ā mā akaltu amsi I found one who speaks Arabic This is what I ate yesterday ما mā what? or ما When ما + م ن is a combination of addition of al- ā id the returner is optional, eg mimmā of what?, of which? (which م ) are used as relative pronouns, the Relative pronouns and relative clauses م م ه With al- ā id Without al- ā id هذا ما س عنا OR ا هذا ما س عنا hād ā mā sami nā-hu hād ā mā sami nā This is what we have heard لا أ ع ب د ما ت عب دو ن OR لا أ ع ب د ما ت ع ب دو ن ه lā a budu mā ta budūna-hu lā a budu mā ta budūna I do not worship what you worship (The Quran) ا ه ذا م ما ك ت ب ت OR ا ه ذا م ما ك ت ب ت ه hād ā mimmā katabtu-hu hād ā mimmā katabtu This is (part) of what I have written Exercises Practise your reading: بلا s) ة ير يد )ل تق تق اليد تق () I lived on an island (which) had different traditions from the traditions of my country ) ذك ت ل اءم (s إس ذ ل ب لا لط اءم أس في واحجن () The names which I mentioned are the names of the students who passed the exam سكن ت انح ت م ألا () I saw in one day one whom I hate and one whom I like أك يو في واحد ه نمو بحأ شاهد ت 0

ام يق ر ر م د لا ف ط بةخ م ام عج اهد كل ر ك ي لس اي ح م لل ص ق ص ة لص ح راء ت ع ي اتب بلا ج ي لر ف صح صح وج اي زةج لث ل ج ي ت ق ب م ي ن د ق ب ر خر ا ن م لص ف حة هي ين لل غتي ن ل م تموها ر ب ن ب ق د Relative pronouns and relative clauses / ذك () This is what the imām mentioned in the Friday speech 8 ( ذك ا هذا جمعة ل في امم ه ساعة نص كر ق ل ة ر خ فر ه ل ام+ (م ن تا () The, football team was half an hour late, which 8 made it 9 lose 0 the match (competition) () Every day I see the same tourist who rides a camel ير 0 9 مباراة ل س خي يو لامجب ذ ل نف س أش نوبل ىل ل ع ذ ل لك كتبها لتي ق ل أ ت قر () I read the story which the writer who won ( got) the Nobel Prize wrote ) كاتب قص ة كتبها اي زة )جs اي ز ىل ل ع سر (8) The thief has stolen a story (which was) written by a writer who has received international prizes (awards) 8 سقط عالي ا شاهد ت وس عالمي ة ط في ي هلع (9) In the middle of the desert I saw a high mountain on which 8 snow had fallen ( on it) (0) Where is the shoe which I put on this shelf? وض ى هل عه ذ ل حذاء ل ن ف ل في نل ا ذا يزي ةل ج ة ي و لا لع () Someone who speaks both (lit the two languages) English and Arabic received me at the hotel ة صع يتكل م أي إس في مك توبة ل جم لة لأ ة عمو () The sentence (which is) written at the end of the page is difficult and complicated 0 تع ذ ل أن ا ة ي ع ل كم لع وأ ن ت م () I am the one who (sing) taught you (pl) Arabic and you are those who learned it ذ ل

ض ب ي ي ي ذ ل ذ ن ل لس ب احان اء صح لذ هبي ة ن ج ل مس تش فى ات ث ن ولا ح ك ب ر م ر رم ت ه شم يح لس ت مع كاتبي نج ان لا ة لس ام ة سم ب ب ب ل لل غة ه سل ر ا ب طر ا علىخ ا هذان هما مدالي تي ن ل ىل لا ع ل () These are the two swimmers who got the gold and silver medals ة ف ل و Relative pronouns and relative clauses دو وش ذخأ ض إ ىل ون ق ل ألا () The foreigner who took medicine and drank alcohol became ill and was taken (transported) to hospital عد بع لل واتي ي لس د أي ن في ن ارك بخب () Where are the ladies who sent a message concerning their non- participation in the congress? تس قد مو تمر ل هه هذ ا ا حشرات ل ي ن س ال تي عت () These are the poisonous insects whose sting (bite) may cause danger to 8 human life 8 ة ي عن سا ل تهما لع تق (8) I sat with two writers (whom) I asked (them) about the future of the Arabic language Translate into Arabic: () Where is the story which I put on this shelf? () Everyday I see the writer who was awarded (received) the Nobel Prize () I saw the same tourist who rides the camel every day () I saw a tourist at the hotel who speaks the two languages Arabic and English () The swimmer was half an hour late, which resulted in him losing the competition () The foreigner who taught the students English became ill and was taken to hospital 0

Relative pronouns and relative clauses () The sentence which was mentioned (it) by the imam at the end of the Friday speech was difficult and complicated (8) This is the football team which got the gold and silver medals (9) Every day I see the foreigner whom I like and the thief whom I hate (0) The name which the writer mentioned is a foreign name () I read a story written by a foreign writer who was awarded international prizes () I read the names of the students who passed the exam () The sentence which you wrote at the end of the page is difficult and complicated () I saw a shoe (m) on the mountain on which snow had fallen (on it) 08

Chapter 8 Moods Subjunctive, jussive (apocopatus) and imperative 8 We have already dealt with the verb in the indicative mood of the imperfect tense ل م ر فو ع أ ل مضا رع Now we will deal with the two other moods of the imperfect, and with the imperative mood (a) (b) (c) أ ل مضا ر ع ل م ن صو ب mood: Imperfect subjunctive أ ل مضا ر ع ل م ج زو م mood: Imperfect jussive أ لا م ر mood: Imperative (See the conjugations in Appendix ) 8 The subjunctive particles and their use The imperfect subjunctive mood is mostly used in subordinate clauses after the subjunctive particles listed below to indicate an externally conditioned or internally motivated action The subjunctive particles are: ل أ لا إ ذ ن ل ن أ ن an lan id an allā that, to will not, never then, in that case that not, not to in order to, to ل ي لا ) ك ي لا) ك يلا ) ل ك ي) ك ي li allā kay (li-kay) kay-lā (OR kay lā) in order not to so that, in order to, to so that not, in order not to li ح تى لا ح تىلا ن li- anna ḣattā ḣattā lā because so that, until, in order to in order not to 09

Moods: subjunctive, jussive (apocopatus), imperative Note: Except for ل ن lan, these particles are, in fact, subordinating conjunctions 8 The subjunctive mood is formed from the imperfect indicative by changing the final vowel /-u/ of the personal endings to /-a/ or, in the case of personal endings having the final syllable ن /na/, by dropping this syllable completely Examples of the subjunctive: ق بل أ ن ي ذ ه ب غ دا qabila an yad haba ġadan He agreed (accepted) that he would go tomorrow (= He agreed to go tomorrow) أ ط ل ب م ن ك م أ ن ت ف ع لوا ا ذ ل ك aṫlubu min-kum an taf alū d ālika (not: ت ف ع لو ن taf alūna) I ask you (masc plur) that you do that (= I ask you to do that) هل د خ ل ت ل م ط ب خ ل ت ش ر بي ما ء hal dah alti l-maṫbah a li-tašrabī mā an? (not: ل ت ش ر بي ن li-tašrabīna) Did you (fem sing) enter the kitchen to drink water? د ر سوا ج ي دا ك ي ي ن ج حوا في لا م ت حا ن darasū ğayyidan kay yanğaḣū fī l-imtiḣāni (not: ي ن ج حو ن yanğaḣūna) They studied well so that they would pass (succeed in) the examination (= They studied well in order to pass the examination) ل ن أ ذ ه ب م ع ها lan ad haba ma a-hā I shall never go with her (I will not go with her) 0 8 The subjunctive particles إ ذ ن and إ ذا an then, in that case, so id have the same meaning and pronunciation Both are used in discourse when you draw a conclusion on the basis of a previous statement

(a) (b) mood: an is always followed by the subjunctive إ ذ ن id أ نا أ د ر س ك ثي را إ ذ ن س ت ن ج ح غ دا anā adrusu kat īran id an sa-tanğaḣa ġadan I study a lot Then (I suppose) you will succeed tomorrow! sentences: an, is used in nominal إ ذا id س ت م ط ر غ دا- إ ذا أ ن ت راص د ج و ي satumṫiru ġadan id an anta rāṡidun ğawwiyyun It will rain tomorrow Then (I gather) you are a meteorologist Moods: subjunctive, jussive (apocopatus), imperative 8 The subjunctive particle أ ن an may sometimes be used after the prepositions ق ب ل qabla before and ب ع د ba da after, ie ق ب ل أ ن qabla an, ب ع د أ ن ba da an It is then followed by a verb in the subjunctive mood, eg م ر ض ق بل أ ن ي سا ف ر mariḋa qabla an yusāfira He became sick before he travelled س ا د ر س ب ع د أ ن ا ك ل sa- adrusu ba da an ākula I will read (study) after I have eaten 8 The verbal noun (maṡdar) can be used as a verb to replace the subjunctive mood in a subordinate clause, in the same way as the English infinitive, eg Imperfect subjunctive Verbal noun ط ل ب ت ذ ها ب ها OR ط ل ب ت م ن ها أ ن ت ذ ه ب t alabtu min-hā an tad haba I asked that she leave ṫalabtu d ahāba-hā I asked her to leave أ م ر ت ه ب ل ك تا ب ة ل ها OR أ م ر ت ه ب ا ن ي ك ت ب ل ها amartu-hu bi- an yaktuba la-hā amartu-hu bi-l-kitābati la-hā I ordered him that he should write to her I ordered him to write to her ḣattā has already been described as a preposition and ح تى 8 focus particle Here it is introduced as a subjunctive particle, taking the

Moods: subjunctive, jussive (apocopatus), imperative subjunctive mood of the verb The meaning of this expression is so that, in order to : ي د ر س ح تى ي ن ج ح في لا م ت حا ن yadrusu ḣattā yanğaḣa fī l-imtiḣāni He studies so that he should succeed in the examination (= He studies in order to succeed in the examination), ح تى لا ie lā, لا ḣattā can be followed by the negative particle ح تى meaning so that not, in order not to It is quite commonly used nowadays, eg ظ ن ف ل ق مي ص ح تى لا ي ظ ه ر ع ل ي ه ل و س خ nad d afa l-qamīṡa ḣattā lā yad hara alay-hā l-wasah u He cleaned the shirt so that the dirt would not show on it 88 Imperfect jussive (apocopatus) The imperfect jussive mood is also called apocopatus ( cut from the end ) in Arabic ل م ج زو م أ ل مضا ر ع With some exceptions, it is formed from the subjunctive mood simply by dropping the last short vowel (See the conjugations in Appendix ) The jussive mood is employed after the negative particles lammā ل ما lam ل م lā لا and after the exhortative particle ل li (a) لا lā not, no, don t, is the most common negative particle, called (sing, Together with a jussive verb of the second person أل نا ه ي ة du, pl; masc and fem), it expresses a prohibition or negative command, eg sing) lā tašrab h amran! Don t drink wine! (masc لا ت ش ر ب خ م را! tağlisīna) lā لا ت ج ل سي ن: not ) lā tağlisī hunā! لا ت ج ل سي ه نا! Don t sit here! (fem sing)

(b) (c) lā لا ت ذ ه بو ن (not: lā tad habū ma a-hu! لا تذ ه بوا م ع ه! tad habūna ) Don t go with him! (masc pl) The negative particle ل م lam did not is used before a jussive verb with the same meaning as ما mā not + perfect (ie negative past, cf chapter ), eg him lam yaktub la-hu He did not write to ل م ي ك ت ب ل ه letter lam yaktubi r-risālata He did not write the ل م ي ك ت ب ل ر سا ل ة Remember: The kasrah /i/ in the above phrase lam yaktubi is the result of the rule given before that a final sukūn is changed to kasrah as a connective vowel before hamzatu l-waṡli (waṡlah) ل ما mā, becoming ما lam is sometimes suffixed by ل م lammā, which means not yet The following verb is in the jussive mood, eg yet lammā yaktub la-hu He has not written to him ل ما ي ك ت ب ل ه Moods: subjunctive, jussive (apocopatus), imperative 89 The particle ل /li/ (also called the lām of imperative) expresses either a direct or indirect command, exhortation or suggestion It can be translated as let!, may!, let s!, eg li-tašrab! ل ت ش ر ب! Note a: The lām with kasrah ل li may be preceded by the conjunction و ل /fa-l/, ف ل sukūn: /wa/ Then the kasrah is replaced by و /fa/ or ف /wa-l/ li-nağlis! ل ن ج لس! li-yaktub! ل ي ك ت ب! May you drink! (Drink!) Let him write! Let us sit down! fa-l-nağlis! ف ل ن ج لس! wa-l-yaktub! و ل ي ك ت ب! wa-l-tašrab! و ل ت ش ر ب! May you drink! (Drink!) And let him write! So let us sit down! Note b: This function of the particle ل /li/ should not be confused with its use together with the subjunctive mood, expressing intent or purpose

ي لا ق ت ر اح ير ز م ل فح رط ر ج لسم ر لن و اب ب وا لل غة عم ل لد راسات ادة ب ر ع تح ى Moods: subjunctive, jussive (apocopatus), imperative 80 Imperative mood The imperative mood أ لا م ر is formed from the second person (sing, du, pl; masc and fem) of the jussive mood by skipping the personal prefix ت /ta/ and replacing it with hamzatu l-qaṫ i (written on/under alif) and ḋammah أ / u/ or kasrah إ / i/, in accordance with the following rules: (a) When the verb has ḋammah /u/ on the middle radical in the imperfect tense, the hamzah will take ḋammah in the imperative mood: أ / u/, eg nd pers sing jussive taktub ت ك ت ب nd pers sing imperative Write! uktub! أ ك ت ب (b) When the verb has fatḣah /a/ or kasrah /i/ on the middle radical in the imperfect tense, the hamzah will take kasrah in the imperative mood: إ / i/, eg Go! id hab! إ ذ ه ب tad hab ت ذ ه ب Sit! iğlis! إ ج ل س tağlis ت ج ل س Exercises Practise your reading: لو يق بل ه ح ذ ل (ناي ب ) () The minister did not accept the proposal which was submitted by, the Parliament ( council of deputies) س نأ ع ل ة ل في مشاركين ل بل ض أغ رف يش نب يذ ا () Most of those attending the wedding party refused to drink wine هد ت لخد لع ة ي هل سن كيفي جامعة م ل أت شه () I entered the Institute of Arabic Studies at the University of Helsinki to study the language and get a degree ص ح ىل ع وأ

ك ف ع ر فن دق ل يد ا ك ي ل لا د ق ر لل ي ل يق ) ق اءك يره ر اءك تا خذ ل ف ر د اء م يج د ا لن و م ب ه ل ك ي لا ل ارجخ لل ح م لل ح ام ك مل نا حت ى ر ن حاضرتهم ن عم ه ي ي ك ا لا لن ظيف سل ر ذ ب ه مل ام فح ل لس اخن ر ر ا ب س سر رض أر مريض عن ل نأ أق د إ ىل لا ن قله (), I couldn t lift the patient (the sick man) off the floor to move him to his bed تس عن بع شن () Don t leave your bag far away ( from you) so that it won t be stolen م ل لا لا ك ك تط تت ر Moods: subjunctive, jussive (apocopatus), imperative أص لا منتخ رج ولا تت ر في (صد 8 ) باب IV) أق ف ل وأ ق ف ل () Don t go out of the hotel, don t leave your friends at night, and lock the door of the room 8 well وت ش بع غ ل ب ة تا نأ إ ىل تذ نأ وق ب ل () Take your medicine and drink water after you eat and before you go to sleep! يف سد دو يت ر اد ر ب ل (8) The butcher did not leave the meat outside the refrigerator in order that it should not be spoiled يض جر يج عل قب ل أ يليمز قصيرة (كي لا) كي لا (9) My colleague agreed to make his lecture short in order not to bore the listeners ( in order that the listeners not feel boredom) زو تر مس تمعون ل لمط عم ا إلى ب نذ م ث تج عج ه ت ظ ن لف (0) Let us wait here till my wife returns and then we will go together to the restaurant أن أش ل ولا سو ف ت وت ش تا ك أي ض () I will neither eat nor drink unless you eat and drink too و يا! إغ يصكمق دلو ه جو و ك ب لماء ة ل ب ىل إ ب ل و لص ابون ع ل س () Oh son! Wash your face with warm water and soap, put on (wear) your clean shirt, and go to the 9 wedding 8 party 9 8

لا د ت اذ اعد ا سيد رس ن لا نم ت اذه هل ث ر س ن د ك ع ل ه لز و ج لش اب زل ن لم تج ه لا ا ا ام ان ي ت ا و ز ج ن ي حب م ماذال حبيب! ل ب ر ر ب خ ب ت ت مل لت د خين Moods: subjunctive, jussive (apocopatus), imperative قال أك فص 9 ه ن أس الب ط با ن 8 ست ن () A student promised his professor (teacher) that from now on he would study more The professor said to him: Then 8 you will pass (succeed in) 9 the exam انح ت م حج في إذ وع اء م لا ش رب بارد أن ت إذ ش طع () Do you have cold water to drink? Then you are thirsty! قالت : إذ ت نأ لب سا ل بط خي ن أن ت ن بحت () The young man proposed to the girl (lit he asked the girl to get engaged with him) She said: Then you love me كل قال و ه : سا ع أن ةج : إذ ل كح فق الت يف ر () The husband said to his wife: I will do anything that pleases you So the wife said: Then you are a loving husband زو ك! وأ تك إب ن ي عن أك ب يلإ ت حص تش ن وأ ولح ك ل كح با لا ن وأ ن ص تق منل ل () My beloved son! Why didn t you write to me? Write and tell me about your health! I advise you not to drink alcohol and to cut down (reduce) your smoking Translate into Arabic: () My colleague refused to make his lecture short at the Institute of Arabic Studies () The Parliament did not accept the proposal which was not submitted by the minister () I could not lift the bag off the bed to move it to the floor () Take your medicine and wash your face before you go to sleep! () Let us wait here in the restaurant till my son and my wife return () The sick minister will neither eat nor drink at his son s wedding

() I entered the university to study the Arabic language and to get a degree (8) Don t go out of the hotel at night and lock the door of the room (9) I am thirsty Do you have cold water? (0) Wash your face with warm water and soap and wear your clean shirt and go to the minister s wedding party () The wife said to her husband, I will do anything that pleases you The husband said: Then (so) you are a loving wife () My friend refused to drink wine at the party Moods: subjunctive, jussive (apocopatus), imperative

Chapter 9 Doubled verbs (mediae geminatae) and quadriliteral verbs 9 A doubled verb in Arabic, ل مضا ع ف أ ل ف ع ل, is a triliteral verb whose second and third radicals are identical In the basic form they are thus written as one, with šaddah above This phenomenon is called eg contraction,, إ د غا م marra to pass م ر farra to escape, to flee ف ر م ر ر: for ) marara) ر: for ) dalla د ل to show adda ع د to count farara) ف ر (for: د ل ل dalala) (for: ع د د adada) 9 The imperfect and imperative The imperfect tense is vocalized in the same way as the imperfect of the regular triliteral verb, which can have any of the three vowels on the middle radical The vowel is transferred between the first and second radical in doubled verbs 8 The last consonant of the imperative of the second person masculine singular has fatḣah, and not sukūn like the regular verbs Another difference is that the imperative does not have the initial alif with hamzah, which is prefixed to the imperative in regular verbs, eg

Perfect Imperfect Imperative م ر yamruru) ي م ر ر (for: yamurru ي م ر marra م ر to pass ف ر yafriru) ي ف ر ر (for: yafirru ي ف ر farra, ف ر to escape, to flee murra! pass! firra! escape! Doubled verbs, quadriliteral verbs farra, and conjuga- marra, in the appendices ف ر See table A, the patterns of the doubled verb م ر tion A, the doubled verb Note: The derived verb forms are conjugated to a certain extent like the regular verbs 9 The nouns of place and time for the doubled verb are formed as follows: Noun of place Basic verb form ل maḣallun م ح ل place ق ر maqarrun م ق ر residence, headquarters ḣalla ح to untie, to solve qarra to settle down 9 Quadriliteral verbs, have four أ ل ف ع ل ل ر با عي verbs, The quadriliteral or four-radical consonants in the root (the pattern ف ع ل ل fa lala) They are conjugated as form II ع ل fa ala (ie CaCCaCa) of the regular triliteral verb ف There are very few quadriliteral verbs and, apart from the basic form, they have only two derived verb forms: II and IV The derived forms are less common and have no passive The verbal noun (maṡdar) of ف ع ل ل ة the quadriliteral verb of the basic form follows the pattern of fa lalatun The perfect, imperfect indicative and verbal noun of the quadriliteral verb are exemplified below: Form I Perfect Imperfect Verbal noun (maṡdar) tarğama تر م yutarğimu يتر م tarğamatun تر to translate translation 9

Doubled verbs, quadriliteral verbs daḣrağa د ح ر ج to roll qahqaha to laugh boisterously د ح ر ج ة yudaḣriğu ي د ح ر ج ي ق ه ق ه ق ه ق ه ق ه ق ه ة yuqahqihu daḣrağatun rolling qahqahatun loud burst of laughter dahwara د ه و ر to hurl down dahwaratun د ه و ر ة yudahwiru ي د ه و ر downfall ṫam ana ط م ا ن to calm, pacify ṫam anatun ط م ا ن ة yuṫam inu ي ط م ي ن pacification (See conjugation A of the verb ت ر ج م tarğama in Appendix ) Form II Perfect Imperfect Verbal noun (maṡdar) tazalzala تز yatazalzalu يتز زل tazalzulun تز زل to shake, quake earthquake (earth) ز ل tafalsafa ت ف ل س ف to philosophize ت ف ل س ف yatafalsafu س ف ي ت ف ل tašayṫana ت ش ي ط ن to act like the devil ت ش ي ط ن yatašayṫanu ي ت ش ي ط ن tafalsufun philosophizing tašayṫunun behaving like a devil Form IV Perfect Imperfect Verbal noun (maṡdar) iṫmi nānun إ ط م ي نا ن yaṫma innu ي ط م ي ن iṫma anna إ ط م ا ن to remain quiet, to be relieved yašma izzu ي ش م ي ز išma azza إ ش م ا ز to feel disgust, to become disgusted calmness, relief išmi zāzun إ ش م ي زا ز disgust 0 Note: Observe that the derived form II of the quadriliteral verb has the pattern and meaning of form V, and form IV the pattern and meaning of form IX of triliteral verbs

رم ت ر ا ه لا اصمة ح أ لت ف اح امل ح رط احة ) ا لت ني يض ا قط من ها دم لت ف اح لظ ل و ر ا حت ى لس جين ن ه ا لا ف ر اج ار لط فولة نم ن ي ب ت ه ا مياهل لت ق ليل من ت ر لا لاخ طار م لت د خين ادم لص ي ف ضم لش تاء Exercises Practise your reading: فس رت ب ة ر م أ س م مس تش فى ل خل نع () Yesterday I passed by a pregnant woman and she asked me the whereabouts of the hospital entrance, so I pointed 8 it out to her ت لل ه 8 يلع فد Doubled verbs, quadriliteral verbs عر يقا ق ن با حكومة ل تش إ ىل مطار ل نم د ت مي () The government decided to build (break open) a wide road stretching from the airport to the 8 heart of 9 the capital فس 9 قر 8 ب لق زه ع ل ف ل (تف ة رجش بع ض ه ه ز ا ول كن () The peasant shook the apple tree and some apples fell, but he 8 غص كس continued shaking it until he broke one of 8 its branches ه عن محامي ل وأ بلغ بق ر () The lawyer rushed in and informed the prisoner about the decision regarding his release يه هر كان ذ وأ ت بح ب حأ زال حب نا امو امك () I have loved her and she has loved me since childhood and our love is still as it used to be ر ة ح ه نلا ب لص () I decided to smoke less (lit reduce smoking) because it is harmful to one s health (lit to the health) ب تق نين ا ستسب ) في قل ة قر نأ نظأ ل ر ب لش ا هذا (م رط () I think that the lack of rain this winter will cause rationing of drinking water ( 8 during 0 the) next 9 summer ق ل 0 9 8

تم ي على نم ر ن ن ه ذخ لس جين: لت ح قيق ل ت( ر ا له لس ج ن ل غتي نل لل تم ماذال لعي ش ر طي ب ر ال ا بم يل جسور ل لز ل زال بب ر دج ق قت ن خو ف ل ب ار ) مواطنين ل ل ز د ال ز ل ان ك ول ع ر مياه ل ت ف لس د رج ف ن لا يل ل يل ه دم اضي لا كح أ يد ا ان معها ن د ي يل ه ن ك ل ر ب ه ا Doubled verbs, quadriliteral verbs لا ماني ة ل ان )مج مج ر ن ل هل تد ة ي ع ل و (8) Will you direct (show) me to a translator of the two languages German and Arabic يف كمت من جس ين أ شهب قحلف وق بض 8 علي ه وأ فس لش ر طي : فرر ت من ن ج 0 الس ج ن 9 فرر ت لا ن ي در لس في ه أر ا يط فق يلإ ك د و ف وس رر س ذا لش ر ه (9) A prisoner was able to escape from jail A policeman chased him, caught him and took him in 8 for interrogation The policeman asked him: Why did you escape from jail? The prisoner 9 answered: I escaped because I 0 was fed up with life in jail The policeman said, That is not an excuse and I will take you back there ( أ س م تش (من لمنازل (جد ران بس 9 (جس ) ود 8 بي و لذ ع ر و بق 0 أش لز و رجو (0) Due to the earthquake yesterday, the walls of houses and bridges cracked and fear 8 and panic spread among the 9 citizens مزارع ل ة ) و Had the earthquake been a bit 0 stronger, the dam would have burst, and the water would have swept away houses and farms منازل ل م في ك هل (مز س ع ق ل يأ كش ا ول نك نظأ () Do you doubt the judge s decision (decree)? No, I do not have any 8 شد doubt but I think that the decision against the accused was 8 severe تش مت هم كان ل حك م على ل نأ فظ لجر يد ة وك مر صافح ب ل أن ب لك 8 / فن وع سي ض ه ض في لج ر ل ع ط ىل فق ف ز 9 هل جر () A man stretched out his hand to shake the hand of a woman who had

تح ى ارت لح ا س هم ن د س ا ن د س لر ياضي ة حت ى اعدها a dog with her The dog thought he was going to hit her, so he jumped on the man 8 and bit 9 his leg أس ةل ( صديقتيساعد ت حج في مساي ل ل في انح ت م 8 ه ل ة ي لك (مس 0 ة لل تظو 9 دخول تن Doubled verbs, quadriliteral verbs / مه ة () I helped my friend (f) in solving the mathematical problems so that وص she would pass (succeed in) the entrance exam of 9 the engineering 8 faculty 0 And I kept on helping her until she graduated and became an engineer تج رخت ند Translate into Arabic: () I helped my friend (f) until she graduated and became an engineer () Yesterday I passed by the judge He asked me where the entrance of the jail was and I showed it to him () The peasant shook the apple tree and so broke one of its branches () Do you doubt that smoking is harmful to health? () Due to the earthquake yesterday bridges and the walls of houses cracked () The dog jumped on the pregnant woman and bit her hand () The lawyer and the judge informed the prisoner about the decision regarding his release (that he be released) (8) I do not have any doubt that the judge s decision against the accused was too severe (9) I have loved her since childhood and my love for her is still as it used to be (0) A prisoner was able to escape from the jail The policeman chased him and caught him () Yesterday I passed by the translator (f) of the two languages Arabic and German, and she had a policeman with her

Chapter 0 Verbs with hamzah There are verbs where hamzah occurs as one of the radicals These are called, ل م ه مو ز أ لف ع ل, al-fi lu l-mahmūzu 0 Verbs with initial hamzah Verbs with hamzah as the first radical, لا و ل أ ل م ه مو ز أ ل ف ع ل, are conjugated on the same principles as the regular strong verbs, with some exceptions (See below and the conjugations in Appendix ) Perfect Imperfect Imperative إ ي ذ ن (for: i d an) إي ذ ن! ي ا ذ ن أ ذ ن ad ina, to allow ya d anu īd an أ س ر إ ي س ر (for: إي س ر! ي ا س ر asara, to capture ya siru īsir i sir) أ م ل أ ؤ م ل (for: أو م ل! ي ا م ل amala, to hope ya mulu ūmul u mul) ف or wa وconjunction 0 When the imperative is preceded by the fa, the long vowel after the initial hamzah disappears, ie is replaced by sukūn: و أ wa-, ف ا fa, eg allow! wa- d an! and و أ ذ ن! capture! wa- sir! and و أ س ر! hope! fa- mul! and ف ا م ل! (for: و إي ذ ن wa- īd an) (for: و إي س ر wa- īsir) (for: ف ا و م ل fa- ūmul)

س ah ad akala to أ ك ل a, to take, and أ خ ذ 0 In some verbs, such as eat, the initial hamzah is elided in the imperative, eg Verbs with hamzah Imperative Singular Dual Plural Form I Masc Fem Masc and Fem Masc Fem خ ذوا خ ذ ن خ ذي خ ذا أ خ ذ خ ذ ah ad a h ud, take! h ud ī h ud ā h ud ū h ud na ك لوا ك ل ن ك لي ك لا أ ك ل ك ل akala kul, eat! kulī kulā kulū kulna 0 Assimilation process If the initial radical of the basic verb form is أ a, as أ خ ذ a to take, ah ad then the initial hamzah in verb form VIII is assimilated to the infix /-t-/, producing a doubled ت /-tt-/, eg إ أ ت خ ذ ittah ad a, to take up, to adopt (instead of إ ت خ ذ i tah ad a) 0 Verbs with hamzah as the middle radical (a) The medial hamzah, ل و س ط ل م ه مو ز أ لف ع ل, can be written on alif (Follow the rules for writing (ي ) or yā (و ) wāw,(أ) hamzah provided in chapter 0) These verbs are conjugated on the same principle as the regular verbs, with the exception of the two verbs س ا ل sa ala to ask and ر أى ra ā to see, which lose their medial hamzah (See the conjugation of the verb ر أى ra ā (A in Appendix ) and chapter ) (b) س س Perfect Imperfect Imperative (rare) ba usa, to be brave بو yab usu يبو أبا ub us! sa ima, to be weary سي م yas amu يسا م إسا م is am! The irregular verb س ا ل sa ala to ask can drop its medial hamzah in the imperfect jussive and imperative Thus it has two alternative

Verbs with hamzah sets of forms for the jussive and two alternative sets of forms for the imperative: Perfect Imperfect jussive Imperative س ل OR إ س ا ل is al sal ي س ل OR ي س ا ل س ا ل sa ala yas al yasal (c) س ا ل sa ala is conjugated regularly in the passive like other verbs with hamzah as the middle radical, eg Active Passive Perfect Perfect Imperfect yus alu ي س ا ل su ila س ي ل sa ala س ا ل 0 Verbs with hamzah as the final radical (a) ف عل ل م ه مو ز لا خ ر radical, Hamzah as the final of verb are also conjugated like regular strong verbs, eg : These types أ ل Perfect Imperfect Imperative qara a, to read قرأ yaqra u يقرأ إقرأ iqra! baṫu a, to be slow ب ط و h aṫi a, to be mistaken خ ط ي! ubṫu أ ب ط و yabṫu u ي ب ط و! ih ṫa إ خ ط ا yah ṫa u ي خ ط ا (b) In the verb د فى ء dafi a to be warm, the infix ت /-t-/ of verb form VIII ( ifta ala إ ف ت ع ل ) is assimilated to the initial radical oneself iddafa a to warm إ د ف ا ie /d/, which is doubled, د instead of إ د تف ا idtafa a Note: The derived verb forms (II X) of all verbs with hamzah mentioned above are conjugated in the active and passive more or less on the same principles as the derived verb forms (II X) of strong verbs

( لم الهم مو ر خ على ل ملك ل لاج ( كافا ة م ب عمت هل لش هيرة ) ) ) الي ة م لبط اسبة لن قابة يس اد نهن ي ل مو تمر ل يلج اء س لس نوي لا ن ان لا يس اء لا ) عم و ف لا مس و ولين ل د لط بيب ة رم لن قابةل مو س سين ل ) ص ص ( ق ل ( ( ة س ح ب ة ن ب ت يفل اذخ ت م د ا م ث ر لر جل سم رم ن اي ها اي لة ولي ات و Exercises Practise your reading: Verbs with hamzah أع ة ل ع م د وق هن ا () His Majesty the King congratulated the historian on his famous works and gave him 8 a financial reward 8 دي ( ( ( رؤ ذه وف د ري هن ا دين ) ( لا عي نمب () I went with a delegation to congratulate the religious leaders on the occasion of the holidays عيد عض تا ري دحأ 0 9 و 8 عض ض قد ا جف ( إ ىل ون ق ل عي ادة () The chairman (the head) of the trade union requested postponement of the annual congress (conference), because one of 8 the responsible members 9 and founders 0 of the trade union had suddenly become ill and been taken ( transported) to, the clinic (lit doctor s reception) قارىء اء رق نأ عد قص و لر وايات يق ل 0 أص 8 تا بع يو يو ن الو ه فا ذا لك 9 همك ح غي ر () Unfortunately, the number of readers of short stories and novels is decreasing day by day Therefore taking up 8 writing (composing) books 9 as a profession 0 has become, unprofitable ب أه أك نإ فه لمن زل في مر أة ل و ولي ات سم نم ة مسو ولة عن ل ي م ي وه () The responsibilities of women at home are more important than the ع ل س بو

ا ب ر تم امم لا ئ د ك يس ر ب وع د سح رط مو تمر ل رم حكومة ل ع ل ي ه ل حكومة ل لم اعة اي ع ض ب ل مسافرين ل ام مش روعان ل لت جاري ة حت ى مو س سة ل يس ين ت ا رج ق لا هل اد ون مل من ك ا نم لا ن مس و ولي ة ل ر خ ن ع لا لس ي ارة ينم Verbs with hamzah responsibilities of men They are responsible for both the misery and the happiness of the family أس لقر ا ن ة قراءة يق تد في بع سي ب ت د () After a week the imam will start teaching the way (the correct method) of reading the Holy Quran كريم ل فك و على لش راب لا كل ذا ا نأ ه ا أن اب () I am sure that this food and drink is on the conference (congress) account, so feel free to eat and drink! و ش ة! ي رحب ا ت أن ش فا جديدي نطمو ار ا وف ا ذا سي ب دا ن بض 9 وت ا ن يك أ ( ) 8 و باس تق بال 0 ا هذان علىسيو ث ران ت ص س حت ( وف ر ص (8) The government built a new harbour and a new airport, and this year they will start to accommodate passengers and receive 8 goods The government 9 hopes that these 0 two projects will have an influence on the improvement of the economy and job opportunities ( ة لم ع ل فر ص قاعة يس ل جأ تا س ا (9) The establishment of the commercial enterprise (establishment) has been postponed until 8 an appropriate hall is rented ( for it) اسب ة 8 وإ تا فاتورة أ / ألا تت ا دف ع 8 (0) I hope (from you) that you will not be late in paying the car insurance bill, otherwise 8 you will be held 9 responsible 9 8 ض ر تت ع

سم ك ن ا لن فايات لى مفاوضات ل ت ت و ن ف ال ا ب وح ن ك حكومة ل رؤج ةم حل ل متظاهرين ل ان ي سم ال ث ر نم للا جي ين ن ي م عم م و تح ى بل ين هم الم بش تتعل ق دح أ ال تي مس و ولين ل به في ر لش عة ر لش 8 ة امف ةل ا ن نأ لمس و ول 9 تس سي ل Verbs with hamzah سو () A company official (one of the responsible persons at the company) was asked about an issue concerning ( the matter of) waste products which are generated by the company, but he (the responsible person) 8 did not 9 dare 0 to answer any question about the subject أ ع د ي مو ضوع ل ل 0 ير أز و بي أس () (The) negotiations have been resumed between the government and the demonstrators to solve the unemployment crisis الةط ب ل أن ش وك ت ا ذ كل ل وأ عربي ة حص يفة ة س نم ذ أك في مص ر ناني ين اجر يد ع ىل () The first Arabic newspaper was established in Egypt by (lit at the hand of) Lebanese immigrants, and that was more than one hundred years ago ة ) ( ع ل ة في ق د لي ىء جلا ةل ا لا تز () The matter of refugees has remained (is still) a complicated issue in the world ( until) today Translate into Arabic: () Today I went with the chairman (the head) of the trade union to congratulate His Majesty the King on the occasion of the holidays () A government official was asked to postpone the annual women s conference (congress) () Unfortunately, the chairman (president) of the trade union suddenly became ill () The matter of waste products which are generated by the company is still a complicated issue 9

Verbs with hamzah () At the conference one of the members of the delegation congratulated the historian on his famous works () The number of refugees is decreasing day by day () The official did not dare to answer any question about the matter concerning (the) waste (8) Unfortunately, the number of readers of short stories and novels is decreasing day by day (9) I am sure that the responsibilities of women at home are more important than the responsibilities of men (0) The first commercial company was established in Egypt, and that was more than one hundred years ago () This year the new harbour and airport will start to accommodate passengers and receive goods, and these two projects will influence the improvement of the economy and job opportunities 0

Chapter Verbs with a weak initial radical The weak verbs, ل م ع ت ل ة لا ف عا ل ا, which literally means sick verbs are verbs whose roots contain one or more weak radicals, /y/ They ي /w/ and وsemivowels The weak radicals are the ح روف ل ع ل ة are called weak because they are dropped or assimilated with vowels according to certain rules in many conjugational forms The weak verbs are also called assimilated verbs Note: A verb is called strong, if none of its radicals is dropped or assimilated with a vowel in the conjugation of the verb Weak verbs fall into four main categories: (a) Initial weak radical (assimilated verb) ل م ثا ل أ ل ف ع ل see below; (b) Middle weak radical (hollow verb) لا ج و ف أ ل ف ع ل chap ; (c) Final weak radical (defective verb) ق ص أ ل ف ع ل ل نا chap ; (d) Doubly and trebly weak verbs ل في ف ل أ ل ف عل chap Verbs with the weak initial radical و /w/ (a) Verbs with the weak initial radical و /w/ drop this radical in the active imperfect and imperative In the passive imperfect it is assimilated to the preceding vowel, eg

Verbs with a weak initial radical Active Passive Perfect Imperfect Imperfect Imperative waḋa a وضع (for: yaḋa u يضع yūḋa u يوضع! ḋa ضع to put put! yawḋa يوضع u) (down) waqafa و ق ف to stand (still) ي ق ف ي و ق ف wat iqa و ث ق to trust ي ث ق ي و ث ق yaqifu (for: yawqifu) yat iqu (for: yawt iqu) yūqafu يو ق ف yūt aqu يو ث ق qif! ق ف stop! t iq! ث ق trust! (b) Note: It may be difficult to find the root in the dictionary when the first initial weak radical of the imperfect and imperative is missing In a small number of verbs the initial weak radical و /w/ is also retained in the imperfect These verbs have kasrah /i/ as the middle vowel in the perfect, and fatḣah /a/ in the imperfect, eg Perfect waği a, to feel pain و ج ع wağila, to be afraid و ج ل Imperfect yawğa u ي و ج ع yawğalu ي و ج ل Assimilation of the weak radical و /w/ in the derived verb forms (a) The initial و /w/ of the basic verb form وص ل waṡala to arrive in verb form VIII is assimilated to the infix ت /t/, which then appears as doubled ت /tt/, eg (b) (c) iwtaṡala) إ و تص ل (for: ittaṡala, to be joined, to contact إ ت ص ل The IVth form أ وق ع awqa a to drop is derived from the verb īqā un إي قا ع waqa a to fall Its verbal noun (maṡdar) is و ق ع rhythm (for: إ و قا ع iwqā un) The Xth form of و د ع wada a to put down is إ س ت و د ع istawda a

لا ان زج ع يق يا ر س ا ب ر الم ع to deposit Its verbal noun (maṡdar) is lodging, depositing (for: إ س ت و دا ع istiwdā un) The nouns of place and time are formed as follows istīdā un إ س تي دا Verbs with a weak initial radical Nouns of place and time mīlādun, birth ميلا د maw idun, appointment م و ع د Basic verb form walada, to give birth و ل د wa ada, to promise و ع د و ق ف mawqifun, parking lot م و قف waqafa, to stand, to stand still Verbs with the initial weak radical ي /y/ There are very few verbs with the initial weak radical ي /y/ These verbs are mostly conjugated like strong verbs The imperative and the passive of the basic verb form are rare, eg Perfect yabisa, to become dry ي بس See table A, the pattern of the derived verb forms with a weak initial radical و /w/, and conjugation A8 of the weak verb و ض ع waḋa a to put in the appendices Exercises Practise your reading: Imperfect yaybasu ي ي ب س yay asu ي ي ا س ya isa, to despair ي ي س yaqid a, to wake up ي ق ظ ظ yaqud a, to wake up ي ق ظ ظ OR ي ي ق ي ي ق yayqad u yayqud u ) ( ) I ( نم ء وق يق ع ع ل دلب د لب جز ء ل رخ إف المش يا ي في لع ويق ع () Some (lit one part) of the countries of the Arab world are (lit is) located in Asia and the others are situated in north Africa في

د يقتي د ت ي ق ظ س ق ن ا ل ل ت لص باح ب ن د وم ق ف ا تم يب ا ر ن ه ا لت جارة ارة ع يع تل ع د ل ت ف اقي ة وق ق لط ارة ز يدة مع دج ي س لا م يس ع تيراد تم مل ن معهم ا وم اف ع س لا ولنا ر ور ل طر علىخ لط بيب يح ال Verbs with a weak initial radical VIII ( X يق (ظ ت نأ ) 8 وس ( يف وص ص تإ I VIII و هاتفي ا بع بص ف ت ) ( ط يف وعد عد لىع وف ( ساعة نص V 0 وص ( ام 9 مدينة ل وع تق ر ت إ هناكل ى ذه ر خ ا ت ل I تو عت ثح ) ملف ( ( ا ب ن وق ( ع ق ت دجو ها دجأ فب 8 تن ت ظ () After I woke up in the morning, I contacted my girlfriend by telephone and we agreed to meet (lit on an appointment), in the 8 city centre 9 When I went there, 0 I arrived about half an hour late I looked for her but I did not find her I expected her to 8 wait for ن ي me وز (هج نم و ه ج V ىلإ تاجر ) ار ج ت ل وف د وق 9 8 قس ( VIII ( ) ( وق ( 0 و لت ص دير وف لو في ري تو II ( X ور () A delegation of businessmen went to the Ministry of Trade to sign a new agreement with the head of the 8 Department of 9 Imports 0 and Exports at the ministry X ( ( ) وق ع صن د ثق علىيل عامل ب مس تو دع ل في ) وص ود ت ل ف ت ص 0 9 8 مر كز ل من طقة ل في يدح و ل ه في يلإ ون ق ل / I II ب ) VIII ارة يس م ور م ر ( جس م ل ( عجو ( وع اج ومو ) I ( ) ( وص م ا ل ا 9 دجي وأ دجو وعن د 0 كس ة يأ وص 8 ه نإ وق ه صحف ه لاو ات ) ( كس () A heavy box fell on a worker in the warehouse I contacted 9 the only 8 medical (health) centre in 0 the area, and he was taken (lit transported) there by, ambulance (lit aid car) with his body swollen and in pain I went (lit I am) with them When we arrived, the ) I ( physician (doctor) 8 examined him and said that he did not 9 find 0 any fractures and that his life was not in danger

وله ر لن ف ط ارة ل يتي و ك د ا وت ر ل ل ( ق ت ف اقي ة لت جاري لت و قيعل ف د ومة كح ر ة ح ر ع وح ه د ي ت و ير د ةل سم ) ( لن ف ط بل ) ( لا ىل ق يعك م الح ق مت فق علي ها ل ق اقي ة ف ت ) ( ) ( ن ن ن ا ل ل ) ر ( ل ل ار ا عن دما فم س رط رط ق ق ك ن ه ا ارة ( ك ت ( ) ) لت غل ب علىل اعدانك الك وفو ) II وز وف بي ىلإ وص ( غد ثمي V سيقابل ( يص وص ع ىل لمس و ولين وف 9 ق ل تت ع لحكومة في 0 ب لت بادل لل ب ناني ة بي ن وقع ) ( ) VIII ( 8 I سيضع بلدي ن ل امك ي ك ل و ل وض Verbs with a weak initial radical تق رير ا 0 تص 9 8 نظ ه جو ا ل بلا فيه يش خام ل إ ىل () A Kuwaiti delegation representing the Ministry of Oil will arrive tomorrow in Beirut, and immediately after its arrival will meet the officials in the Lebanese government to sign 8 an agreement 9 concerning trade 0 exchange between the two countries The Kuwaiti delegation will also draw up a report explaining, the position (lit point of view) of its country s government 8 on 9 the issue of crude oil 0 exports to Lebanon نان II تو عد I وث ثق ت ي في كب ع وقع سا ف قد VIII 8 وف بي 9 نلو 0 وص ص تأ VIII () I shall lose my trust in you if (lit in case) you do not sign the agreement (contract) that we 8 agreed between us, 9 and I will 9 never 0 contact you again كب ثانية I تص أ بجي تن ظ ين امي وي س إلى ب لس ي ارة وص! 9 I إش ( ( ن يق ق تر أو ( 8 نع د وق ف تق ف 0 ق ف () You must look right and left when you reach, a junction (crossroads) by car, 8 and stop at 9 the 0 STOP! sign ) VIII و I ( I لا ( إ اعزيزيي يي س تي ا ب لل وث ثق ت وكل ه يلع يس ( ه ( م ومكمه (8) ( Oh!) My dear do not feel hopeless Your trust in God and reliance on Him will help you overcome your worries

ت ي ق ق اءهم د ع لس و اح لش مالي يق ل بلادل رل ت ع لص باح يدة وا ع يل Verbs with a weak initial radical ( ساي ح باكر ا (ظ ظ ( X ) ود يق وي س في ود 0 ب 8 اهج ت ةل ح وا د 9 بع (9) The tourists woke up early in the morning to bid farewell to their friends and to get ready for 9 a long 8 journey 0 to ( 0 towards) the northern part of the country ( صد ) ( أص و إس II VIII ( ( (هج جز ء ل Translate into Arabic: () Part of the Ministry of Trade is situated in the city centre () You must stop at the STOP! sign and look left and right when you reach a junction () Part of the Arab world is situated in Asia and the other part is situated in north Africa () The businessmen s delegation woke up early in the morning and went by car on a long journey to (towards) the northern part of Lebanon () I contacted the head of the Department of Imports and Exports at the Ministry of Trade to sign a new agreement concerning trade exchange () A heavy box fell on my friend (m) I contacted the only physician in the area The physician examined him and said that his life was not in danger () The physician arrived about half an hour late at the medical centre (8) I will never trust you or contact you again, if (in case) you sign the agreement (9) A delegation from the Kuwaiti Ministry of Oil went to the Lebanese Ministry of Trade to sign an agreement to export crude oil to Lebanon and to have a trade exchange between the two countries

Chapter Verbs with a weak middle radical Verbs with a weak middle radical, لا ج و ف أ ل ف ع ل, are those which have alif (ا) as the middle letter of the basic verb form This middle alif (ا) is derived from the weak radical و /w/ or ي /y/ These types of verb are also called hollow because their middle radical is lost in the basic (and many other) verb forms, eg qwl قول qawala) from the root ق و ل (for: qāla, to say قا ل by بيع baya a) from the root ب ي ع (for: bā a, to sell با ع The first radical in the first and second persons of the basic verb form in the perfect tense receives the related vowel of the middle radical, which is itself lost, according to the rules below (About the three vowels and their three related consonants, see chapter 0) (a) If the middle radical is و /w/, then the first and second persons take ḋammah /u/ on the first radical in the perfect: (b) Perfect Root st pers sing ق ل ت qwl) قول) qāla, he said قا ل ك ن ت kwn) كون) kāna, he was كا ن (Remember from chapter 0 that و is related to ḋammah /u/) If the middle radical is ي /y/, then the first and second persons take kasrah /i/ on the first radical in the perfect: qultu, I said kuntu, I was

Verbs with a weak middle radical ت Perfect Root st pers sing bā a, he sold بيع) by ) بع bi tu, I sold sāra, he walked سير) syr) سرت sirtu, I walked با ع سا ر (Remember from chapter 0 that ي is related to kasrah /i/) In the imperfect indicative and subjunctive, the weak middle radical و /w/ or ي /y/ reappears, but it disappears in the jussive and some of the imperative forms, eg Imperfect Imperative Perfect Root Ind Subj Juss Sing Plur Sing Plur Masculine Masculine Feminine ي قو ل (قول) قا ل See table A for the patterns of the derived verb forms with a weak middle radical و See paradigms A9 and A0 for the verbs قا ل to say and با ع to sell in Appendix A very small number of verbs with a weak middle radical و /w/ or ي /y/ also change the و or ي to alif (ا) in the imperfect and some forms of the imperative, eg ي قو ل ي ق ل ق ل قو لوا قو لي ق ل ن qāla (qwl) yaqūlu yaqūla yaqul qul qūlū qūlī qulna to say say! ب ع ن بي عي بي عوا ب ع ي ب ع ي بي ع ي بي ع (بيع) با ع bā a (by ) yabī u yabī a yabi bi bī ū bī ī bi na to sell sell! Imperfect Imperative Perfect Root Ind Subj Juss Sing Plur Sing Plur Masculine Masculine Feminine ي نا م ي ن م ي نا م (نوم) نا م نا مي نا موا ن م nāma (nwm) yanāmu yanāma yanam nam nāmū nāmī nimna to sleep sleep! ن م ن 8 خا ف ي خا ف ي خ ف خ ف ي خا ف (خوف) خا في خا فوا h āfa (h wf) yah āfu yah āfa yah af h af h āfū h āfī h ifna to be be afraid afraid! خ ف ن

ي نا ل ي ن ل ي نال (نيل) نا ل نا لي نا لوا ن ل nāla (nyl) yanālu yanāla yanal nal nālū nālī nilna to obtain! obtain Verbs with ن ل ن a weak middle radical See conjugation A of the verb خا ف in Appendix The weak middle radical و /w/ also becomes ي /y/ in the perfect passive This ي /y/ is then assimilated to the preceding kasrah, producing the long vowel ī See the table and the conjugation in the appendices Perfect Imperfect Form Active Root Passive Active Passive ي قو ل ي قا ل قي ل (قول) قا ل I qāla, to say (qwl) qīla, it was said yaqūlu yuqālu ي با ع ي بي ع بي ع (بيع) با ع I bā a, to sell (by ) bī a, it was sold yabī u yubā u IV X ي مي ل ي ما ل أ مي ل (ميل) أ ما ل amāla, to bend (myl) umīla, it was bent أ س ت عي د (عود) إ س ت عا د ista āda, to ( wd) ustu īda, it recall was recalled yumīlu ي س ت عي د yasta īdu yumālu ي س ت عا د yusta ādu Note: The two verbs كا ن kāna he was and ل يس laysa is not, are not have no passive forms In the active participle of the basic verb form (I), the weak middle radical و /w/ or ي /y/ is changed to hamzah with kasrah eg / i/,, ي Perfect Active participle قا ل ق اي ل و ل (for: qāla, to say qā ilun, teller, saying qāwilun) قا 9

Verbs with a weak middle radical با ع با ي ع با ي ع (for: bā a, to sell bā i un, seller, salesman bāyi un) نا م نا ي م نا و م (for: nāma, to sleep nā imun, sleeping nāwimun) Note: The passive participle of such verbs is rare The verbal nouns of roots with a weak middle radical are similar to the verbal nouns of the strong verbs, eg Perfect qāla, to say قا ل bā a, to sell با ع nāma, to sleep نا م Verbal noun qawlun, speech, saying ق و ل bay un, selling ب ي ع nawmun, sleep ن و م 8 The nouns of place and time are formed as follows: makānun, place م كا ن manāmun, place to sleep م نا م 9 The derived verb forms II, III, V and VI of roots with weak middle radicals are conjugated regularly like the derived verb forms of strong verbs But there are exceptions in the verb forms IV, VII, VIII and X, where the weak radicals reappear See table A for the patterns of derived verb forms of roots with a weak middle radical و or ي in Appendix (v كا ن kāna to be, root kwn) (v نا م nāma to sleep, root: nwm) syr) sāra to walk, root: سا ر (v masārun, lane, route, trajectory مسا ر 0 Tenses formed with كا ن kāna 0 The verb كا ن kāna to be (lit he was ) can be used in the perfect or imperfect tense as an auxiliary preceding another verb in the perfect or imperfect tense:

(a) (b) (c) (d) Past perfect (pluperfect) kāna (qad) kataba, he had written كا ن ) ق د) ك ت ب ) ك ت ب ل ر سا ل ة ق د ل ما شا ه د ت ه كا ن ( lammā šāhadtu-hu kāna (qad) kataba r-risālata When I saw him, he had (already) written the letter Remember: ق د qad is inserted to emphasize the finality of the action or for reasons of style Past progressive or habitual kāna yaktubu, he was writing, he has been writing كا ن ي ك ت ب he had been writing, he used to write (everyday) ل ما شا ه د ت ه كا ن ي ش ر ب ق ه و ة كا ن ي ش ر ب شا يا ل ك ي وم Future in the past (future of perfect) كا ن س ي ك ت ب ف Note: lammā šāhadtu-hu kāna yašrabu qahwatan When I saw him, he was drinking coffee kāna yašrabu šāyan kulla yawmin He used to drink tea every day kāna sa-yaktubu, he was going to write كا ن sawfa is not used after س و Past in the future (perfect of future) ) ك ت ب ق د ( kāna yakūnu (qad) kataba, he will have written ي كو ن ع ن د ما أصل إ ل ي ه ي كو ن ق د ك ت ب ل ر سا ل ة indamā aṡilu ilayhi yakūnu (qad) kataba r-risālata ) ( When I reach him, he will have written the letter Verbs with a weak middle radical

يل رخ ضم ت ن ي اعدانه ان لط اي رة كان افر لا ن ني تم ك ي ا شم ا ن د ا ون ت ك ت ل يل لذ هاب ع الة لن و م لا ن ه ع كل ب ب يمة ي سي ارة يد لت ص ليح ب ا ي دج زل ر ى س مل ان لض ي فل لص ر لن و م ة ف د كم كل ح ق اهدتي جلوس ل ف اري ت حت ىي دج عم لن و م التهح Verbs with a weak middle radical Exercises Practise your reading: VIII عص معاق من ل ج لم ا ( ىلع وك ( () When the disabled (handicapped) person left the aeroplane, he was leaning on a walking stick, and there were two stewardesses ( flight attendants) helping him تس يفت ه عمو ) تس I ( ك ت زر ب س نأ بق ل زار ام ك وع يلإ تاقة ب ف اعتكط يهاف وض يك 8 ( صورتك! I ( () I wish you had visited me before you left, because I miss you Whenever you can, write me a letter and put 8 your photograph in it! يس قد () I advise you not to eat before going to sleep because it might cause you to gain weight وض رس أن ص في زي ادة كح لا نأ وز ن ل إ ىل قب ل تا ك داي م ا قد عن د ارة ي بس هل أب د 8 ر خأ ا لكن ها في 0 ت خأ نأ فا ر أب يعها ا ذ نلا أو بع نف 9 ولكن ي يت و () I have an old car but it is always being repaired I want to sell it or exchange it for 8 another car 9 but I have not 0 chosen the type yet ف ق ىل ع سي ارتيبي ع لا وأ because that depends on selling my car first ك! في ي ك ل عنيا شاب ن با حم و س ان سل جي () Oh young man! Stand up (from the chair) and let the guest sit down instead (in your place)! قم غر ناي م افي يارة ت ذه فك في من زله سلجف ت 0 9 8 غر ة ت في و ل ض منقام بع 9 8 سوء يت فف ر شمب سلجو ن عث دح وجب

ي ح لص لل ه ا ار هل مل ول ر ( ةل متحض رة ل لد ول انون ق ل ن ه ن ب ن اك مال ب ج لسم اعة اء ر ز ن م لا ن ير ي الة د ي ر يس رم لط ويل عن طب ق ام وم ر نم ة ي ه ق ف ت ت ي ب ل ي ي ه ا د لا وه عنل ص خ ا تح ى وه ق د لس و ق ادوه ي ن ه م لا اهدوا ي : لا فا فق منخي اف ت ل مو ت ل ن فخت ه ة وص 0 ر م ع ل بي د () I went to visit my grandfather at his house He was asleep in the 8 د حو bedroom, so I sat in 8 the sitting room for, a while (lit for some time) 9 with 0 my grandmother until he got up (from sleep) He was Verbs with a weak middle radical pleased to see me and sat next to me, talking about his 8 bad ( 9 state of) 0 health He began to be afraid of dying, so I said to him: Don t be afraid the lifespan is in the hands of God 8 alone ( دو في يك و 0 ساد () If the law in (the) civilized countries was not applied 8 and respected, then safety and justice 9 would not 0 prevail 9 8 ا م ت حمو ع ل إش إ يق ال إ تق ول ل غي اب 0 9 اعاتم ت ج ) وز لو ( 8 ه ت ن وأ خطير ل ه ض ه سب ب ةم لب في سي اسي ة (8) Rumour has it (lit it is said that there is a rumour saying) that the president s long absence from the cabinet (lit the Council of Ministers) meetings is 8 because of his 0 serious 9 illness, and that his death might cause a political crisis in the country أز يس قد قد وكان ي لس ارة نس ة / ازةجإ ص خر في ساققاد / ة 8 الش ر طة فس دو فا و لر أع يص 0 نس 9 لب في ه ن قد أ ابجأ ت ملف إ ىل ازةج ت ب ل وش ( ( ن عي با ع (9) He drove the car, but had left (lit forgotten) the driving licence at home A police patrol stopped him and 8 asked him for his licence 9 He replied that 0 he had left it (lit 0 forgot it) at home, but they did not believe him until they had taken (lit returned) him home and seen the licence with their own eyes

ي ارة ق ب ور ر ح يل يق ا لا عم ا د ن اك ك ا ن ل وج رط ي نم د ق ب ع ل ن اك ث ر ن م ت ا ا رر نا علىم مد ةل وت ر ب وع لا ق ب ة ن ا ا رط افلة ح ت ر اء ن ا Verbs with a weak middle radical يس صد لا ز إ ى مدينةل إ ى عم انل ب ل ىل عة لع وق هن ا ن مق ثر ذخ فا رم ح 0 9 سافر ت 8 بز يقن وف سي احي ة لمدينة ة ي ب لأ تابع نا 9 ساعتي ن 8 فيها أك 0 مث إ ىل يقن فت عد أس أق نأ ة وب ع إ ىل لع في 9 عد (0) I travelled to Amman to visit a friend of mine who lives there, and ان مع 8 ه نمو together we went 8 to visit the city of Aqaba on the 0 Red 9 Sea We took a tour ( tourism) bus and on our way we passed by the ancient city of Petra, so we wandered around it (trekked through it) for 8 more than 9 two hours 0 Then we continued on our way to Aqaba After we had stayed for a week (lit for one week s time) in Aqaba, we went back to Amman, 8 and from there 9 I returned to Beirut بي إ ىل Translate into Arabic: () The law is applied and respected in the country () I travelled by aeroplane with a friend to Beirut, Amman and Aqaba () I wish you had visited my grandfather before his serious illness () I advise you to sit for some time in the sitting room with my grandmother () I have an old chair that I want to sell (it) to a friend of mine who lives in Amman () The young man left (forgot) his driving licence, letter and (his) photograph on the bus () Write to me whenever you can because I miss you ) The death of the president might cause a political crisis in the إ ن) (8) country (9) I travelled by coach (a tour bus) with a friend, who sat beside me talking about his bad state of health (0) The stewardess helped my grandfather when he left the aeroplane

() The young man let the guest sit on a chair in the sitting room () My grandmother began to be afraid of death I told her not to be afraid since one s lifespan is in the hands of God alone () When the young disabled man got out of the car, he was leaning on a walking stick () Rumour has it that the president was stopped by a police patrol and asked for his driving licence () My guest and I took a coach (a tour bus) to the ancient city of Petra We wandered around it (trekked through it) for more than two hours Verbs with a weak middle radical

Chapter Verbs with a weak final radical, doubly weak verbs and weak verbs with hamzah Verbs with a weak final radical و /w/ or ي /y/ are called defective /ā/ or alif ا The final weak radical appears as alif أ ل ف ع ل ل نا قص verbs maqṡūrah ى /ā/ in the basic verb form (perfect, third person masc sing) upon combining with the personal ending The defective verbs fall into the following categories according to their vocalization If the final radical is و /w/, then the basic form (perfect, third person masc sing) ends in alif ا /ā/ (contraction ofa-w-a), and the imperfect (in most persons) ends in و /ū/ (contraction ofu-w-u), eg Perfect ( masc sing) Imperfect ( masc sing) د عا ي د عو د ع و (for: da ā, to invite da awa) yad ū غزا غزو (for: يغ زو ġazā, to raid ġazawa) yaġzū If the final radical is ي /y/ and the middle radical has the vowel kasrah /i/, then the basic form ends quite regularly in ي /iya/, but the imperfect ends in alif maqṡūrah ى /ā/ (contraction of a-y-u), eg Perfect ( masc sing) ل ق ي Imperfect ( masc sing) ي ل ق ي (for: ي ل قى laqiya, to meet yalqā yalqayu)

ن س ي If the final radical is ي /y/ and the middle radical has the vowel fatḣah /a/, then the basic form ends in alif maqṡūrah ى /ā/ (contraction of a-y-a), and the imperfect ends in ي /ī/ (contraction of i-y-u): ي ن س ي (for: ي ن سى nasiya, to forget yansā yansayu) Verbs with a weak final radical, doubly weak verbs Perfect ( masc sing) قض ي (for: قضى Imperfect ( masc sing) ي قضي qaḋā, to judge qaḋaya) yaqḋī ي ر مي رم ي (for: ر مى ramā, to throw ramaya) yarmī A very small number of verbs, of the type discussed above in paragraph, have alif maqṡūrah ى /ā/ (contraction of a-y-u) also in the imperfect tense, eg Perfect ( masc sing) Imperfect ( masc sing) ي س ع ي (for: ي س عى س ع ي (for: س عى sa ā, to strive sa aya) yas ā yas ayu) ي ن ه ي (for: ي ن هى ن ه ي (for: ن هى nahā, to forbid nahaya) yanhā yanhayu) All verb forms I X of roots with a weak final radical و /w/ or ي /y/ omit this final radical in the jussive and imperative, eg Perfect Imperf ind Imperf juss Imperative ر مى إ ر م! ي ر م ي ر مي ramā, to throw yarmī yarmi ر جا ي ر جو rağā, to hope yarğū yarğu irmi! أ ر ج! ي ر ج urğu! إ ر ت ض! ي ر ت ض ي ر تضي (VIII) إ ر تضى irtaḋā, to be satisfied yartaḋī yartaḋi irtaḋi!

Verbs with a weak final radical, doubly weak verbs The passive of all verbs with a weak final radical و /w/ or verbs, /y/ is conjugated according to the same pattern as the strong ي eg Active Passive Passive Perfect Perfect Imperfect Ind Subj Juss د عا ي د ع ي د عى ي د عى د ع ي da ā, to invite du iya yud ā yud ā yud a ي ل قى ل ق ي ل ق ي 8 The conjugation of the derived verb forms II X of verbs with a weak final radical و /w/ or ي /y/ is identical to that of the derived verb forms of strong verbs There is an exception with some verbal nouns where the weak final radical after the alif is changed to hamzah, eg ل قا ء liqā un meeting (for: ل قا ي liqāyun) from the root meet lqy to لقي See the pattern tables of verbs with a weak final radical و /w/ or ي /y/ and their conjugations in the appendices ي ل ق ي ل قى laqiya, to meet luqiya yulqā yulqā yulqa ي ر م ي ر مى ر م ي ي ر مى ر مى ramā, to throw rumiya yurmā yurmā yurma ي س ع ي س عى ي س عى س ع ي س عى sa ā, to strive su iya yus ā yus ā yus a 9 The declension of the active participle of verbs with a weak final radical و /w/ or ي /y/ is illustrated below with the help of the active participle قا ض qāḋin judge, from the verb قضى qaḋā to judge It should be noted that the active participle has only two case endings in the masculine singular: /in/ for both the nominative and genitive and /an/ for the accusative: 8

masc indef masc def fem indef قاض ي (for: قا ض Nom Gen Acc qāḋin qāḋiyun) singular قاض ي ة أ ل قاض ي (for: أ ل قاضي قاض ي (for: قا ض qāḋin qāḋiyin) al-qāḋī al-qāḋiyu) qāḋiyatun قاض ي ة أ ل قاض ي (for: أ ل قاضي al-qāḋī al-qāḋiyi) qāḋiyatin قاض ي ة أ ل قاض ي قاض يا qāḋiyan al-qāḋiya qāḋiyatan Verbs with a weak final radical, doubly weak verbs dual قاض ي تا ن أ ل قاض يا ن قاض يا ن Nom Acc and gen qāḋiyāni قاض ي ي ن qāḋiyayni al-qāḋiyāni أ ل قاض ي ين alqāḋiyayni plural qāḋiyatāni قاض ي ت ي ن qāḋiyatayni قاض يا ت أ ل قا ضو ن قا ضو ن Nom qāḋūna al-qāḋūna أ ل قا ضي ن قا ضي ن Acc and qāḋīna gen al-qāḋīna qāḋiyātun قاض يا ت qāḋiyātin Note: A common plural for both masc and fem is the broken plural قضا ة quḋātun 0 Doubly weak verbs Some of the most common verbs have the two weak radicals و /w/ and The following are the most أل ل في ف /y/ They are called in Arabic ي common types: 9

Verbs with a weak final radical, doubly weak verbs (a) (b) Verbs وwith /w/ or ي /y/ as initial and final radical: These verbs obey both the rules for verbs with a weak initial radical as well as the rules for verbs with a weak final radical, eg Perfect Imperfect Imperative Ind Subj Juss Singular Plural Masc Fem Masc Fem ي قي و قى The active participle is وا ق wāqin protective, preservative and is declined like قا ض qāḋin judge The verbal noun (maṡdar) is و قا ء wiqā un or و قا ي ة wiqāyatun protection, prevention Note: Verb form VIII is very common for the above-mentioned verb, ت قى being iwtaqā The verbal إ و ت قى ittaqā to fear God (Quranic), for إ un ittiqā إ ت قا ء noun (maṡdar) of form VIII of this verb is Verbs with wāw و /w/ and yā ي /y/ as second and third radical, respectively, are conjugated in the same way as verbs with a weak final radical The weak middle radical و /w/ or ي /y/ is fully pronounced, eg قي ن قوا قي ق ي ق ي ق ي waqā yaqī yaqiya yaqi qi! qī! qū! qīna! to protect, prevent Perfect ش و ي (for: šawā, to grill, barbecue ش وى (conjugated like v ر مى ramā, to throw qawiya, to be strong ق و ي (conjugated like v ن س ي nasiya, to forget šawaya) Imperfect ي ش وي ي ر مي ي ق وى ي ن سى yašwī yarmī) yaqwā yansā) Weak verbs with hamzah 0 Verbs with a weak middle radical و /w/ or ي /y/ and final hamzah are very common, eg

هم د انا لت ج ار ء لس وق ي ن ا لش ارع لا ي ن ا والي ح ت ر ون ي اعات ب ع ش لد ك ان اء اعة اي ع ابة Perfect a) ğaya ج ي ا (for: ğā a, to come جا ء a) šaya ش ي ء (for: šā a, to wish شا ء Imperfect yağī u ي جي ء yašā u ي شا ء yasū u ي سو ء a) sawa س و أ (for: sā a, to be bad سا ء Verbs with a weak final radical, doubly weak verbs Verbs with a middle hamzah and final alif-maqṡūrah ى (in the basic form) are rare, but include the common verb ر أى ra ā to see In,ى the perfect it is conjugated like verbs with a final alif maqṡūrah but in the imperfect the middle hamzah أ / a/ is, exceptionally, omitted: Perfect aya) ra ر أ ي (for: ra ā, to see ر أى (conjugated like v ر مى ramā, to throw ) Imperfect ) ي ر أى (for: yarā ي رى showed, arā he أ رى IV: Note: The middle hamzah is also omitted in form which in the imperfect is ي ري yurī (See paradigm A in Appendix ) Exercises Practise your reading: ) ( بض ) يش ( ا هو لا ة في ر ب تاجر وي ب يعون بض () These traders (merchants) are buying and selling smuggled goods in the market نت أر نأ 8 دحأ أ ض م 9 يل مز لامز س إلى غ ل في ى شم في من زله ع ل () After we spent around four hours walking (strolling) in the forest, 8 one of 9 our colleagues invited us to 0 dinner at his home 0 ) ( بع دع () Did you come (in) from the street? No, I came from the shop هل أت ي نمت أت نمت

لا ق ي ي لا ب وع ت اة ه ا ل س كح يل ت د ع ى لر ياضة م ل حك ام ل ) ( ى علي ا ع ي ت ي ( ة ي لا بم ات بم كح ) ( ) وم ي ل ا دج ت ل مصارعةل ت ت ل ام ه و اعة ي نم ل ق تط ي ن وط ي تج ق ي ت ال عن و بط لش ارع ت ل اصمة هل يق د ا اعة مل ط محاضرة ل سل م و ي ل ي ق ل دج س ا يء ج للا جي ين ة ي يها () I have never in my life seen a more beautiful young girl than this ر مع ا نم لم جأ ف ل هذ ه شاء نإ في أر مل في ت لن تي ل () We will meet next week, God willing (lit if God wills) قد قر ي عم نأ في مد رسة وي د 9 8 كون دحأ اراة اري يف م ) يس ناد ت ل ي لع يف قام ست ق ام ند ( 0 () It was said that the sports teacher at my village school, who is called Ali, may be invited to be one of 8 the judges at the wrestling 9 matches that are taking place in 0 clubs in the capital ا ت عن د بص ة في ا جف إس إش بس فاجا ني 0 ذ 9 يل نمز ة حص 8 أر 0 فق 8 زو أ ا ذ كل نف ي وق عا 9 ه نإ تر كاذبة () Today I was very much offended, when I suddenly met a friend in the street whom I have not seen 8 for a 0 long 9 time He surprised me when he asked about the truth of a rumour (that says) that I have divorced my wife 8 Of course I denied it and told him 9 that it is 0 only a false rumour إش باحث سي لا نأ تن س تا ت ماع ت ل ي ( ت ا شل وم ا يدة يل سل Verbs with a weak final radical, doubly weak verbs ت v 0 9 ) ( 8 في قض أن ا ف لا ) س شق يا لا ن ي على دج ة راء عد (8) Do not forget to come today to hear the lecture which will be delivered by a researcher on the 8 refugee issue 9 I am very sorry 0 I am not coming because I have an appointment to buy a new flat (apartment)

يد ا لا لد اخل ال ه و ا ارحة ب ل ت ي ض ي ق اء د لا ق ى فن جانل يق ت ر ي ت ن ي ) ص يت حظ ل سل قم مقاهي ل و ي ( ف ع لا م ه ي اء حساب ل ا صغير ا بم انيط ي ة ي جي ش ل ي اجها ما تم من ل دح لش هيد ق اي ي د اه ت ل س ت ر ش د ك انك ن كل زح خبر ل صل ف اة ر ك الة ي عج ى لت ع زية شم ثج لت الية: هل ا تع وصاف هد أش و أر نأ عف و يل مج وج ل في أب ق ى 0 8 نت يلع ى شم ت خأ وف وق لس في 9 ة ي ت و ل نف س أو ص (9) Sorry, I do not want to stay indoors (inside) in this nice clear weather Come and 8 walk in the market and at 9 the same 0 time I will Verbs with a weak final radical, doubly weak verbs buy a gift which my sister has asked me for ( صد بع ة في قه ع دحأ دع ت نس ولكن ي هى ) وء 8 لب في نق ودي لا ش أع 0 دحأ امك لغ 9 فد ت ( ش بع ت ل ء ي ض لب في ت حأ (0) Yesterday I invited some friends for a cup of coffee in a cafe (lit in one of the coffee shops), but unfortunately (lit bad luck, fortune) I left (lit I forgot) 8 my money at home, so one of them 9 paid 0 the bill He also gave me a small sum to buy some things which I need at home ) 8 عالية في رت ب في دن ا مان ذو ضابط عس 0 جن دي ل يحف ة ي ة يحت نحو ه رأ س () At the funeral a high-, ranking officer in the army approached 0 the martyred 9 soldier s 8 body He saluted him with a military salute and bowed his head towards him 9 رس أ ي ف والد أص ديقي فا ر تو 0 9 ال مح زن بو 8 أ ارك لن والدك أؤ ( ز حلا () The father of one of my friends died so I sent my friend the following letter of condolence: I assure you that 9 the sad 8 news of your هفي ن ا ( ما ساة ل هذ father s 0 death made me share the sadness of your tragedy with you

م ام لا يلة على سم ب لظ ه ر مل ت س ى تل ة رم ات جميلة من يلةط ر ة ت ر ف ل ر ت ل يم ي ن اها ي قل لس وي د مشاهدون ل اءج ع ت ا يل اء د مباراة ل ي ش لن هاي ي ة اء! رج ي د ق ل ة ضم ن م Verbs with a weak final radical, doubly weak verbs صلا قد لا ص ت ذه ) ( وط ة اف ة ي ل قد لاو عم جامع ل ك ل ن ا لق في 9 () I went a long way (distance) on foot to pray (perform) the noon prayer in the mosque and to hear (some) beautiful 8 recitations from 8 ولا the 9 Holy Quran 8 قض واحدة سو اكخأ نر ع ل أو غ ل ة رمه إ ىل 0 9 هن ا أد () We only saw your brother, once (lit we did not see your brother except one time) during the time 8 we spent 9 here 0 Invite him some time (lit once) to lunch or dinner! 8 بي كر رو في () The spectators came to see the final, football match 8 between 9 Sweden and 0 Germany قد! و فلا مان يا ل 0 وأ د م ي أ ك يا عم ا ط خأ ذ ل تب ك وج ى ى () I have wronged you, mother, don t cry! What happened is already passed 8 and I ask (your) 9 forgiveness 9 9 8 مع ذرة ل وأ ر Translate into Arabic: () Next week is the army officer s funeral () My brother invited me to dinner at his new flat () In all my life I have never seen a cafe more beautiful than this one () Have you come from the lecture? No, I came with my wife from the forest () A researcher from Germany will deliver a lecture on the refugee issue () Rumour has it (says) that the martyred soldier died yesterday () Sorry, I don t want to stay inside the shop in this nice clear weather (8) A high ranking officer in the army might be invited to be the referee in the final football match between Sweden and Germany

(9) Today, I met a colleague whom I had not seen for a long time (0) Do not forget to come with me today to the mosque to hear some beautiful recitations from the Holy Quran () I went a long way on foot with my girlfriend to have lunch at the football club in the capital () After I spent around four hours walking in the market with the sports teacher he invited me to dinner at the village school () Unfortunately, this trader (merchant) is buying smuggled goods and selling them in the market Verbs with a weak final radical, doubly weak verbs

Chapter Cardinal numbers The Arabic cardinal numbers, لا ص ل ي ة أ لا ع دا د, are rather complicated and even native speakers make errors in using them It is important to remember that the numbers 0 take the feminine form with tā marbūṫah (ة) when they qualify a masculine noun, but the masculine form when they qualify a feminine noun With the exception of the feminine form إ ح دى iḣdā, one, the cardinal numbers 0 are inflected for all three cases in the same way as nouns and adjectives The nominative forms of the cardinal numbers 0 are: Used with a masculine noun ر ṡifrun ص ف ر 0 ح د ح د ن ة ة خ م ة ١ أ aḣadun (noun) ١ (adj) wāḣidun وا ٢ إثنا it nāni t alāt atun ثلاث ٣ أربع ٤ arba atun ٥ h amsatun س Used with a feminine noun ṡifrun ص ف (indecl) iḣdā إ ح دى wāḣidatun وا ح د ة it natāni إ ث ن تا ن t alāt un ث لا ث arba un أ ر ب ع h amsun خ م س sittun س ت sittatun س ت ة ٦ sab atun س ب ع ة ٧ t amāniyatun ث ما ن ي ة 8 ٨ sab un س ب ع t amānin ث ما ن

tis atun ت س ع ة 9 ٩ ašaratun ع ش ر ة 0 ١٠ ر a: Note empty, which means to be ص ف ر ṡifrun zero comes from the verb صف Note b: The combined accusative-genitive forms of إ ث نا ن it nāni (m) and,(f) it natayni إ ث ن ت ي ن it nayni (m) and إ ث ن ي ن are: it natāni (f) two إ ث ن تا ن respectively ض eight is declined like the participle ث ما ن Note c: The number chapter for verbs with a weak final radical) tis un ت س ع ašrun ع ش ر ع ش ر / ع ش ر ة /š/ in ش Note :d The middle consonant ع ش ر feminine:, but sukūn in the ع ش ر ة masculine: (see قا ten takes fatḣah in the Cardinal numbers The Arabic cardinal numbers differ from English cardinal numbers in that they are nouns and not adjectives (except, which has both noun and adjective forms) Therefore the noun following the number is not in the nominative, but takes different case endings according to the number The numbers 0 are followed by a noun in the indefinite genitive plural Remember: The gender of the numbers is decided by the gender of the noun in the singular and not in the plural Masculine Singular Feminine Singular س ب نا ت ل خ م ) ر ج ل) خ م س ة ر جا ل ) ب ن ت) h amsatu riğālin (rağulun) li-h amsi banātin (bintun) five men (man) for five girls (girl) ) م ع ل م ة) س ب ع م ع ل ما ت ) م ع ل م) م ن س ب ع ة م ع ل مي ن min sab ati mu allimīna (mu allimun) sab u mu allimātin (mu allimatun) from seven teachers (teacher) seven teachers (teacher) ) ل ي ل ة) ي و م) ث لا ث ة أ يا م ث لا ث ل يا ل ) t alāt atu ayyāmin (yawmun) t alāt u layālin (laylatun) three days (day) three nights (night) The first two cardinal numbers (, ) are used as appositive adjectives to emphasize the amount:

Cardinal numbers Masculine wāḣidun, one وا ح د it nāni, two إ ث نا ن Feminine wāḣidatun وا ح د ة it natāni إ ث ن تا ن زا ر ني م ر ة وا ح د ة وصل طا ل ب وا ح د waṡala ṫālibun wāḣidun (Only) one student arrived zāranī marratan wāḣidatan He visited me once (only) شا ه د ت ب ن ت ي ن ث نت ي ن شا ه د ت ب ن ت ي ن šāhadtu bintayni OR šāhadtu bintayni t natayni I saw (only) two girls (less commonly used as an adjective) Note: These numbers never precede the noun adjectivally, because the singular and dual forms of the nouns are sufficient to indicate the number of referents وصل وا ح د طا ل ب (Not: وصل طا ل ب waṡala ṫālibun One student arrived وص ل ت طا ل ب تا ن waṡalat ṫālibatāni Two female students arrived waṡala wāḣidun ṫālibun) وص ل ت ث ن تا ن طا ل ب تا ن (Not: waṡalat t natāni ṫālibatāni) The nouns أ ح د aḣadun one (masc) and إ ح دى iḣdā one (fem) are used in the iḋāfah construction with a noun or a pronoun, eg Masculine Feminine iḣdā l-banāti إ ح دى ل ب نا ت aḣadu -l awlādi أ ح د لا و لا د one of the children one of the girls iḣdā-hunna إ ح دا ه ن aḣadu-hum أ ح د ه م one of them one of them 8 any- aḣadun is also used after a negative particle to mean not أ ح د one, nobody, no one, none, but the feminine form إ ح دى iḣdā cannot be used for the same purpose, eg

لا أ ح د في ل ب ي ت ما شا ه د ت أ ح دا mā šāhadtu aḣadan I didn t see anyone lā aḣada fī l-bayti Nobody is at home Cardinal numbers ض ع ة biḋ u, whose feminine is ب ض ع some, several It follows the rules for the numbers 0, eg ي و م) biḋ atu ayyāmin بض ع ة أ يا م Masc: several days Fem: بضع ل يا ل biḋ u layālin several nights few, biḋ atu, means (a) ب yawmun, masc sing) sing) laylatun, fem ل ي ل ة) The compound numbers 9 are followed by a noun in the indefinite accusative singular Except for the number, they are indeclinable Both parts of the compound number are vocalized with fatḣah at the end The masculine form of the number 0 is used with masculine nouns and the feminine form of the number 0 is used with feminine nouns Used with a masculine noun aḣada ašara أ ح د ع ش ر ١١ it nā ašara إ ث نا ع ش ر ١٢ t alāt ata ašara ث لا ث ة ع ش ر ١٣ arba ata ašara أ ر ب ع ة ع ش ر ١٤ h amsata ašara خ م س ة ع ش ر ١٥ sittata ašara س ت ة ع ش ر ١٦ sab ata ašara س ب ع ة ع ش ر ١٧ t amāniyata ašara ث ما ن ي ة ع ش ر 8 ١٨ tis ata ašara ت س ع ة ع ش ر 9 ١٩ Used with a feminine noun iḣdā ašrata bintan إ ح دى ع ش ر ة it natā ašrata إ ث ن تا ع ش ر ة t alāt a ašrata ث لا ث ع ش ر ة arba a ašrata أ ر بع ع ش ر ة h amsa ašrata خ مس ع ش ر ة sitta ašrata س ت ع ش ر ة sab a ašrata س بع ع ش ر ة t amāniya ašrata ث ما ن ي ع ش ر ة tis a ašrata bintan ت سع ع ش ر ة ر are: Note: The accusative-genitive forms of the number ašara (masc) and إ ث ن ت ي ع ش ر ة it natay ašrata (fem) it nay إ ث ن ي ع ش 9

Cardinal numbers Examples: Masculine أ ح د ع ش ر و ل دا aḣada ašara waladan eleven boys (lit boy) Feminine إ ح دى ع ش رة ب ن تا iḣdā ašrata bintan م ن أ ح د ع ش ر ر ج لا min aḣada ašara rağulan from eleven men (lit man) eleven girls (lit girl) مع إ ح دى ع ش ر ة ب ن تا ma a iḣdā ašrata bintan with eleven girls (lit girl) م ن خ مس ع ش ر ة م ع ل م ة ل خ م س ة ع ش ر م ع ل ما li-h amsata ašara mu alliman for fifteen teachers (lit teacher, m) 8 The cardinal numbers of the tens أ ل ع قو د, ie 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 80, 90, are treated as sound plurals They are followed by the masculine or feminine noun in the indefinite accusative singular Used with both masculine and feminine nouns: min h amsa ašrata mu allimatan from fifteen teachers (lit teacher, f) Acc and gen / Nom išrūna / išrīna ع ش رو ن / ع ش ري ن 0 ٢٠ ث لا ثون / ث لا ثي ن 0 ٣٠ أ ر ب عون / أ ر ب عي ن 0 ٤٠ خ م سون / خ م سي ن 0 ٥٠ س تون / س تي ن 0 ٦٠ س ب عون / س ب عي ن 0 ٧٠ ث ما نون / ث ما ني ن 80 ٨٠ ت س عون / ت س عي ن 90 ٩٠ t alāt ūna / t alāt īna arba ūna / arba īna h amsūna / h amsīna sittūna / sittīna sab ūna / sab īna t amānūna / t amānīna tis ūna / tis īna 0 Examples:

Nominative ع ش رو ن و ل دا / ب ن تا išrūna waladan / bintan twenty boys/girls (lit boy/girl) Accusative and genitive ع ش ري ن و ل دا / ب ن تا ت س عو ن و ل دا / ب ن تا tis ūna waladan / bintan ninety boys/girls (lit boy/girl) išrīna waladan / bintan ت س عي ن و ل دا / ب ن تا tis īna waladan / bintan Cardinal numbers 9 The compound numbers 0 99 are followed by the noun in the indefinite accusative singular, like the numbers 9 These compound numbers are fully declined The conjunction و is inserted between the two parts, for example خ م س ة و ع ش رو ن amsatun wa- h išrūna twentyfive, literally five and twenty, eg masculine feminine Nom Acc Gen خ مس و ع ش رو ن ب ن تا خ م س ة و ع ش رو ن و ل دا h amsatun wa- išrūna waladan twenty-five boys (lit boy) خ م س ة و ع ش ري ن و ل دا h amsatan wa- išrīna waladan h amsun wa- išrūna bintan twenty-five girls (lit girl) خ م سا و ع ش ري ن ب ن تا خ م س ة و ع ش ري ن و ل دا h amsatin wa- išrīna waladan h amsan wa- išrīna bintan خ مس و ع ش ري ن ب ن تا h amsin wa- išrīna bintan 0 The hundreds, 00 900, are followed by the noun in the indefinite genitive singular The noun can be masculine or feminine The combinations of the compound numbers are written in two different ways ة م ة م ن 00 ١٠٠ mi atun ماي mi atun OR ي 00 ٢٠٠ nom) mi atāni (dual, ي تا gen) mi atayni (dual, acc and م ي ت ي ن 00 ٢٠٠ t alāt u mi atin ث لا ث م ي ة 00 ٣٠٠

Cardinal numbers arba u mi atin أ ر بع م ي ة 00 ٤٠٠ h amsu mi atin خ مس م ي ة 00 ٥٠٠ sittu mi atin س ت م ي ة 00 ٦٠٠ sab u mi atin س بع م ي ة 00 ٧٠٠ t amāni mi atin ث ما ن م ي ة 800 ٨٠٠ tis u mi atin ت سع م ي ة 900 ٩٠٠ Note: Observe that the middle alif (ا) in ما ي ة mi atun, as an alternative form of م ي ة mi atun, is not pronounced Examples: م ن ت سع م ي ة م أ / أ ب م ي ة ر ج ل/ ا م ر أ ة mi atu rağulin / mra atin one hundred men / women (lit man / woman) م ي تا و ل د/ ب ن ت mi atā waladin / bintin two hundred boys / girls (lit two hundred boy / girl) min tis i mi ati ummin / abin from nine hundred mothers / fathers (lit mother / father) ل م ي ت ي و ل د/ ب ن ت li-mi atay waladin / bintin for two hundred boys / girls (lit for two hundred boy / girl) The plural of م ي ة mi atun is م ي ا ت mi ātun, which is an exception In compound numbers it is always singular, not plural like the words for a thousand and a million, eg ātin) tis u mi ت سع م ي ا ت (not: tis u mi atin, nine hundred ت سع م ي ة The number thousand (,000) in Arabic is أ ل ف alfun The dual of it is أ ل فا ن alfāni in the nominative, and أ ل ف ي ن alfayni in the accusative and genitive The plural is أ لو ف ulūfun or لا ف ا ālāfun The number million (,000,000) is م ل يو ن, milyūnu The dual forms are: م ل يو نا ن milyūnāni (nom) and م ل يو ن ي ن milyūnayni (acc and gen) The plural is م لا يي ن malāyīnu (diptote)

The numbers thousand and million are used with both masculine and feminine and followed by the noun in the indefinite genitive singular, eg Cardinal numbers Nom Nom Nom Acc and gen alfu waladin / bintin,,000 boys / girls أ ل ف و ل د/ ب ن ت alfā waladin / bintin,,000 boys / girls أ ل فا و ل د/ ب ن ت / boys milyūnu waladin / bintin,,000,000 م ل يو ن و ل د/ ب ن ت girls alfay waladin / bintin,,000 boys / girls أ ل ف ي و ل د/ ب ن ت With compound numbers over 00, the following noun is declined according to the last number or last two numbers For example, take the number : the last two numbers are, so the following noun will be according to the rule of, ie it is in the indefinite accusative singular, eg م ي ة و خ م س ة و ع ش رو ن ر ج لا mi atun amsatun wa- wa-h išrūna rağulan, men م ي ة و ث لا ث و ث لا ثو ن ب ن تا mi atun wa-t alāt un wa-t alāt ūna bintan, girls If the number is 0, the final number is and it will be according to the rule of, ie the following noun is in the indefinite genitive plural, eg م ي ة و خ م س ة ر جا ل mi atun amsatu riğālin wa-h 0 girls 09 men If the number is preceded by the definite article أ ل / al/, it can be placed after the definite noun, which follows the general rules of agreement for numbers, eg م ي ة و ت سع ب نات mi atun wa-tis u banātin Masculine أل ر جال ا ل خ م س ة ar-riğālu l-h amsatu the five men Feminine أ ل ب نات ل خ مس al-banātu l-h amsu the five girls

Cardinal numbers ش أل با ب ل ثلا ث ة ع ش ر aš-šabābu t -t alāt ata ašara the thirteen young men أل شا با ت ل ث لا ث ع ش ر ة aš-šabbātu t -t alāt a ašrata the thirteen young girls Note: The preceding noun can also be made definite by occurring in the iḋāfah construction, eg ك ت ب ل م ع ل م ل ثلا ث ة kutubu l-mu allimi t -t alāt atu the three books of the teacher To express numerical subsets, such as one/two/three etc of (a given set), one uses the preposition م ن min from, (out) of before the plural genitive form of the noun, eg ك تا ب م ن ك تب ل م ع ل م kitābun min kutubi l-mu allimi one of the teacher s books ثلا ث ة ك ت ب م ن ك تب ل م ع ل م t alāt atu kutubin min kutubi l-mu allimi three of the teacher s books 8 The following are the most common ways of reading a sequence of compound numbers Reading the sequence numbers of the year: The synonyms عا م āmun year (masc) and س ن ة sanatun year (fem) have the accusative forms عا م āma and س ن ة sanata, respectively, which are used in adverbial phrases of time Then they follow the rules of the iḋāfah construction, where the following noun is in the genitive case, eg acc) (masc عا م أ ل ف و ت سع م ي ة و ت س ع ة و ت س عي ن āma alfin wa-tis i mi atin wa-tis atin wa-tis īna in the year 999

acc) (fem س ن ة أ ل ف و ت سع م ي ة و ت سع و ت س عي ن sanata alfin wa-tis i mi atin wa-tis in wa-tis īna in the year 999 Note: Normally the year in such a sequence is preceded by the preposition eg, في Cardinal numbers gen) (masc في عا م أ ل ف و ت سع م ي ة و وا ح د و ث ما ني ن fī āmi alfin wa-tis i mi atin wa-wāḣidin wa-t amānīna in the year 98 gen) (fem في س ن ة أ ل ف و ت سع م ي ة و إ ح دى و ث ما ني ن fī sanati alfin wa-tis i mi atin wa- iḣdā wa-t amānīna in the year 98 gen) (masc في عا م أ ل ف و س بع م ي ة وا ث ن ي ن و س تي ن fī āmi alfin wa-sab i mi atin wa-t nayni wa-sittīna in the year gen) (fem في س ن ة أ ل ف و س بع م ي ة وا ث ن ت ي ن و س تي ن fī sanati alfin wa-sab i mi atin wa-t natayni wa-sittīna in the year gen) (masc في عا م أ ل ف و خ مس م ي ة و ث لا ث ة و أ ر ب عي ن fī āmi alfin wa-h amsi mi atin wa-t alāt atin wa- arba īna in the year gen) (fem في س ن ة أ ل ف و خ مس م ي ة و ث لا ث و أ ر ب عي ن fī sanati alfin wa-h amsi mi atin wa-t alāt in wa- arba īna in the year Compare: nom) (masc أ ر ب ع ة ا لا ف و ت سع م ي ة و س ب ع ة و ث ما نو ن و ل دا arba atu ālāfin wa-tis u mi atin wa-sab atun wa-t amānūna waladan,98 boys nom) (fem أ ر ب ع ة ا لا ف و ت سع م ي ة و س بع و ث ما نو ن ب ن تا arba atu ālāfin wa-tis u mi atin wa-sab un wa-t amānūna bintan,98 girls

ر يق بم عم ري ك ا خلال عل لر ياضي ون سنة ر ش ى عش رة من ك م ث ن ت لس ت ة ث عام اون لا ى كانت ر ش ف الا خم سة من ها كانت وج لط الب ط خ د ور ور حو ل اعات لش م س اي رات ط ح ورهام وح رح ر ر ش ر ي وج ين ساعة ر ش ب ع يد ام ب ع لا ز ر ش ث ن ت ي ر ش ب ع ين خرين ا ر ش ر ش د Cardinal numbers Exercises Practise your reading: فر رب عش لجامعة ح د حإ ي ماضيتي ن ل ن لس ت ي ن به اراة ة () The university sports team won eleven of the twelve matches it played during the last two years أن عم ريت ر م ع وك وع ان مث ر مع () How old are you (m)? (lit What age are you?) I am (lit my age is) 8 years old And how old are you (f)? I am 0 years old ةي سو ة ي عر كم ثلا كان و في ر خ لا ع دحأ انح ت م شف ه اب من هامث انية () There were eleven questions in the examination Five of them were written and the other six were oral The student knew the answers to eight of them وع دو ل لا رض ة كل واحدة أر دو تد وت وس ة 8 كل واحدة ا م يو ين ت ة وس ة س مخو ثلا ي مث () The earth rotates around its axis once (lit, only one revolution) every hours, and rotates around the sun 8 only once (lit one revolution) every days and six hours ور غارات س ت أر ة ي بع ب يز ة تم 0 فه 9 صاروخ ا وع قامت س مخو ع ى مي ة ل 8 عة ت ةل وس قن ب تم ( أش ع ي رجو نم ص خ اص خ تل انيةمث وق ت عة ن وأ ر ي م تح (ش () Four war planes made 0, air raids and dropped more than 8 bombs and 9 rockets 0 They destroyed houses, killed 8 people and wounded others

ول لس اعة نم ر ث ن ي اية ب ع ر م ت ق ال لس نةل ن ر ش ن اديق ين لن بي محم د من مك د د لت ف اح وق ) من ب ع ش اكهة ر لت اريخ عن د ف ر ش ث لا صح ا ث ين ف ت مع نا مي تي ج م مار ا ح ن ا ش ون ع ر اج اج ثل ج موعم ع رخ ا ول ين ع ير وف د يل ا ف ار لس نة وح ش احد ع ر ت ان ر تل ين جملا ين صن دوق ا من اع لد ينار لا ا ع ث ين ب ع ر ال ا مي ة لا وق ا ثة كانت و كب د ر جه ن وع ة بع ذخ ت ميلاد ل و ة إ ىل ا ه لمدينة ذا 8 ة ي ر ج ه ل في سنة ست مي ة لمس لمين () The emigration of the Prophet Muhammad from Mecca to Medina took place in the year, AD ( after the birth) This date was taken by the Muslims as the beginning of the Hiğrah ( 8 calendar) year Cardinal numbers في وأ يو تاجر واحد باع خضار ل و عة ثلا ف ل ب فب اع ع ل ع با دح من هاواحد كل (صن صة دينار ا 9 0 ب ل ي مهح رب باع كل ة وع واحد من ها ة دن انير ة دن انير بس ة س مخو س مخو ون ص وب صن د 8 أي ض وكان () In one day the greengrocer ( and fruit merchant) sold thirteen boxes of grapes, selling them for eleven dinars each He 8 also sold 0 boxes of 9 apples and of 0 oranges, which he sold for seven and a half dinars each His profit was 0 dinars إذ وث واحد ا في سن انا فك وث اني عش رةم يك وت س 0 وف رخو بق ر وت س ة وأ عد ف ل اجة جد وأر بع مي ة ي م ت وس ا هذ ه حيوانات ل وو ة وع وث 9 8 وقط تي ن ب ل وك وث (8) If we add 0 sheep, horses, 8 cows,,0 camels, donkeys, 99 hens, 8 cats 9 and dog, what will the 0 total number of animals be? ر ض لس اعة ة ا مأ نأ ارط ق ل ل يس بس نه في ين ميلا ت ة وس س مخة ت ح 8 س م لش إ ىل صوله 9 0 سر فت ة ة يف قذ ي مو ي أ ف ل فه مد فع ل ا ي مي ة ل وت س وأ ي م أة ماني سنوات ت ح ين ت وس في ون ص س م لش إ ىل صل

از ه لن ور ر ش ع Cardinal numbers في ت ج ا مأ ا انيم بث مسافة ل هذ 8 ة ع وت س دق اي ق (9) If we suppose that a train travels at a speed of miles per hour, day and night, it would need 9 around years 8 to reach the sun However, the 0 speed of the cannon- ball is,09 miles per hour It would need eight and a half years to reach the sun; but light traverses this distance in eight 8 minutes and nineteen 9 seconds 9 ثانية Translate into Arabic: () The sports team won thirteen of the fifteen matches it played during (the) last year () How old are you (m)? I am years old () In the exam there were thirteen questions: two of them were written and the other eleven were oral The student knew the answers to five of them () At the beginning of the year three war planes made ten air raids and dropped bombs and rockets () A cannon-ball killed the greengrocer and a teacher with five of his students, wounded seven others and destroyed two houses () In one day the merchant sold boxes of grapes, 08 boxes of apples and of oranges His profit was dinars () If we add 0 sheep, horses, cows, donkeys, 89 hens and cat, what will the total number of animals be? (8) If we suppose that a train travels day and night at a speed of miles per hour, it would need around days for one revolution around the earth 8

Chapter Ordinal numbers, fractions, expressions of time and calendars The ordinal numbers, ت ر تي ب ي, أ ل ع د د ل nd 0th are based on the corresponding cardinal numbers They are formed on the pattern for active participles: فا ع ل fā ilun The ordinal number first is formed from an independent root -w-l on the pattern أ ف ع ل af alu The ordinal numbers agree with the gender and case of the head noun, ie the masculine forms are used with reference to masculine nouns, and the feminine forms are used with reference to feminine nouns They take the definite article أل and are inflected for all three cases Like any other adjective, the ordinal number usually follows the noun it qualifies st nd Used with masculine al- awwalu أ لا و ل at -t ānī أل ثا ني rd أل ثا ل ث at -t ālit u th أل را ب ع ar-rābi u th أ ل خا م س al-h āmisu th أل سا د س as-sādisu th 8th 9th 0th as-sābi u أل سا ب ع Used with feminine al- ūlā أ لا و لى at -t āniyatu أل ثا ن ي ة at -t ālit atu أل ثا ل ث ة ar-rābi atu أل را ب ع ة al-h āmisatu أ ل خا م س ة as-sādisatu أل سا د س ة at -t āminu أل ثا م ن at-tāsi u أل تا س ع al- āširu أ ل عا ش ر as-sābi atu أل سا ب ع ة at -t āminatu أل ثا م ن ة at-tāsi atu أل تا س ع ة al- āširatu أ ل عا ش ر ة س ت ة Note: The double /tt/ (tā with šaddah) in the cardinal number six is resolved as /d/ + /s/ in the ordinal number سا د س sādisun sixth sittatun 9

Ordinal numbers, fractions, expressions of time, calendars Examples: Masculine أ ل ول د لا و ل al-waladu l- awwalu, the first boy Feminine أ ل ب ن ت لا و لى al-bintu l- ūlā, the first girl ه ي لا و لى ه و لا و ل huwa l- awwalu He is the first hiya l- ūlā She is the first ه ي خا مس ت ه ن ه و خا م س ه م huwa h āmisu-hum hiya h āmisatu-hunna He is the fifth of them She is the fifth of them أل س ن ة ل ثا ن ي ة أل د رس ل ثا ني ad-darsu t -t ānī, the second as-sanatu t -t āniyatu, the second year lesson أل سا ع ة ل خا م س ة as-sā atu l-h āmisatu, five o clock أ ل ك تاب ل را ب ع al-kitābu r-rābi u, the fourth book (lit the fifth hour) و ل The ordinal numbers al- ūlā (fem) first have the following plurals: أ لا و لى al- awwalu (masc) and أ لا singular broken plural sound plural أ لا و لو ن أ لا وا ي ل أ لا و ل أ لا و ل Masc al- awwalu al- uwalu OR al- awā ilu al- awwalūna أ لا و لا ت أ لا وا ي ل أ لا و ل أ لا و لى Fem al- ūlā al- uwalu OR al- awā ilu al- ūlātu 0 Ordinal numbers can also be used in the iḋāfah construction with a following genitive noun or with a suffixed personal pronoun, eg

س awwalu n-nāsi أ ول ل نا the first of the people awwalu-hum أ و ل ه م h āmisu waladin خا مس و ل د (the) fifth boy خا م س ه م ه ي خا م س ت ه ن فا ط م ة خا م س ة ب ن ت fāṫimatu h āmisatu bintin Fatima is the fifth girl the first of them (masc) h āmisu-hum the fifth of them (masc) hiya h āmisatu-hunna She is the fifth of them Ordinal numbers, fractions, expressions of time, calendars Note: In this construction the ordinal number is in the masculine even when the following noun or suffix pronoun is feminine, unless the ordinal number أو لى is preceded by a feminine subject (Even so, the feminine ordinal number ūlā first is less often used in the iḋāfah construction) Masculine Feminine أ ول و ل د أو لى ب ن ت (Not: أ ول ب ن ت awwalu waladin awwalu bintin ūlā bintin) the first boy the first girl ث ان ي ة ر م ة (Not: ث ان ي م ر ة ث ان ي و ل د t āniya waladin t āniya marratin t āniyatu marratin) the second boy خا مس و ل د the second time خا م س ة ب ن ت (Not: خا مس ب ن ت h āmisu waladin h āmisu bintin h āmisatu bintin) the fifth boy the fifth girl أو لا ه ن (Not: أ و ل ه ن أ و ل ه م awwalu-hum awwalu-hunna ūlā-hunna) the first of them the first of them خا م س ت ه ن (Not: خا م س ه ن خا م س ه م h āmisu-hum h āmisu-hunna h āmisatu-hunna) the fifth of them the fifth of them The ordinal numbers th 9th are inflected for gender but not for case In forming the ordinal number meaning eleventh, it should be observed that:

Ordinal numbers, fractions, expressions of time, calendars (m), al- awwalu first أ لا و ل al-ḣādiya (m) is used instead of أل حا د ي and (f) al- ūlā first أ لا و لى al-ḣādiyata (f) is used instead of أل حا د ي ة th Used with masculine أ ل و ل د ل حا د ي ع ش ر al-waladu l-ḣādiya ašara the eleventh boy Used with feminine أ ل ب ن ت ل حا د ي ة ع ش ر ة al-bintu l-ḣādiyata ašrata the eleventh girl th th th أ ل ب ن ت ل ثا ن ي ة ع ش ر ة al-bintu t -t āniyata ašrata أ ل ب ن ت ل ثا ل ث ة ع ش ر ة al-bintu t -t ālit ata ašrata أ ل ب ن ت ل را ب ع ة ع ش رة al-bintu r-rābi ata ašrata أ ل و ل د ل ثا ن ي ع ش ر al-waladu t -t āniya ašara أ ل و ل د ل ثا ل ث ع ش ر al-waladu t -t ālit a ašara أ ل و ل د ل را بع ع ش ر al-waladu r-rābi a ašara Telling the time waqtun, time و ق ت (plural: أ و قا ت awqātun) The ordinal numbers are used in telling the time, but one o clock can also be expressed by a cardinal number: as-sā atu l-wāḣidatu OR l- ūlā, one o clock أل سا ع ة ل وا ح دة / لا و لى as-sā atu t -t āniyatu, two o clock أل سا ع ة ل ثا ن ي ة as-sā atu t -t ālit atu, three o clock أل سا ع ة ل ثا ل ث ة as-sā atu r-rābi atu, four o clock أل سا ع ة ل را ب ع ة etc Note: The classical meaning of the word سا ع ة sā atun is (short) time, hour, but nowadays it also has the meaning clock, timepiece, watch The ordinal numbers for the even tens, أ ل ع ش رو ن al- išrūna 0th, أل ث لا ثو ن at -t alāt ūna 0th, أ لا ر ب عو ن al- arba ūna 0th, etc,

are formed by prefixing the definite article أ ل to the corresponding cardinal numbers They are inflected for case but not for gender, eg al-waladu / al-bintu l- išrūna, the 0th boy / girl أ ل و لد / أ ل ب ن ت ل ع ش رو ن Ordinal adverbs are derived from ordinal numbers simply by inflecting them for the indefinite accusative case (see chapter 8 on adverbs), eg Ordinal numbers, fractions, expressions of time, calendars etc t ālit an, thirdly ثا ل ثا t āniyan, secondly ثا ن يا awwalan, firstly أ و لا 8 The fractions from - to --- 0 are formed mostly according to the pattern ف ع ل fu lun, for the singular, and أ ف عا ل af ālun, for the plural: ف - - Examples: Singular niṡfun نص ث ل ث - ع - س - t ult un rub un ر ب Plural anṡāfun أ نصا ف at lāt un أ ث لا ث arbā un أ ر با ع ah māsun أ خ ما س h umsun خ م asdāsun أ س دا س sudsun س د س - ع - asbā un أ س با ع sub un س ب ث م ن 8 - ع 9 --- ر 0 t umnun tus un ت س ušrun ع ش at mānun أ ث ما ن atsā un أ ت سا ع a šārun أ ع شا ر خ م س ة أ ث ما ن ث لا ث ة أ خ ما س ث ل ثا ن t ult āni (dual), - t alāt atu ah māsin, - h amsatu at mānin, - 8 أ ر ب ع ة و خ م س ة أ س دا س ت س ع ة و ث لا ث ة أ ر با ع tis atun wa-t alāt atu arbā in, 9- arba atun wa-h amsatu asdāsin, - 9 The word for percentage is ل م ي و ي ة أل ن س ب ة an-nisbatu l- mi awiyyatu Percentage figures (%) are expressed by adding the

Ordinal numbers, fractions, expressions of time, calendars numeral phrase م ي ة ل ب bi-l-mi ati or ل م ي ة في fī l-mi ati to the cardinal number, eg م ي ة ب ل م ي ة mi atun bi-l-mi ati, أ ر ب عو ن ب ل م ي ة arba ūna bi-l-mi ati, 0% ث لا ث ة ب ل م ي ة t alāt atun bi-l-mi ati, % 00% 0 Days of the week The names of the days of the week, لا س بو ع أ يا م ayyāmu l- usbū i, are formed by combining the word for day, ي و م yawmun (masc sing), with nominal forms of the numerals (except for Friday and Saturday, which have their own names) in the iḋāfah construction Sometimes the word ي و م is, in fact, left out yawmu l- aḣadi, Sunday ي و م لا ح د yawmu l-it nayni, Monday ي و م لا ث ن ي ن yawmu t -t ulāt ā,i Tuesday ي و م ل ث لا ثا ء yawmu l- arbi ā i, Wednesday ي و م لا ر ب عا ء yawmu l-h amīsi, Thursday ي و م ل خ مي س yawmu l-ğumu ati, Friday ي و م ل ج م ع ة yawmu s-sabti, Saturday ي و م ل س ب ت The calendars and names of the months ش ه ر (sing: أ ش ه ر ل س ن ة year, The names of the months of the according to the different prevalent calendars are: ), used in Egypt, Sudan and North Africa used in eastern Arab world the Islamic or lunar months ي نا ي ر () January م ح ر م كا نو ن ل ثا ني kānūnu t -t ānī muḣarramu

ف ب راي ر () February ما ر س () March ل () April used in Egypt, Sudan and North Africa used in eastern Arab world ش با ط šubāṫu the Islamic or lunar months ص ف ر ا ذا ر ād āru ṡafarun ر بي ع لا و ل rabī u l- awwalu ر بي ع ل ثا ني ن ي سا ن أ ب ري ما يو () May يو ن يو () June naysānu أ يا ر ayyāru rabī u t -t ānī ج ما دى لا و لى ح زي را ن ḣazīrānu ğumādā l- ūlā ج ما دى لا خ ر ة ت مو ز يو ل يو () July أ غ س ط س (8) August س ب ت مب ر (9) September أ ك توب ر (0) October نو ف مب ر () November دي س مب ر () December tammūzu ğumāda l- āh iratu ر ج ب ا ب ābu rağabun ش ع با ن أ ي لو ل aylūlu ša bānu ر مضا ن ت ش ري ن لا و ل tišrīnu l- awwalu ramaḋānu ش وا ل ت ش ري ن ل ثا ني tišrīnu t -t ānī šawwālu ذو ل ق ع د ة d ū l-qi dati ذو ل ح ج ة كا نو ن لا و ل kānūnu l- awwalu d ū l-ḣiğğati Ordinal numbers, fractions, expressions of time, calendars Note: The months of the Islamic lunar calendar rotate backwards, because the lunar year is about days shorter than the solar year Seasons of the year ar-rabī u, spring أل ر بي ع

Ordinal numbers, fractions, expressions of time, calendars aṡ-ṡayfu, summer أل ص ي ف al-h arīfu, autumn أ ل خ ري ف aš-šitā u, winter أل ش تا ء The Islamic era and the Muslim festivals (a) a yādun أ ع يا د pl: īdun, festival, عي د The hiğrah year, ل ه ج ر ي ة أل س ن ة as-sanatu l-hiğriyyatu, is the year in which the Prophet Muḣammad emigrated from Mecca to Medina, ie ad ( July) This year is counted as year of the أل س ن ة ل ق م ر ي ة year, Islamic era The Muslim year is a lunar as-sanatu l-qamariyyatu, and counts only days The lunar (b) year is not so often used but when it is used, the Christian year is also mentioned The holy month of ر مضا ن Ramaḋān(u) has no regular corresponding date in the Christian year, because the lunar months rotate backwards It is the month of fasting from dawn to sunset عي د names: The festivities at the end of Ramadan have two īdu l-fiṫri The festival of the breaking of the fast and لف ط ر al- īdu ṡ-ṡaġīru The small festival The common أ ل عي د ل ص غي ر festival greeting is: عي د م با ر ك īdun mubārakun Blessed feast! or ر مضا ن م با ر ك Ramaḋānu mubārakun Blessed Ramadan! (c) لا ض حى عي د īdu l- aḋḣā means The festival of sacrifice, which (d) consists of different ceremonies on the days of the pilgrimage al-ḣağğu) to Mecca It takes place on the tenth day of the أ ل ح ج) month of ل ح ج ة ذو ū l-ḣiğğati (the last month of the Islamic d calendar), when the pilgrims sacrifice sheep and give some of the meat to the poor It has another name, ل ك بي ر أ ل عي د al- īdu l-kabīru, which means The great festival عي د ل م و ل ل īdu l-mawlidi n-nabawiyyi, but it is not much celebrated ن ب و ي د The birthday of the Prophet Muhammad is called as a festival

فح لص ف حة ل حادية لت ر تيبي في د د لا م سة خ ين من ع ان كل ل و لا ربي ة لل غة ب ر لال نج ت خ تلفة م ب ر ن ان ب ع يل و د( ل ء ل و لا Christian festivals The Christian year is called ل مي لا د ي ة أل س ن ة as-sanatu l-mīlādiyyatu the year of the birth (of Christ) Christmas is ل مي لا د عي د īdu l-mīlādi Easter is ل فص ح عي د īdu l-fiṡḣi or ل ق يا م ة عي د īdu l-qiyāmati BC ل مي لا د ق ب ل qabla l-mīlādi AD ل مي لا د ب ع د ba da l-mīlādi Ordinal numbers, fractions, expressions of time, calendars Note: One of the most common festival greetings for both Muslims and Christians is عي د م با ر ك īdun mubārakun, which means A blessed feast Exercises Practise your reading: 9 8 قواعد ت ظ ع ل غي ب در س ا رب و تاب جز ء ل لع () I learned by heart (memorized) the lesson on ordinal numbers on page in the first part of the book on Arabic 9 language 8 grammar ي ( ةل ( سك ب عش مي ة من ل إث ات ي س (ساكن ) ب لمدينة نم ن ج (أ انبجأ مي ة من هم من ل دو ت س لا وربي () Five per cent of the inhabitants of the city are foreigners of ten different nationalities Two per cent of them are from countries not belonging to the European 8 Union ادح 8 تابعة ( تاريخ كتابيتا ل ف قرأ ت من ه ة أر حديث من ل لع جز أي ن ل (جز زاء جأ ا و لث اني فقط () The modern Arab history book consists of four volumes I read only the first and the second parts (volumes)

د م لة ح ر لش ر ق لث ل ثي ن من ت لس ي ارة ع ع ا د فع ين اقي ب ل ي ب عمت لس نة يقي د ص ادمة زل م افة ماضي ل لا ث ن ي ن لر يفي م ل ف لا عم س لس اعة ب ن ا ب وع لا ة ث ث ر ن اكم ر ب ر لل غة ل و ع ب اع رف ح س لس اعة لث انية لس اعة لا ف ظهال ن لا ي ف لا Ordinal numbers, fractions, expressions of time, calendars ل وأ كانت حادي عشر ل ن ق ل في إ ىل يبي ة لص عام ة وت س وت س أ ف ل س في ق ل وا ل ت ح () The first Crusade (lit Crusaders expedition) to the East was in the eleventh century, and they conquered Jerusalem in (the year) 099 و وس ثمن دف ع لث ل ث في 9 إض 8 ق ل ة ىلإ 0 هيفاي دة ب لمي ة ثمان () I paid two thirds of the price of the car and I will pay the remaining third at the beginning of 8 next year, 9 in addition to 0 interest of eight per cent بد ذه في من زلكم يارتكم لس اعة ل امنة ث في 8 يو و من لن ص ف صب اح ا ول نك ( أر أك هناك 0 دحأ ف ن ت ظ نم ثلا (رب 9 يكن () I went with two friends of mine to visit you (plur) in your country ذه house at 80 am (lit eight o clock and half) last Monday morning Unfortunately 8,0 nobody 9 was there We waited for you for more than three quarters of an hour, then we went (left) مث در هفي أ ت إب ت د ا ة ي ففي لع س في أ في ذا ) وف ولى عل منا كتابة لمعل م اعة لس (حر () This week I began the first lesson in the Arabic language In the first hour the teacher taught us how to write the letters, and in the second hour how to pronounce them (lit the writing of the letters their pronunciation) 8 (8) What time (hour) is it now? كم

لعاشرة لس اعة ا لث الثة ن لا رة ش لظ ه ر لظ ه ر د لس اعة ا لس اعة ا لس اعة ا لس اعة ا لس اعة ا حكومة ل ت ر لث امنة لث انية عش رة انية عش رة ث لس ابعة هظ لض ريبة على اشرة ا من ع ض ب ل لظ ه ر اعة ) اي ع مس تو ردة ل عامل ب لش ب اك س ع مي ة مي ة ل ب ع لط ابق ع اء من ه ر س لث الث اني ث ث ن ت ي بع لس اعة ا ع س مخو دق من يقة (9) The time (hour) now is minutes past three in the, afternoon (pm) خامسة من ل و لد قيقة قب ل (0) It is five ( minutes) past ten am (lit before noon) Ordinal numbers, fractions, expressions of time, calendars و لر ب ع صب اح ا () It is quarter past seven in the morning ع ل و لد قيقة صب اح ا () It is ten ( minutes) past eight in the morning حادية عش رة ل رب لاإ قب ل () It is quarter to eleven am (lit a quarter less than eleven before noon) () It is twenty to (lit a third less than) twelve in the evening ثلث ا مساء لا إ ل را () It is twelve (o clock) noon s) رف ع بض قر 0 كانون ة ب ة أر بن س 8 إب ت د 9 ل ل وأ ة وت س عين وت س وت ف لأ / ين اير () The government decided to raise the taxes on imported goods by four per cent, 8 starting from the 9 first of 0 January ( for the year) 999 وك وق ع منعامل في يل جر () A worker fell from the window of (on) the third floor and broke 8 both his legs لا ن 8 9

لس ب ت م ي ارتك ف نا ر مناسبةل يلاديم شم ا س ا م و لا م لس نة س اي ل سم لش ه ر ل و د ابع ر لظ هر س لر ابعة عش رة هي اخر م و ر لش ه ر ك ل ن ا الث ث ا هم يم ر ر ف ل ر ه ش لا ين ر ش ن ان ان ا ا ن م لن اس اتحة ر ان ك د ي ه ا لس ورة لا ش لا ين ر م Ordinal numbers, fractions, expressions of time, calendars 0 سا زوركم عيد يو بز هل تش مق بل ل 9 8 خم سين ل ا ذ كل في غول ي نإ دج ف لي ا ول كن ي بع أت ا لل ه يءج يءجأ اء أو صب اح ا نإ دح يو شاء (8) Will you honour us with a (lit your) visit next Saturday on the occasion of my 0th, birthday? 8 I am very sorry, 9 I am busy that day, but 0 I will visit you on Sunday Will you come in the morning or in the evening? I will come in the, afternoon, God willing ( ل (أ في لهج ري ة أو يلو رأ عيد ذك (9), The Hiğrah New Year (lit the occasion of the head of the Hiğrah year) is at the beginning of the fourth month (ie rabī t -t ānī) and not ( ل (ا رخ في أو امك at the end of the third month as had been mentioned ألس ورة لا ولى من لق ر س لمي ة و (0) The first sūrah (chapter) of the Holy Quran is called The Opening, and يرةخ و و س the th is the last sūrah and it is called Mankind هم ع ل ن ق ل ع ل و اديح ل ن لق في أن و ب ت د إن تهي نا من () We have finished the twentieth century and we have begun the twenty-first century س ن ( أر إث ر ضم (رك وص ألص لاة يو قادر ى كل مس لم ل عبج خم سة ل وي نأ () Prayer and fasting in the month of Ramadan are two of the five pillars (principles) of Islam Every Muslim must perform them if he can Translate into Arabic: 80 () The book on the Crusades to the East in the eleventh century consists of five parts (volumes), and I read only the first and the second parts (volumes)

() This week I learned by heart the first volume of the Modern Arab History () Last Monday I paid one third of the price of my country house and I will pay the two remaining thirds at the beginning of this week, in addition to interest of nine per cent () At the beginning of this year I began the first lesson in the Arabic language In the first hour the teacher taught us how to pronounce the letters and in the second hour how to write them () The government decided to raise the tax on imported goods by per cent, starting from the fifth month of the year 00 () Eight per cent of the inhabitants of the city are foreigners of different nationalities, and four per cent of them are from countries not belonging to the European Union () Will you come on Saturday or Sunday? I will come on Sunday morning or in the afternoon, God willing (8) The th sūrah of the Holy Quran is called Sūratu ṫ-ṫalāqi ( The Divorce ), and the 89th sūrah is called Sūratu l-fağri ( The Dawn ) (9) Fasting in the month of Ramaḋān is one of the five pillars of Islam (0) What time is it now? () The time now is minutes past three pm (in the afternoon) () It is ten minutes past eleven am (before noon) () It is quarter past seven am (in the morning) () It is five minutes past eight am (in the morning) () It is quarter to ten am () It is twenty (a third) to ten () It is twelve (o clock) noon (8) Last Saturday a foreigner fell from the window of (on) the second floor and broke both his legs (9) I read about the ordinal numbers on page thirty-one in the Arabic language grammar book Ordinal numbers, fractions, expressions of time, calendars 8

Chapter Exception أ لا س ت ث نا ء Arabic: Exception in The following are the four most common words or particles used in the sense except (for), excepting, with the exception of, apart from, excluding, barring : غ ي ر إ لا ) ما ع دا) ع دا س وى illā ġayrun siwā adā (mā adā) An exceptive sentence contains the following four central elements: (a) (b) (c) (d) the predicate, expressing the action or situation to which the exception refers; the first noun, أ ل م س ت ث نى م ن ه, ie (the set) from which the exception is made; ء particle, the subtractive or exceptive نى noun, the second member ; أ دا ة لا س ت ث نا, ie the excepted or excluded أ ل م س ت ث 8 The إ لاparticle illā, is most commonly used It takes the following noun in any of the three cases as follows: (a) إ لا illā, in a positive sentence In a positive sentence the second noun that follows إ لا is in the accusative case, eg

The nd noun (the excepted member) The exceptive particle The st noun (the set from which the exception is made) خ ر ج ل ط لا ب إ لا وا ح دا Predicate h arağa ṫ-ṫullābu illā wāḣidan (All) the students went out except one Exception ح ض ر لا عضا ء إ لا ر ل ي ي س ḣaḋara l- a ḋā u illā r-ra īsa (All) the members came except the president (b) إ لا illā, in a negative sentence with the first noun expressed In a negative sentence the second noun that follows إ لا illā can be in either the nominative or accusative, eg ما جا ء ل ط لا ب إ لا وا ح دا / وا ح د mā ğā a ṫ-ṫullābu illā wāḣidan / wāḣidun Only one student came (lit No students came except one) ل م ي ق ر أ م ن ل ج را ي د إ لا ج ري دة / ج ري د ة lam yaqra mina l-ğarā idi illā ğarīdatan / ğarīdatun He read only one of the newspapers (lit He didn t read from the newspapers except one newspaper) llāhu lā ilāha illā llāha / لا إ ا ل ه إ لا ل ا ل ه / ل ا ل ه There is no god except God (Allah) OR There is only one God (c) إ لا illā, in a negative sentence without the first noun لا In a negative sentence the first noun may be dropped before illā Then the noun that follows إ لا may take any of the three cases, according to the case assignment (rection) determined by the verb, eg إ qalīlan lam ya kul illā ل م ي ا ك ل إ لا ق لي لا He ate only a little (lit He did not eat except a little) 8

Exception ما جا ء إ لا ر ج ل mā ğā a illā rağulun Only one man came (lit Nobody came except one man) mā marartu illā bi-rağulin I passed by only one ما م ر ر ت إ لاب ر ج ل ṡ-ṡādiqa lā aḣtarimu illā لا أ ح ت ر م إ لا ل صا د ق kitābun lā yūğadu illā لا يو ج دإ لا ك تا ب man (lit I didn t pass by except one man) I respect only the honest (lit I don t respect except the honest) There is only one book (lit There does not exist except one book) The particles غ ي ر ġayru, س وى siwā and ع دا adā may replace eg illā, but they take the following noun in the genitive case, إ لا wāḣidin mā ğā a ġayru / siwā ما جاء غ ير / س وى وا ح د wāḣidin ğā a r-riğālu adā جا ء ل ر جال ع دا وا ح د Only one came (lit Nobody came except for The men came except for one (of them) one) mā ما ع دا mā: ما adā may be preceded by the relative pronoun ع دا adā, when it is regarded as a verb It is then followed by a noun in the accusative case, eg wāḣidan ğā a r-riğālu mā adā جا ء ل ر جال ما ع دا وا ح دا The men came except(ing) one (of them) 8 ġayra anna غ ي ر أ ن illā anna and إ لا أ ن The particle إ لا illā, and the accusative of غ ي ر ġayru may be followed by the subordinating conjunction أ ن anna that The meaning then becomes except that, nevertheless, but, however, eg

وا م ي ر م لا لا لاح ) ب ت اي لة ع ل د اد ( حدود ل ش يج ل نم ة ق ت لر يفي ي ( رم ي ي ي كن نج ا عدام دح مصابيح ل انا ) ( ف ر ج لسم و اء ض صم لن زاع ن م لا اعدا مص باحيم لد و لتي ن حم ام ل ام ق علىوا مل م كل ثم ر وم دجي مل في تب احثوا ه نأ غ/ ه نأ مر لاإ tabāḣat ū fī l- amri illā anna-hum / ġayra anna-hum lam yağidū ḣallan They discussed the matter, but they did not find a solution Exception رف ابةج ض ه نأ غي ر ġayra anna-hu rafaḋa l- Iğābata But (nevertheless) he refused to answer Exercises Practise your reading: عاد ( كل نام لب في فر أف ر إ ىل واحد ا لاإ () All family members slept in the country house except one who returned to the city مدينة ل إلى ذه فر د () An army division (group) went to the border except two soldiers (who) were ill يضي ن كل ت خأ ا ت ف طأ باح () My sister put out all the lights (lamps) except the two lights in the bathroom and the sitting room جلوس ل ة عض ( ن بي لاإ () The members of the Security Council discussed the conflict between the two countries, but they did not 8 agree on a 0 single 9 opinion 0 9 رأ ( أع وغ ناقش ه نأ 8 د ح ي ف تي (), I am nothing but (except) a human being like you (Quran) م بش أن ا لاإ 8

لس ي د يذ م ل ة ذم من ا الته س ) كل لد ولي ة لن اس لس اي ح ل اء ان بل بج ق ل ى س ليلين لا ت ان اعدا جبلم اعدام ون م ت لا لس ياسة ( ل ضح ) ام ام ض ب و ف الب ط لط لا ب اكخ محاضرة ل الب ط لا انح لا ت م دح اء لا نمت لث ك نة ضح ين ى اعم ت ج لا د ي ر يس ى Exception بر ت تلا ( ال مسيح لاث ن عشرا واحد ا لا إ () (All of) the twelve disciples of the Lord Jesus/Messiah believed in his message apart from one ب يه سو ) ( إن س كل () All people, apart from a few, are not interested in international politics دو مو ت ل إ لا ل داء (8) For every disease there is a medicine (cure) except death رز نان ال كل ها زار (9) The tourist visited all the Lebanese mountains except the mountain of the cedars يابسة ( رجش أش ( ة ب ل ارج كت سق ي ة رجش تف اح (0) I irrigated all the trees of the orchard (garden) except one dried-up apple tree ر ك وأ لا يخأ إ () All students attended the lecture except my brother and yours في أ حجن واحد ا واحد / طالب ا إ () Only one student passed the exam (lit No one passed the exam except one student) قاي دهم سو جنود من ل ل ك ي واحد نجو () All soldiers ran away (escaped) from the barracks except their commander and one soldier هر سو روا ذ ل ل عض عر واحد وع 8 () I did not know any of the members who attended the meeting except the chairman and one member

ت ر ي يل دج ر رخ ع ب ي تي ن ر ميعج ا قح ب لط ق س ار ا لا ر ارد لن هاي ي تم ن ع اعدا طالب ام د ر ا لا يل لا لن اس ك س دح ر ميعج مراسليل ي لا لص حف ال لا لش ر ق س و لا سو ف أش مجل ة ل جريدة ل لاإ مك تبة ل شي ي من ا () I will not buy anything from the bookshop except the Arabic newspaper and the magazine قاعة ع ل يد مس تمعون من ل ج وطالبة محاضر ل لاإ محاضرات ل () The audience (listeners) went out of the lecture hall except the lecturer and one new student (f) ة Exception ( عد ( لجني نة ت في أزه ( ة ورد و ل ة نو ( ة زه () I planted a variety of flowers in the garden but no (lit except) roses ن كس في زر لا لط حجن (8) All the students passed the final exam except one lazy student (9) I hate nothing except cold weather لا انح ت م ه ب ل لاإ شي ي ا ( رجش أك لاإ لن س في ( ة ب ع ل رجش و لت ين و لز ي تون (0) There are only grape, fig and olive trees in our field (lit There is nothing in our field except grape, fig and olive trees) و س ط أز س عن د يث لاإ () People talk only about the crisis in the Middle East ةم حديث عن ل (lit There is no (other) talk by the people except talk about the crisis in the Middle East) ( يفة حص ي ع ل خبير ل م ل ه نأ غي ر ) ( سو 0 9 8 ابة عن ج ض ) ةل () The military expert talked to newspaper correspondents but he refused 8 to answer 9 all the 0 questions تك رف Translate into Arabic: () All the family members except one, who was ill, visited the mountain of the cedars 8

Exception () All the students slept in the country house except my sister who returned to the city () All the soldiers went to the border except the commander and one soldier who were ill () All the members of the Security Council went out of the hall except one new member () In the final exam I did not know the answers to any of the questions except one () All the members attended the meeting except the military expert and one member () All the audience went out of the hall except the chairman of the meeting and the newspaper correspondents (8) My brother put out all the lights in the house except the light in the bathroom (9) I will not buy anything except roses, the newspaper and a magazine (0) The lecturer talked to an army division about the conflict between the two countries but he refused to answer all the questions () In the garden I planted a variety of flowers and trees but no (lit except) olive trees () The members who attended the meeting discussed the crisis in the Middle East, but they didn t agree on a single opinion 88

Chapter Verbs of wonder, the negative copula ل يس laysa, verbs with special uses and some special uses of the preposition ب bi أ ف عا ل ل ت ع ج ب wonder, Verbs of Exclamatory phrases such as How beautiful!, How tall!, How black he/she/it is!, What a rich man he is!, etc, are expressed by using the interrogative pronoun ما mā what?, followed by a verb form which looks like the derived verb form IV in the perfect tense third person singular masculine (pattern: أف ع ل af ala) and a noun in the accusative case or a suffixed pronoun, eg ما أ ج م ل ها ما أ ج م ل ل ب ن ت mā ağmala l-binta! How beautiful the girl is! ما أ ك ذ ب ا ه ذ ا ل ر ج ل mā akd aba hād ā r-rağula! What a liar this man is! mā ağmala-hā! How beautiful she / it is! ما أ ك ذ ب ه mā akd aba-hu! What a liar he is! س وا د ا ه ذ ه ل غ ي م ة ما أ ش د mā ašadda sawāda hād ihi l-ġaymati! What a black cloud this is! (lit How strong is the blackness of this cloud! OR What a strength of blackness this cloud has!) ما أ ش د س وا د ها mā ašadda sawāda-hā! How black it is! 89

Verbs of wonder, the negative copula, special verbs and uses If two verbs of wonder refer to the same noun, the second verb is placed after the noun and takes a suffix pronoun, eg ما أ ط ول و ما أص عب ل د ر س (not: ما أ ط ول ل د ر س و ما أص ع ب ه! mā aṫwala d-darsa wa-mā aṡ aba- mā aṫwala wa-mā aṡ aba d-darsa) hu! What a long and difficult lesson! Verbs with special uses (a) (b) The negative copula ل يس laysa is not is counted among the sisters of كا ن kāna It is peculiar in that it is inflected only for the perfect tense but with the meaning of the imperfect tense (referring to present time) Conjugation of ل ي س laysa: singular dual plural ل ي سوا ل ي سا ل يس masc laysa, he is not laysā, they () are not laysū, they are not ل س ن ل ي س تا ل ي س ت fem laysat, she is not ل س ت masc lasta, you are not laysatā, they () are not ل س ت ما lastumā, you () are not lasna, they are not ل س ت م lastum, you are not ل س ت ن ل س ت ما ل س ت fem lasti, you are not lastumā, you () lastunna, you are not are not ل س نا plural) (as in ل س ت lastu, I am not lasnā, we are not 90 س Note: Regarding the expression of the predicative complement of laysa, see below (0b) ل ي

كا ن Remember from chapter that the two verbs forms laysa is not, are not, have no passive ل يس kāna he was and The verb زا ل zāla (imperfect: ي زا ل yazālu) to cease, to disappear, to go away is another sister of كا ن kāna It can be used as an aspectual auxiliary in the perfect or imperfect tense, preceded by the negative particle ما mā, لا lā or ل م lam, and followed either by a verb in the imperfect tense or by a verbal adjective or a noun in the accusative case Both these constructions signify that the action has not ceased, the activity or state is still continuing, eg ما زا ل/ لا ي زا ل/ ل م ي زل ي د ر س في ل جا م ع ة mā zāla / lā yazālu / lam yazal yadrusu fī l-ğāmi ati He is still (lit did not cease) studying at the university Verbs of wonder, the negative copula, special verbs and uses ما زا ل/ لا ي زا ل/ ل م ي زل ح يا mā zāla / lā yazālu / lam yazal ḣayyan He is still alive (lit He did not cease being alive) The عا دverb āda (imperf: ي عو د ya ūdu) to return, to do again, to resume is somewhat similar to the above verb زا ل zāla (a) When it is preceded by the negative particle ما mā or ل م lam, the meaning is: not again, no longer, eg عا د ي د ر س في ل جا م ع ة āda yadrusu fī l-ğāmi ati He resumed studying at the university (b) ما عاد / ل م ي ع د ي د ر س في ل جا م ع ة mā āda / lam ya ud yadrusu fī l-ğāmi ati He is no longer studying at the university OR He no longer studies at the university The IVth form of the above verb عا د āda is أ عا د a āda When it is followed by a defined noun in the accusative case, it will have the meaning to do again, to give back, re-, eg أ عا د ل ك تا ب 9 a āda l-kitāba He returned / gave back the book

Verbs of wonder, the negative copula, special verbs and uses أ عا د لا م ت حا ن a āda l- imtiḣāna He repeated (re-took) the exam (He reexamined) أ عا د ل ن ظ ر في ل قض ي ة a āda n-nad ara fī l-qaḋiyyati He re-considered the case إ ق ت رح إ عا د ة ل ن ظ ر في ل قض ي ة iqtaraḣa i ādata the case n-nad ari fī l-qaḋiyyati He proposed to re-consider Note: The above إ عا د ة is the verbal noun of form IV yakādu) to be about to ي كا د (imperfect: kāda كا د The verb, almost, (nearly) is used as an auxiliary with the following verb in the imperfect indicative or, alternatively, imperfect subjunctive (after أ ن ), eg Main verb: imperfect indicative Main verb: imperfect subjunctive كا د ل و ل د أ ن ي ق ع OR كا د ل و ل د ي ق ع kāda l-waladu yaqa u kāda l-waladu an yaqa a The boy was about to fall over ك د ت أ ن أ مو ت م ن ل ع طش OR ك د ت أ مو ت م ن ل ع ط ش kidtu amūtu mina l- aṫaši kidtu an amūta mina l- aṫaši I almost died of thirst I was almost going to die of thirst 9 ي كا د أ ن ي مو ت م ن ل جو ع OR ي كا د ي مو ت م ن ل جو ع yakādu yamūtu mina l-ğū i yakādu an yamūta mina l-ğū i He is almost dying of hunger When كا د kāda is in the perfect or imperfect tense, preceded by the negative particle ما mā or ل م lam, both tenses have almost the same meaning: just, barely, hardly, almost not, eg ما كا د / ل م ي ك د ي ق ف ح تى و ق ع He is almost going to die of hunger mā kāda / lam yakad yaqifu ḣattā waqa a He barely stood up before he fell down

ض The verb دا م dāma to last, to continue, to go on can be used in temporal clauses meaning as long as (something is happening or going on) It is then preceded by the conjunction ما mā as long as and followed by a verb in the imperfect tense or a participle in the accusative case, eg ما دا م جا ل سا mā dāma ğālisan, as long as he is sitting Verbs of wonder, the negative copula, special verbs and uses ما دا م ي ج ل س mā dāma yağlisu, as long as he sits 8 The verb ق ل qalla to be little, to diminish, to be rare can take the suffix ما /mā/, as ق ل ما qallamā meaning seldom, eg ق ل ما ن ل ت قي qallamā naltaqī We seldom meet 9 Verbs with the meaning to start, to begin In addition to the verb ب د أ bada a to start, to begin there are a few other verbs which have this same meaning as well as their major meaning The following are the most common of them: صا ر ṡāra to become, قا م qāma to stand up, أ خ ذ a, to take, eg ah ad ب دأ / أ خ ذ ي ر ك bada a / ah ad a yarkuḋu He began to run قا م ي م شي qāma yamšī He rose/began to walk صا ر يض ح ك s yaḋḣaku He began to laugh āra 0 Some special uses of the prefixed preposition ب bi The preposition ب bi, which normally means by, with, etc, can also be used in certain types of complements: 9

Verbs of wonder, the negative copula, special verbs and uses 9 (a) (b) bi preceding a direct object ب Certain triliteral transitive verbs, such as س م ع sami a to hear and ب ع ث ba at a to send, may take the preposition ب bi before the direct object, which then appears in the genitive case This construction is merely a stylistic alternative to the regular construction with an accusative direct object, eg س م ع ت ل خ ب ر OR س م ع ت ب ل خ ب ر sami tu bi-l-h abari I heard the piece of news / about the news Compare: أ كل ل ل ح م ب ل ش و ك ة akala l-laḣma bi-š-šawkati He ate the meat with the fork bi before the complement of a negative predicate ب After the negative copula ل يس laysa is not, and after the negative particle ما mā not, the predicative complement may take the preposition ب bi (+ genitive) Again, this construction is merely a stylistic alternative to the regular construction with an accusative predicative complement, eg sami tu l-h abara ب ع ث إ ل ي ه ر سا ل ة OR ب ع ث إ ل ي ه ب ر سا ل ة ba at a ilay-hi bi-risālatin He sent him a letter صي را OR ل س ت ب ق صي ر lastu bi-qaṡīrin I am not short ba at a ilay-hi risālatan ل س ت ق lastu qaṡīran ل يس ق بي حا OR ل يس ب ق بي ح laysa bi-qabīḣin He / it is not ugly laysa qabīḣan ما ك نا نا ي مي ن OR ما ك نا ب نا ي مي ن mā kunnā bi-nā imīna We were not sleeping mā kunnā nā imīna ما ه و ب خي لا OR ما ه و ب ب خي ل mā huwa bi-bah īlin He is not stingy mā huwa bah īlan

ام د ام ر ا ه لر ي يس ي ر ل ارعها ي ق ض (c) ما Note: kāna كا ن laysa, which is a sister of ل يس mā has the function of anna أ ن an and أ ن bi preceding the conjunctions ب The preposition ب bi can be prefixed to the subordinating conjunctions أ ن an and أ ن anna that without any change of meaning, eg ط ل ب م ني أ ن أ ذ ه ب م ع ه OR ط ل ب م ني ب ا ن أ ذ ه ب م ع ه t alaba min-nī bi- an ad haba ma a-hu He asked me to go with him t alaba min-nī an ad haba ma a-hu أ خ ب ر ني أ ن وا ل د ه م ري ض OR أ خ ب ر ني ب ا ن وا ل د ه م ري ah bara-nī bi- anna wālida-hu ah bara-nī anna wālida-hu Verbs of wonder, the negative copula, special verbs and uses marīḋun He told me that his father is ill marīḋun (d) Sometimes the particle إ ذ when is used with the meaning and id then suddenly!, indicating surprise or sudden appearance In that case the subject may take the preposition ب bi The particle ق د qad is then normally added after the subject before the verb إ ذ وصل ل ر ي يس OR إ ذ ر ب ل ي يس ق د وص ل bi-r-ra īsi qad waṡala! waṡala r-ra īsu id id Then / suddenly the president arrived! Exercises Practise your reading: ( شارع شو أض ق ل ه ذ أب ع ) ة امو () How far away this village is and how narrow its streets! ه زو () How short the president is and how tall his wife! امو أق ص تج و طأ 9

ام سل ف ع م و ان اح ك مل ص لا ف ر ار لس ب ت س لط بيب س ع ل ق د يل يم ا جد ا ادم ب وع لا لل غة س اد ب ر ن هوم ر ذم ر لا رط ار نم بخ مل ر د دت ي تح ى ةم ت ع ل لن و م ع ط ق ل ىل مل ام اك ل يض ا ك دج لط اي رة ى ق اش ر خر ا ا ر Verbs of wonder, the negative copula, special verbs and uses دح يو ام لق ة إ ىل ر لش يا ت مديري يم في هلمع و لا () It is seldom that the manager (director) of the company comes to work on ( days) Saturdays and Sundays ( IX ه أش ا د امو مريض ل ذا ه ) ه جو () How weak this patient is and how pale (lit how strong yellow) his face! أض انح ت م حج في ي ن لا لي أن ت فر () I am not happy today because I didn t pass the exam في يلأ في لته طع () Isn t the physician on holiday (vacation) next week? ق ل قد ا هذا س () This necklace is not very old / أش يوجد لجامعة في يلأ د جأ ك في (8) Isn t there anyone at the university who is more competent (clever) than you in the Arabic language? نش ة ي لع ب خ نس اذام عم لا نك ) ر ة يع يق ول ( (9) We can hardly hear what the reporter of the news bulletin is saying ح غر فةباب أف ت في قف ز أك 0 منمأ وت خو ف ل 9 فك 8 صد (0) I had hardly (almost) opened the door of the bedroom (lit sleeping room) when suddenly in the darkness the cat jumped on to 8 my chest 9 I was scared 0 to death (lit 9 I almost 0 died of fright) تحت و ل ض عب هن ) يرطت يز ( () There is still some time before the aeroplane takes off (flies) 9 شه في بج نأ رم دام يب ق ى ف ل في () As long as your grandfather is ill (so) he should stay in bed for another month

د لا ر ف ون عن لص ح راء لض اي ع مل ج ابة مد ة ل ا ام ام ي حكومة ل ي كان يل م ر ض ري يسل لا ل لاج ارة شركة ج لسم نم ي يجه م ال لن ف ط لا ) ( ب يبة ابة يل لض ي ف يض لد خ ل لض راي ب م وم ) لجمال ( منمت وت كادت في شه () After half a month in the desert the camels almost died of thirst ثانية هل نص بع شط ع ل لطفل ثح يب غ ل في () The family resumed ( again) searching for the lost child in the forest عاد Verbs of wonder, the negative copula, special verbs and uses ت لز ن نإ ر د ت حأ ذ يو ملك ل ة ل وأ ق تت و () I have respected and admired His Majesty the King since the day of his coronation إد () Aren t you the one who was the vice-chairman of the oil company s administrative board ( council)? ناي ب ا ذ ل ت أن ت أ سل ( سو أس ت س مع طاة ل كافية ) انح ت م ةل ابة على كل ج () The time given is not enough to answer all the exam questions s رس ترف زالت ف خت رس 9 8 ( صاحب ابح نع أص يلل ق ل (8) The government still refuses to reduce tax (lit fee, due) for those on 9 low (lit 9 little) 8 incomes ) ( ضر ) ولم ير ذه عج غ ل في ت ى شم (9) The guest went for a walk in the forest and did not return Translate into Arabic: () How tall the manager of the company is and how short his wife! () The patient seldom comes to the physician on Saturdays and Sundays () How pale (yellow) the face of the president is and how weak he is! () We can hardly hear what His Majesty the King is saying () I am not happy today because the director s child is still lost in the forest () Isn t your grandfather ill and shouldn t he stay in bed for another week? 9

Verbs of wonder, the negative copula, special verbs and uses () The cat jumped on my chest and I was almost scared to death (8) The cat almost died of thirst in the bedroom (9) There is still half a day before the aeroplane departs (flies) (0) How narrow the streets of this village are! () Isn t the family on holiday next month? () After half a month the family resumed searching for the lost child in the desert () The vice-chairman of the board of the oil company still refuses to pay the taxes () The time given is not enough to answer all the questions in the news bulletin 98

Chapter 8 Adverbs and adverbials, absolute or inner object, hāl (circumstantial clause) and tamyīz (accusative of specification) 8 Adverbs Arabic adverbs are mostly derived from nominals The majority of the derived adverbs are, in fact, indefinite accusative nouns or adjectives, although there are also many derived adverbs with ḋammah without nunation or article Compared to European languages, Arabic has few underived (original) adverbs The underived adverbs may end in sukūn or fatḣah, less often in kasrah or ḋammah without nunation 8 In Arabic grammars, adverbs are classified by meaning as follows: (a) (b) adverbs of time, ظ ر ف ز ما ن (answer the question: م تى matā when? ) adverbs of place, ظ رف م كا ن (answer the question: أ ي ن ayna where? or whence? ) Note: Of course, there are also adverbs of manner, degree, reason, restriction, etc, eg the underived adverb ف ق ط faqaṫ only 8 All adverbs of time are derived from verbal roots or pronominal bases The common adverb م تى matā when? (also used as the temporal conjunction when ) is apparently etymologically connected with the interrogative pronouns ما mā what? and م ن man who? 99

Adverbs and adverbials, absolute object, ḣāl, tamyīz aymatā, أ ي م تى ay, as أ ي matā can be preceeded by the particle م تى without any change of meaning, eg ta? ay matā ği أ ي م تى ج ي ت matā ği ta? OR م تى ج ي ت When did you come? 8 Adverbs of time often have the definite article أ ل and take the accusative or, rarely, nominative case, eg With article: أل س ن ة أل سا ع ة أل ل ي ل ة أ لا ن أ ل ج م ع ة أ ل ي و م al-yawma al-ğum ata al- āna al-laylata as-sā ata as-sanata today on Friday now tonight now, at this time in this year Without article: ب ع د Note: Adverbs ending in ḋammah, like ب ع د and ق ب ل, may take a preposition Nevertheless they do not change the ending into kasrah, eg من ب ع د min ba du afterwards Examples: أ مس حي ن ق ب ل ba du qablu ḣīna today mā ğā a l-yawma He did not come ما جا ء ل يو م yet mā ğā a ba du He has not come ما جاء ب ع د yesterday sāfara amsi He travelled سا ف ر أ م س amsi غ دا ġadan afterwards, still, yet before, earlier when (conj) yesterday tomorrow 00 Note: The kasrah in أ مس amsi yesterday is not an indication of the genitive أ مس case, but is only used for smoothing the pronunciation Observe also that amsi yesterday has definite reference, although lacking the article The noun Similarly, al- amsu, which is definite, means the past (not: yesterday ) أ لا مس ġadan tomorrow has definite reference but indefinite form Compare the غ دا prepositional expression ل غ د في fī l-ġadi in the future (not tomorrow ) 8 Certain nouns in the accusative without the article أل are used as adverbs when followed by a year, eg

في س ن ة OR ٢٠٠٣ س ن ة ٢٠٠٣ sanata 00, in the year 00 fī sanati 00 8 Underived adverbs of place, ظ ر ف ز ما ن, are very few, eg ت ح ت Examples: ه نا ه نا ك ح ي ث taḣtu hunā hunāka ḣayt u beneath here there where, whither, whereas, due to the fact that Adverbs and adverbials, absolute object, ḣāl, tamyīz إ ج لس ه نا! iğlis hunā! Sit here! (masc sing) إ ذ ه ب م ن ح ي ث ج ي ت! id hab min ḣayt u ği ta! Go whence you came! 8 Derived adverbs of place are common, eg, ف و ق fawqu up(stairs), on top, above, و را ء warā u behind, in the rear, at the back 88 Other common adverbs having the form of accusative adjectives or nouns are: ت ق ري با ل ي لا غ دا taqrīban laylan ġadan ج د ا حا لا أ ح يا نا aḣyānan ğiddan ḣālan almost by night tomorrow sometimes very immediately ح دي ثا ḣadīt an دا ي ما dā iman ثا ن يا أ و لا م ث لا أ خي را ah īran mat alan t āniyan awwalan recently always finally, lately for example secondly firstly, first ك ثي را ق لي لا ي و ما ش ما لا ي مي نا ش ر قا šarqan šamālan yamīnan yawman kat īran qalīlan eastward on the on the right one day much, little, few left, to very the north 0

Adverbs and adverbials, absolute object, ḣāl, tamyīz Examples: أ سا ف ر غ دا usāfiru ġadan I will travel tomorrow وص ل ت ل طا ي ر ة ل ي لا waṡalati ṫ-ṫā iratu laylan The aeroplane arrived at night ت و ج ه ت ل با خر ة ج نو با tawağğahati l-bāh iratu ğanūban The ship set out (headed) southwards 89 English adverbs are often rendered by prepositional phrases in Arabic, eg ف ه م ب س هو ل ة fahima bi-suhūlatin He understood easily (lit with ease) ق ر أ ع لى م ه ل qara a alā mahlin He read slowly 80 Absolute or inner object The so-called absolute or inner object, ل م ط ل ق أ ل م ف عو ل, is used to emphasize the manner of action or the number of instances It consists of a verbal noun (derived from the same root as the main verb) in the indefinite accusative form, followed by an accusative adjective ر ك ض ر كضا س ري عا rakaḋa rakḋan sarī an He ran swiftly (lit He ran a swift running) ف رح ف ر حا ك بي را fariḣa faraḣan kabīran He rejoiced greatly (lit He rejoiced a great joy) Note: Sometimes the inner object consists only of a dual verbal noun: 0 ق د ت ل سا ع ة ق د ت ي ن daqqati s-sā atu daqqatayni The clock struck twice (two strikes)

8 Ḣāl clause (phrase) Ḣāl حا ل means circumstance, condition, or state It is added to an already complete sentence as a kind of supplementive adverbial clause or phrase, answering the question ك ي ف kayfa how? or in which manner or condition? In English it corresponds mostly to a (co)predicative or adverbial participle (referring to the subject or object), as in He came laughing I saw him standing Ḣāl حا ل is mostly an adjective or active participle in the indefinite accusative, agreeing in gender and number with the noun to which it refers, eg Adverbs and adverbials, absolute object, ḣāl, tamyīz ill āda s-sā iḣu marīḋan The tourist returned عا د ل سا ي ح م ري ضا (In which ḣāl condition has the tourist returned? He returned marīḋan ill Thus, marīḋan is ḣāl, because it describes the circumstance or condition of the tourist) لا ت ش ر ب ل ق ه و ة سا خ ن ة! lā tašrabi l-qahwata sāh inatan! Don t drink the coffee (while it is) hot! ذ ه ب ص دي قي با ك يا d ahaba ṡadīqī bākiyan My friend left weeping (My friend wept as he left) ذ ه ب لا و لا د با كي ن d ahaba l- awlādu bākīna The boys left weeping (The boys wept as they left) ذ ه ب ت ل ب نا ت با ك يا ت d ahabati l-banātu bākiyātin The girls left weeping (The girls wept as they left) Remember that the above با ك يا ت is in the accusative indefinite form, although it has two kasrahs See chapter on the sound feminine plural! 8 Ḣāl حا ل can be in the definite form only when followed by a suffixed possessive pronoun Ḣāl is never defined by the definite article أل, eg 0

Adverbs and adverbials, absolute object, ḣāl, tamyīz جا ء ل م ب عو ث و ح د ه ğā a l-mab ūt u waḣda-hu The delegate came alone (by himself) وا و ل حا ل ḣāl, 8 The wāw of The conjunction و and can be used to introduce a ḣāl clause based on an active participle (which then remains in the nominative case) This while,, and can be translated as وا و ل حا ل ḣāl, is called the wāw of و as The wāw of ḣāl can be connected to a personal pronoun or a noun in the nominative (referring to a separate subject), eg ت ك ل م و ه و وا ق ف takallama wa-huwa wāqifun He spoke while (he was) standing ه ر ب و ل حا ر س نا ي م haraba wa-l-ḣārisu nā imun He escaped while the guard was sleeping, may replace the participle with a finite verb in the حا ل Ḣāl, 8 imperfect tense, preceded by the wāw of ḣāl و and a pronoun, eg ذ ه ب و ه و ي ب كي d ahaba wa-huwa yabkī He left weeping (He was weeping as he left) 8 Tamyīz (accusative of specification) The word tamyīz, ت م يي ز, means specification, discrimination, clarification In grammar it refers to a nominal attribute in the accusative indefinite form that expresses the substance or content after measure words, or the item counted after the cardinal numbers 99 In addition, it is used after the elative form in periphrastic comparative and superlative expressions Examples: 0 إ ش ت ر ي ل ت ر ز ي تا išturiya litrun zaytan

ا س ا س ب ر لل غة اعد وس فح ت ر ب ر لل ي ل ن ع ون ي ول لش ر ق ي لا ش نم اري منج طب اح د ب ير و ي ر One litre of oil was bought (zaytan is tamyīz, because it specifies that the measured substance is oil and not something else) إ ش ت رى وا ل دي ل ت را ز ي تا ištarā wālid-ī litran zaytan Adverbs and adverbials, absolute object, ḣāl, tamyīz My father bought one litre of oil ع ن دي ع ش رو ن ق ميصا ind-ī išrūna qamīṡan I have twenty shirts أ ل ب ن ت أ ل ق ج ما لا م ن أ م ها al-bintu aqallu ğamālan min ummi-hā The girl is less beautiful than her mother (lit The girl is less with regard to beauty than her mother) Exercises Practise your reading: ( قو ت ظ ( س در غي ب ا ) در ( در ة ي در لع قاعدة () I learned the Arabic grammar (lessons) by heart, lesson by lesson (lit the rules of the Arabic language) ناي مون, و لن اس حد ه لك سه () I stayed awake all night alone (by myself) while the people were asleep يق طعون سلا يص غ ل في ا ح حديد ل ارج وف () In the West they make iron into weapons and in the East they cut trees for 8 wood 8 ( ش ( ة رج 8 نس نع, ك ة ق ل وه ه عم ملو 0 شي ي ا 9 عن () My neighbour emigrated from the village when he was old and since then we have 8 heard,,0 nothing 9 about him ا ذ كل ذ لحين هاجر 0

لذ هابل ت ع انت ث ر ر خ لص م ل ن م لس عودي ة ب ر نم الم ا ص لن ف طل ث ر ت ق ب ل لل ص ير اء ر ز و ل ب ر ) م ل ) م ه ت ر ي ت لت اجر ص م ق ل قح يص م ان ذح ر ش ) ( ب ي ا اء د ع ب ق ل ة اء ث ر ن ي لط بيب ي ر يس ى بخ لر ي يسي لش ارع ول اشي ام Adverbs and adverbials, absolute object, ḣāl, tamyīz أس أت اني 0 تن ت ظ ضي ف في ن ي ة ا جف, في د وأ ن ا 8 ارة يس 9 ك ة ر جأ () A guest dropped in (lit came to me suddenly), while I was preparing to go out in 8,9 a taxi ( 9 hired 8 car) which was 0 waiting for me outside خارج ل أك فه زو ي ه تج ا مأ 8 ه لا خإ () The husband is faithful but his wife is more 8 faithful than he ألز و ج دو أك ة ي لع مم لكة لأ ( ةل ع ل دو إن ت اج ا ( () The Kingdom of Saudi Arabia is one of the greatest oil- producing countries in the world وه عالي ا ىل عب ل ك ل ح نب اح ا لل ص افخف (8) The dog barked, loudly (lit a high barking) at the thief The thief was scared and ran away نب ( وس ( لجم هوري ة ري يس وز ناي ب و لن واب إس (9) The president of the republic received the ministers and parliamentary members and shook their hands one by one اء واحد ا واحد ا يلع بال يد ة يب سف ر وعش رين يص امق ع دح وأ (0) The merchant sold one ( travelling) suitcase, 0 shirts and shoes باع سو و ق بي ض اعة سو إش 9 فض 8 ة ي اتم اخو () I bought the white shirts and the black hat, and a gold watch and 9 a silver 8 ring (lit the shirts white and the hat black) () There is no doubt that the physician is more experienced than the nurse ذه ممر ضة ل نم ة ر أك ك نأ لا ش 0 نأ بج أر أع ل ه في حد () I was pleased to see the president walking alone on the main street

ن لا ب وع ا ام ا ان لش قة ا م نم ا ب ت يب عن لا لش ر ق ا افر و د لا احك ا ا ر شم ب ر مد ة ساعتي نل ير ص ع ل شم ب ر يع ا لش اي ب لعط ت ر رم ق ل ود ل فخ ت بل ي جلا ا قل غر از داد ن س ام لك ا (), The more a man is in love, the less sleep he gets (lit Whenever the man s love increases, his sleep decreases) في ه عمت أس امو نف س ه ب حأ أب د () I lived with him for one week in the same apartment and I did not like him at all سك Adverbs and adverbials, absolute object, ḣāl, tamyīz كاملا شه وس إ ىل ط لب وأ غ () I will travel tomorrow to the Middle East and I will be away from the country for a whole month غد أس يض وه قاعة محاضر ل لخد محاضرات ل ض/ كح () The lecturer entered the lecture hall ( while he was) laughing بارد ا تش ساخن ا لا تش ولا (8) Don t drink juice hot and don t drink tea cold! ت سر ت ي يا فت ع (9) I walked quickly (lit a quick walk) for two hours ( time) and got tired جبل ل نم ة بغ (0) The moon rose suddenly from behind the mountain أم () I decided I would return to my homeland Lebanon sooner or later عاجلا إ ىل نأ أع نان نطو قر Translate into Arabic: () There is no doubt that I will return to my village sooner or later () The wife is more faithful than her husband () The dog barked suddenly at the guest and (so) the guest got scared and ran away () The West is more experienced than the East () I decided to drink the tea hot and the juice cold () The thief sold a black shirt, a white hat, a gold ring and a silver watch 0

Adverbs and adverbials, absolute object, ḣāl, tamyīz () I liked to see the lecturer laughing on the main street (8) The merchant emigrated to the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia and we have not heard anything about him (9) People cut trees for wood and from iron they make weapons (0) I lived alone for a month and a week on the mountain () I will be away tomorrow from the Arabic grammar lesson () I stayed awake all night alone in the apartment and I learned by heart the lessons about the Middle East () The president of the republic received the ministers and parliamentary members in the hall and shook their hands one by one 08

Chapter 9 Conditional sentences 9 A conditional sentence contains two parts The first part of the conditional sentence expresses a condition or contingency It is called protasis and the Arabic term is أل ش ر ط, the condition The second part expresses the consequence or result of the condition and is called apodosis, ش ر ط ج وا ب ل, the answer to the condition 9 Conditional sentences are mostly introduced by one of the three conditional particles, which are إ ن in, إ ذا ā and ل و law, all meaning id if The following outlines the differences in their use in if, is followed by a verb in the perfect or imperfect jussive إ ن 9 (apocopatus) In the following examples the second part has the perfect or imperfect jussive, eg (a) in + perf + in + perf + in + imperf jussive + perf imperf jussive imperf jussive إ ن ي د ر س ي ن ج ح إ ن د ر س ي ن ج ح إ ن د ر س ن ج ح in darasa nağaḣa in darasa yanğaḣ in yadrus yanğaḣ If he studies, he succeeds (OR he will succeed) (b) The imperative can be used in the second part and must be preceded by ف, eg in + perf + in + imperf jussive + imperative imperative إ ن ي ذ ه ب ف ذ ه ب إ ن ذ ه ب ف ذ ه ب in d ahaba fa-d hab! in yad hab fa-d hab! If he goes, then you go! OR If he goes, then you should go! 09

Conditional sentences Note: In spite of being in the perfect tense, the above verb ذ هب refers to the future here (see chapter ) eventual- id in, with the nuance of إ ن ā if is a synonym of إ ذا 9 ity It is followed by the perfect tense in the first part and the perfect or imperfect indicative in the second part If the second part is a nominal sentence or contains an imperative or one of the words below, then the second part must be preceded by the particle ف fa then : the particle ق د qad the future particles س و ف sawfa or س sa the interrogative particle ه ل hal the negative particle ما mā, ل ن lan, or لا lā the negative copula ل يس laysa إ ذا Note: The imperfect jussive and the imperative cannot be used after Examples: (a) (b) sentence: /fa/ preceding the second part when it is a nominal ف ṡiḣḣiyyun in ta mal fa-l- amalu إ ن ت ع مل ف ل ع مل ص ح ي If you work, (then) work is healthy impera- /fa/ preceding the second part when it contains an ف tive verb: ağib-hu in sa alaka fa- إ ن س ا ل ك ف ا ج ب ه If he asks you, (then) you answer him! 0 (c) (d) qad: قد /fa/ preceding the particle ف ṡadaqa in/ id ā wa adaka fa-qad إ ن/ إ ذا و ع دك ف ق د ص د ق If he promises you, (then) he is sincere س sawfa or س و ف /fa/ preceding the future particle ف إن / إ ذا أ س ا ت ف س و ف ت ن دم / ف س ت ن د م in/ id ā asa ta fa-sawfa tandamu OR fa-satandamu If you cause harm, (then) you will regret it sa:

(e) (f) (g) hal: ه ل /fa/ preceding the interrogative particle ف إن / إ ذا ق ل ت ل ك س ر ا ف هل ت ك ت م ه in/ id ā qultu laka sirran fa-hal taktumu-hu? If I tell you a secret, will you keep it confidential? OR If I told you a secret, would you keep it confidential? lā: لا lan or ل ن mā, ما /fa/, preceding the negative particle ف إن / إ ذا زا ر ني ع د و ف ما أ ط ر ده / فلا أ ط ر ده / ف ل ن أ ط ر د ه in / id ā zāranī aduwwun fa-mā aṫrudu-hu / fa-lā aṫrudu-hu / fa-lan aṫruda-hu If an enemy visits me, I shall not dismiss him laysa: ل يس /fa/ preceding the negative copula ف bi-d āhibin in tad hab fa-lastu إ ن ت ذ ه ب ف ل س ت ب ذا ه ب If you go, (then) I am not going Conditional sentences law if, for unreal condition, takes the perfect in both parts ل و 9 and refers to the past or future The second part is often preceded by the particle ل, eg la-nağaḣa law darasa ل و د ر س ل ن ج ح If he had studied, he would have succeeded OR If he studied, he would succeed la-sāfartu law kāna indī nuqūdun ل و كا ن ع ن دي ن قو د ل سا ف ر ت If I had had money, I would have travelled not law-lam if ل و ل م law-lā and ل و لا 9 pronoun law-lā is followed by a nominal predicate or suffix ل و لا eg law-lam is followed by the verb in the imperfect jussive, ل و ل م s-safīru law-lā raġbatu l-wazīri la-staqāla ل و لا ر غ ب ة ل و زي ر لا س ت قال ل س في ر If it had not been the minister s wish, the ambassador would have resigned

Conditional sentences s-safīru law-lā-hu la-staqāla ل و لا ه لا س ت قال ل س في ر Were it not for him, the ambassador would have resigned nağaḣa law-lam yakun muğtahidan la-mā ل و ل م ي ك ن م ج ت ه دا ل ما ن ج ح If he had not been industrious, he would not have succeeded كا ن 9 All three conditional particles can be followed by the verb kāna, to confirm the perfect tense (past), eg ā-hum law kāna qad atā la-ra ل و كا ن ق د أ تى ل ر ا ه م If he had come, he would have seen them la-ṡadaqa in / id ā kāna qad qāla d ālika إن / إ ذا كا ن ق د قال ا ذ ل ك لص د ق If he (has) said that, (then) he will keep his word 98 The second part of the conditional sentence may precede the first part: Dimašqa sa- uqābiluka id ā zurtu س ا قا ب ل ك إ ذا ز ر ت د م ش ق I will meet you, if I visit Damascus l-yawma usā iduka ġadan in tusā idnī أ سا ع دك غ دا إ ن ت سا ع د ني ل ي و م I will help you tomorrow, if you help me today 99 The following interrogative pronouns can be used in generalized relative clauses with conditional implication The verb in both parts of the sentence is then in the imperfect jussive (apocopatus) mood: man, whoever م ن aynamā, wherever أ ي ن ما mahmā, whatever م ه ما ḣayt umā, wherever ح ي ث ما Examples: finds man yaṫlub yağid He who seeks, م ن ي ط ل ب ي ج د pay mahmā taṫlub adfa Whatever you ask, I will م ه ما ت ط ل ب أ د ف ع ad hab ayna-mā / ḣayt u-mā tad hab أ ي ن ما / ح ي ث ما ت ذ ه ب أ ذ ه ب Wherever you go, I will go

ض 90 Concessive particles The combined particles and expressions below correspond to the English concessive conjunctions and prepositions: although, even if, in spite of, despite Conditional sentences ḣattā wa-law, even if, even supposing that ح تى و ل و ma a anna, even though, although مع أ ن wa-law, whatever, even if, even though و ل و raġma, (prep) in spite of ر غ م bi-r-raġmi min, (prep) in spite of, despite ب ل ر غ م م ن raġma anna, although, even though ر غ م أ ن wa- in, even though و إ ن Examples: ح تى و ل و د ر س س و ف ي س ق ط ḣattā wa-law darasa sawfa yasquṫu Even if he were to study, he ll fail مع أ ن ه د ر س ج ي دا س ق ط في لا م ت حا ن ma a anna-hu darasa ğayyidan, saqaṫa fī l-imtiḣāni Although he studied well, he failed in the exam س ا ذ ه ب ر غ م ل م ط ر sa- ad habu raġma l-maṫari I will go in spite of the rain ذ ه ب إ لى ع م ل ه ر غ م م رضه / ب ل ر غ م م ن م رض ه d ahaba ilā amali-hi raġma maraḋi-hi / bi-r-raġmi min maraḋi-hi He went to his work in spite of his illness ذ ه ب إ لى ع م ل ه ر غ م أ ن ه م ري d ahaba ilā amali-hi raġma anna-hu marīḋun He went to his work, although he is ill

ر مل ض ا ك ر م و ت ن ي رم ح رم ح ول ل مصابينل حكومة ل ة سم اس ن مات كثير منل ه ل وع اج لا ل لا ا ق ل ق ل لل سان لمة من ج ى ج ج ول ول ن م اج قل ت ل د ر اون ة م كح ر ب اب ب ابه تم م ن رح لد ول ت اح ون ( ةل اب ه ر مال Conditional sentences س و ف أ سا ف ر و إ ن و ق ع ت ل س ما ء sawfa usāfiru wa- in waqa at-i s-samā u I will travel, even if heaven were to fall Exercises Practise your reading: غد أز زر أغ في من زلي ن ي نإ تز لي ك وإ ن يل ع ب () If you don t visit me at (my) home I will be angry with you, but if you visit me today I will visit you tomorrow و اعد لا و لص ليب لا 9 وع 8 لز ل زال ل شط () Had there not been the help (support) of the government, Red Cross and Red Crescent for the victims of the earthquake, many people would have died of 8 hunger 9 and thirst و تد ب نإ ر خت تد نم ن ر خت ب ل وإ ق ل ع ل خل ع ل ك ل ن نم أذ ر خ ن وت لخ في أذ 8 ر خأ () If a word comes from the mind, it enters the mind and heart If it comes from the tongue, it goes in one ear and out 8 the other قانون بد نأ ف ل قادر ا ك حي ه ه بن ف س نف س () If an individual were able to govern himself by himself without the law, there would be no 8 need for 9 government 9 كان و إ ىل ت ح 8 ( كان من تع دو بي بادلي ن وت ف اهم و لش عوب حروب ل 8 ( سب أس ( ب ( ب ب 9 ) و لا ( () If there were mutual cooperation and understanding between countries and people, then there would be less cause for 8 war 9 and ( شع terrorism ير فس وش صغ و ف ه يع مل في في كبره () He who works in his childhood and youth will relax in old age

ول ول هم ع لا نفعت كل ع ر اف سم نزفل ب لك ول عم ب ه ل ك م ت لس ي ارة ( ن ب ي اهب معكم قل د يج ة ة ب ي ث ر ول لس جون ا مدارس ل اضي جامعات ل ي سل الا ام ر ج لا جه ل ل ال ح د تمح ول نل س ل س وسه لا استك ( س م و يج د ا س ل من ل لا محاضرات ل ا ة صغركفي ن ت م ل ول تع تق في () Had you learned a profession in your childhood, it would have been useful for your future Conditional sentences 8 ومات دم س بس ارة يس جريح ل ة (8) Had the, ambulance (lit aid car) not arrived quickly, (then) the wounded (man), would have bled to 8 death (lit his blood would have drained 8 and he would 8 have died) لا وص فلس ت ه في ن تذ إ نف س بذ (9) If you go with him in the same car, I won t go with you ( ل رت إب ة أب ن اي هما وأ م بتر أب يه (0) If every father and mother were concerned for the proper (good) education of their children, there would be fewer criminals مج رمون ل وك و لا اد و ز () Had there not been schools and universities, ignorance would have prevailed, crime would have increased and jails would have been crowded ( سو فا أس ( ن ج ( س سا ه بج ةل ق ل كل إذ ع كل ل ى () If the judge asks you questions, answer him, in any case (, anyway, always)! غد ) تر في انح ت م ب في لي در نإ تك () If you are lazy today in your studies, you will flunk (fail) the exam tomorrow در وق غي منابه ( در در () Had he studied his lessons well and reduced his absence from the lectures, he would have passed the exam انح ت م ح في ج

رج روحهج ي ر ك دم مل لم ر نم ع رط لم ع ل لر ياضة يحان ر ه ه م عم ر ي ان ر ر مل س مل ول لع تط ت د مال ماضي ل ب وع لا ار ا ح لط ق س ن Conditional sentences ن شل علا ا ج جريح ل ول عولج ( ) يف ح نمي ف س حأ () Had the wounded (man) received better treatment (lit been treated with a better treatment), (then) his wounds would have healed,8 more quickly (lit then he would have recovered from his wounds in ة 8 أق ص 8 a shorter time) كغ لم نإ تع لم ع ل نمك دت ج وت ن ت () If you don t work and be productive like the others (lit others than you), I will fire you (lit I will dismiss you from work) ف نو ن تع إ أو ارس مت يأ و لر ياضة 0 سج ل 9 ( ه ( م ومم ه ل وي ن س () If you work or practise any type of sport(s), work and sport(s) will relax 8 the body 9 and make you forget 0 your worries تنم 8 ام تذ ير ام ك وأ ي ن ب ب أذ أي ن أن م (8) Wherever you go I will go with you and wherever you sleep I will sleep ه م ف كم ت ح نإ ك م فلا ت حي ه م وإ ن ت ح دحأ ت حت (9) If a person respects you (then) respect him, and if he doesn t respect you, then don t respect him صع في يك (0) Had the weather not been hot last week, I would not have gone up to 8 the mountain 8 جبل ل إ ىل / Translate into Arabic: () Wherever you sleep I will sleep and wherever you go I will go (with you) () If the physician had not arrived quickly, the wounded (man) would have died

() If you don t visit the wounded (man) today, I will be angry with you and I will not visit you tomorrow () If you practise or do any type of sports like the others, you will relax in old age () If the wounded (man) had been treated well, he would have recovered from his wounds in a shorter time () If you had learned any type of sport in your childhood, (then) sports would have relaxed your body and made you forget your worries () If your father asks you questions about your studies, answer him always (anyway)! (8) If you are lazy at your work and are not productive like the others, I will fire you (lit dismiss you from work) (9) If he had reduced his absence from the lessons and lectures, he would have passed the exam (0) Had it not been for the Red Cross and Red Crescent, many people would have died of hunger and thirst () If the ambulance hadn t arrived quickly, many of the victims of the earthquake would have died () If my father had not been ill last week, I would not have gone up to him on the mountain () If a word comes from the tongue it goes in one ear and out the other, but if a word comes out from the heart (then) it goes into the mind () If there were mutual cooperation between the government and the people, the causes of crime would be reduced () Had the government not supported (helped) young people (the youth), crimes would have increased, and jails would have been crowded Conditional sentences

Appendix Tables of verb forms

Table A The patterns of the ten forms of the strong triliteral verb ف ع ل fa ala to do, to act Active I II III IV V VI VII VIII IX X إ س ت ف ع ل إ ف ع ل Appendices 0 إ ف ت ع ل af ala tafa ala tafā ala infa ala ifta ala if alla istaf ala إ ن ف ع ل ت فا ع ل ت ف ع ل أ ف ع ل فا ع ل ف ع ل ف ع ل Perfect fa ala fa ala fā ala ي س ت ف ع ل ي ف ع ل ي ف ت ع ل ي ن ف ع ل ي ت فا ع ل ي ت ف ع ل ي ف ع ل ي فا ع ل ي ف ع ل ي ف ع ل Imperf yaf alu yufa ilu yufā ilu yuf ilu yatafa alu yatafā alu yanfa ilu yafta ilu yaf allu yastaf ilu إ س ت ف ع ل إ ف ع ل إ ف ت ع ل إ ن ف ع ل ت فا ع ل ت ف ع ل أ ف ع ل فا ع ل ف ع ل إ ف ع ل if al fa il fā il af il tafa al tafā al infa il ifta il if alla istaf il Imperat م س ت ف ع ل م ف ع ل م ف ت ع ل م ن ف ع ل م ت فا ع ل م ت ف ع ل م ف ع ل م فا ع ل م ف ع ل فا ع ل Particip fā ilun mufa ilun mufā ilun muf ilun mutafa ilun mutafā ilun munfa ilun mufta ilun muf allun mustaf ilun

Passive أ س ت ف ع ل أ ف ت ع ل أ ن ف ع ل ت فو ع ل ت ف ع ل أ ف ع ل فو ع ل ف ع ل ف ع ل Perfect fu ila fu ila fū ila uf ila tufu ila tufū ila unfu ila uftu ila ustuf ila ي س ت ف ع ل ي ف ت ع ل ي ن ف ع ل ي ت فا ع ل ي ت ف ع ل ي ف ع ل ي فا ع ل ي ف ع ل ي ف ع ل Imperf yuf alu yufa alu yufā alu yuf alu yutafa alu yutafā alu yunfa alu yufta alu yustaf alu م س ت ف ع ل م ف ت ع ل م ن ف ع ل م ت فا ع ل م ت ع ف ل م ف ع ل م فا ع ل م ف ع ل م ف عو ل Particip maf ūlun mufa alun mufā alun muf alun mutafa alun mutafā alun munfa alun mufta alun mustaf alun إ س ت ف عا ل إ ف ع لا ل إ ف ت عا ل Appendices إ ن ف عا ل ت فا ع ل ت ف ع ل إ ف عا ل ف عا ل ت ف عي ل ف ع ل Verbal if ālun tafa ulun tafā ulun infi ālun ifti ālun if ilālun istif ālun noun fa lun taf īlun fi ālun م فا ع ل ة ت ف ع ل ة (maṡdar) taf ilatun mufā alatun Note: There are dozens of verbal nouns (maṡdar) for form I

Table A The patterns of the derived forms of the doubled verb ف ر farra to escape, to flee Active I II III IV V VI VII VIII IX X إ س ت ف ر إ ف ت ر Appendices إ ن ف ر ت فا ر أ ف ر فا ر ف ر afarra tafārra infarra iftarra istafarra Perfect farra fārra ي س ت ف ر ي ف ت ر ي ن ف ر ي ت فا ر ي ف ر ي فا ر ي ف ر Imperfect yafirru yufārru yufirru yatafārru yanfarru yaftarru yastafirru إ س ت ف ر ر إ ف ت ر ر إ ن ف ر ر ت فا ر ر أ ف ر ر فا ر ر إ ف ر ر Imperative ifrir fārir afrir tafārar infarir iftarir istafrir م س ت ف ر م ف ت ر م ن ف ر م ت فا ر م ف ر م فا ر فا ر Participle fārrun mufārrun mufirrun mutafārrun munfarrun muftarrun mustafirrun

Passive أ س ت ف ر أ ف ت ر أ ن ف ر ت فو ر ر أ ف ر فو ر ر ف ر ufirra tufūrira unfurra ufturra ustufirra Perfect furra fūrira ي س ت ف ر ي ف ت ر ي ن ف ر ي ت فا ر ي ف ر ي فا ر ي ف ر Imperfect yufarru yufārru yufarru yutafārru yunfarru yuftarru yustafarru إ ن ف را ر ت فا ر إ ف را ر ف را ر ف ر Verbal Appendices م س ت ف ر م ف ت ر م ن ف ر م ت فا ر م ف ر م فا ر م ف رو ر Participle mafrūrun mufārrun mufarrun mutafārrun munfarrun muftarrun mustafarrun إ س ت ف را ر إ ف ت را ر ifrārun tafārrun infirārun iftirārun istifrārun farrun firārun noun (maṡdar)

Appendices Table A The patterns of the derived forms of verbs with a weak initial radical و ص ل :و waṡala, to arrive Active I II III IV V VI VII VIII IX X إ س ت و ص ل إ ت ص ل إ ن و ص ل ت وا ص ل awṡala tawaṡṡala tawāṡala inwaṡala ittaṡala istawṡala ت و ص ل أ و ص ل وا ص ل و ص ل و ص ل Perfect waṡala waṡṡala wāṡala يس ت و ص ل ي ت ص ل ي ن و ص ل ي ت وا ص ل ي ت و ص ل يو ص ل ي وا ص ل ي و ص ل ي ص ل Imperf yaṡilu yuwaṡṡilu yuwāṡilu yūṡilu yatawaṡṡalu yatawāṡalu yanwaṡilu yattaṡilu yastawṡilu إ س ت و ص ل إ ت ص ل إ ن و ص ل ت وا ص ل ت و ص ل أ و ص ل وا ص ل و ص ل ص ل awṡil tawaṡṡal tawāṡal inwaṡil ittaṡil istawṡil Imperat ṡil waṡṡil wāṡil م س ت و ص ل م ت ص ل م ن و ص ل م ت وا ص ل م ت و ص ل مو ص ل م وا ص ل م و ص ل وا ص ل Particip wāṡilun muwaṡṡilun muwāṡilun mūṡilun mutawaṡṡilun mutawāṡilun munwaṡilun muttaṡilun mustawṡilun

Passive أ س تو ص ل أ ت ص ل أ ن و ص ل ت وو ص ل ت و ص ل أو ص ل وو ص ل و ص ل و ص ل ūṡila tuwuṡṡila tuwūṡila unwuṡila uttuṡila ustūṡila Appendices Perfect wuṡila wuṡṡila wūṡila ي س ت و ص ل ي ت ص ل ي ن و ص ل ي ت وا ص ل ي ت و ص ل يو ص ل ي وا ص ل ي و ص ل يو ص ل Imperf yūṡalu yuwaṡṡalu yuwāṡalu yūṡalu yutawaṡṡalu yutawāṡalu yunwaṡalu yuttaṡalu yustawṡalu م س ت و ص ل م ت ص ل م ن و ص ل م ت وا ص ل م ت و ص ل مو ص ل م وا ص ل م و ص ل م و صو ل Particip mawṡūlun muwaṡṡalun muwāṡalun mūṡalun mutawaṡṡalun mutawāṡalun munwaṡalun muttaṡalun mustawṡalun إ س تي صا ل إ ت صا ل إ ن و صا ل ت وا ص ل ت و ص ل إي صا ل و صا ل ت و صي ل و ص ل Verbal noun waṡlun tawṡīlun wiṡālun īṡālun tawaṡṡulun tawāṡulun inwiṡālun ittiṡālun istīṡālun م وا ص ل ة (maṡdar) muwāṡalatun

Table A The patterns I X of verbs with a weak middle radical قا م :و qāma to stand up (from قوم qwm) Active I II III IV V VI VII VIII IX X إ س ت قا م إ ق تا م إ ن قا م ت قا و م ت ق و م أ قا م قا و م ق و م قا م aqāma taqawwama taqāwama inqāma iqtāma istaqāma Perfect qāma qawwama qāwama ي س ت قي م تا م ي ي ق ن قا م ي Appendices ت قا و م ي ت ق و م ي قي م ي قا و م ي قو م ي ق و م Imperf yaqūmu yuqawwimu yuqāwimu yuqīmu yataqawwamu yataqāwamu yanqāmu yaqtāmu yastaqīmu إ س ت ق م إ ق ت م إ ن ق م ت قا و م ت ق و م أ ق م قا و م ق و م ق م aqim taqawwam taqāwam inqam iqtam istaqim Imperat qum qawwim qāwim م س ت قي م م ق تا م م ن قا م م ت قا و م م ت ق و م م قي م م قا و م م ق و م قا ي م Particip qā imun muqawwimun muqāwimun muqīmun mutaqawwimun mutaqāwimun munqāmun muqtāmun mustaqīmun

Passive أ س ت قي م أ ق تي م أ ن قي م ت قو و م ت ق و م أ قي م قو و م ق و م قي م uqīma tuquwwima tuqūwima unqīma uqtīma ustuqīma Perfect qīma quwwima qūwima ي س ت قا م تا م ي ي ق ن قا م ي ت قا و م ي ت ق و م ي قا م ي قا و م ي قا م ي ق و م yuqawwamu yuqāwamu yuqāmu yutaqawwamu yutaqāwamu yunqāmu yuqtāmu yustaqāmu Imperf yuqāmu م س ت قا م م ق تا م م ن قا م م ت قا و م م ت ق و م م قا م م قا و م م ق و م م قو م Particip maqūmun muqawwamun muqāwamun muqāmun mutaqawwamun mutaqāwamun munqāmun muqtāmun mustaqāmun إ س ت قا م ة إ ق ت يا م ن ق يا م إ ت قا و م ت ق و م إ قا م ة م قا و م ة ت ق وي م ق و م Verbal istiqāmatun qawmun taqwīmun muqāwamatun iqāmatun taqawwumun taqāwumun inqiyāmun iqtiyāmun noun (maṡdar) Appendices

Appendix Verb conjugation paradigms A Strong verb ك ت ب to write (perf /a/ imperf /u/) Active Passive Perf Imperf Imperf Imperf Perf Imperf Imperat Person indic subj jussive indic Singular ك ت ب m ي ك ت ب ي ك ت ب ي ك ت ب ك ت ب ي ك ت ب ك ت ب ت f ت ك ت ب ت ك ت ب ت ك ت ب ك ت ب ت ت ك ت ب ك ت ب ت m ت ك ت ب ت ك ت ب ت ك ت ب ك ت ب ت ت ك ت ب أ ك ت ب ك ت ب ت f ت ك ت بي ن ت ك ت بي ت ك ت بي ك ت ب ت ت ك ت بي ن أ ك ت بي ك ت ب ت f m أ ك ت ب أ ك ت ب أ ك ت ب ك ت ب ت أ ك ت ب Dual ك ت با m ي ك ت با ن ي ك ت با ي ك ت با ك ت با ي ك ت با ن ك ت ب تا f ت ك ت با ن ت ك ت با ت ك ت با ك ت ب تا ت ك ت با ن ت ك ت با ن ك ت ب ت ما f m أ ك ت با ت ك ت با ن ك ت ب ت ما ت ك ت با ت ك ت با 8

Active Passive Perf Imperf Imperf Imperf Perf Imperf Imperat Person indic subj jussive indic Appendices ك ت بوا m ك ت ب ن f ك ت ب ت م m ك ت ب ت ن f ك ت ب نا f m ي ك ت بوا ي ك ت بو ن Plural ي ك ت بو ن ي ك ت ب ن أ ك ت بوا ت ك ت بو ن أ ك ت ب ن ك ت بوا ك ت ب ن ك ت ب ت م ت ك ت ب ن ك ت ب ت ن ك ت ب نا ن ك ت ب ي ك ت بوا ي ك ت ب ن ت ك ت بوا ت ك ت ب ن ن ك ت ب ي ك ت ب ن ي ك ت ب ن ت ك ت بوا ت ك ت بون ت ك ت ب ن ن ك ت ب ت ك ت ب ن ن ك ت ب ك تا ب ة or ك ت ب (maṡdar) Verbal noun مك تو ب part Pass كا ت ب part Act A Conjugations of the derived verb forms II X The conjugations of the derived verb forms II X below serve as models for other derived verbs Here they are conjugated only in the singular The dual and plural are conjugated regularly II ك س ر to smash, to break into pieces Active Passive Perf Imperf Perf Imperf Imperat ك س ر m ي ك س ر ك س ر ي ك س ر ك س ر ت f ت ك س ر ك س ر ت ت ك س ر ك س ر ت m ك س ر ت ك س ر ك س ر ت ت ك س ر ك س ر ت f ك س ري ت ك س ري ن ك س رت ت ك س ري ن ك س ر ت f m م ك س ر participle: Active ر (maṡdar): Verbal noun أ ك س ر ك س رت أ ك س ر م ك س ر participle: Passive trial ) a test, ت ج ر ب ة (as تك س ر ة or ت ك سي 9

Appendices III كا ت ب to correspond with Active Passive Perf Imperf Perf Imperf Imperat كا ت ب m ي كا ت ب كو ت ب ي كا ت ب كا ت ب ت f ت كا ت ب كو ت ب ت ت كا ت ب كا ت ب ت m كا ت ب ت كا ت ب كو ت ب ت ت كا ت ب كا ت ب ت f ت كا ت بي ن ك ت ب ت ت كا ت بي ن كا ت بي كا ت ب ت f m أ كا ت ب كو ت ب ت أ كا ت ب م كا ت ب ة or ك تا ب (maṡdar): Verbal noun م كا ت ب part Pass م كا ت ب part Act inform to م IV أ ع ل Active Passive Perf Imperf Perf Imperf Imperat ي ع ل م أ ع ل م ي ع ل م أ ع ل م m ت ع ل م أ ع ل م ت ت ع ل م أ ع ل م ت f أ ع ل م ت ع ل م أ ع ل م ت ت ع ل م أ ع ل م ت m أ ع ل مي ت ع ل مي ن أ ع ل م ت ت ع ل مي ن أ ع ل م ت f أ ع ل م أ ع ل م ت أ ع ل م أ ع ل م ت f m م ع ل م part Pass م ع ل م part Act إ ع لا م (maṡdar): Verbal noun 0

taught to learn, to be م V ت ع ل Active Passive Perf Imperf Perf Imperf Imperat Appendices ي ت ع ل م ت ع ل م ي ت ع ل م ت ع ل م m ت ت ع ل م ت ع ل م ت ت ت ع ل م ت ع ل م ت f ت ع ل م ت ع ل مي ت ت ع ل م ت ع ل م ت ت ت ع ل م ت ع ل م ت m ت ت ع ل مي ن ت ع ل م ت ت ت ع ل مي ن ت ع ل م ت f أ ت ع ل م ت ع ل م ت أ ت ع ل م ت ع ل م ت f m ت ع ل م (maṡdar): Verbal noun م ت ع ل م part Pass م ت ع ل م part Act VI ت قا ت ل to fight one another Active Passive Perf Imperf Perf Imperf Imperat ت قا ت ل m ي ت قا ت ل ت قو تل ي ت قا تل ت ت قا تل ت قو ت ل ت ت ت قا تل ت قا ت ل ت f ت قا ت ل ت ت قا تل ت قو ت ل ت ت ت قا تل ت قا ت ل ت m ت قا ت لي ت ت قا ت لي ن ت قو ت ل ت ت ت قا ت لي ن ت قا ت ل ت f ت قا ت ل ت f m أ ت قا تل ت قو ت ل ت أ ت قا تل ت قا ت ل (maṡdar): Verbal noun م ت قا ت ل part Pass م ت قا ت ل part Act

Appendices VII إ ن ك س ر to be broken Active Passive Perf Imperf Perf Imperf Imperat ر m ت f ت m ت f ت f m إ ن ك س إ ن ك س ر إ ن ك س ر إ ن ك س ر إ ن ك س ر ي ن ك س ر ت ن ك س ر ت ن ك س ر (The passive is not used, because form VII has intransitive-passive meaning) إ ن ك س ر إ ن ك س ري ت ن ك س ري ن أ ن ك س ر إ ن ك سا ر (maṡdar) Verbal noun م نك س ر part Act VIII إ ح ت ر ق to burn, to be burned Active Passive Perf Imperf Perf Imperf Imperat إ ح ت ر ق m ي ح ت ر ق أ ح ت ر ق ي ح ت ر ق إ ح ت ر ق ت f ت ح ت رق أ ح ت ر ق ت ت ح ت رق إ ح ت ر ق ت m إ ح ت ر ق ت ح ت رق أ ح ت ر ق ت ت ح ت رق إ ح ت ر ق ت f إ ح ت ر قي ت ح ت ر قي ن أ ح ت ر ق ت ت ح ت ر قي ن إ ح تر ق ت f m أ ح ت رق أ ح ت ر ق ت أ ح ت رق إ ح ت را ق (maṡdar): Verbal noun م ح ت ر ق part Pass م ح ت ر ق part Act

إ إ أ to become yellow Active Passive Perf Imperf Perf Imperf Imperat إص ف ر IX Appendices ص ف ر إ ص ف ر m ص ف ر إ ص ف ر ت f ي ت (The passive is not used) ص ف ر ت ص ف ر إ ص ف ر ر ت m ت f ت f m ص ف ري ن إص ف ر ر ص ف ر إ ص ف ر ر ت إص ف ري ص ف را ر (maṡdar): Verbal noun م ص ف ر part Act use to ل X إ س ت ع م Active Passive Perf Imperf Perf Imperf Imperat إ س ت ع م ل m يس ت ع مل أ س ت ع مل ي س ت ع مل ت س ت ع مل أ س ت ع م ل ت ت س ت ع مل إ س ت ع م ل ت f إ س ت ع م ل ت س ت ع مل أ س ت ع م ل ت ت س ت ع مل إ س ت ع م ل ت m إ س ت ع م لي ت س ت ع م لي ن أ س ت ع م ل ت ت س ت ع م لي ن إ س ت ع م ل ت f أ س ت ع مل أ س ت ع م ل ت أ س ت ع مل إ س ت ع م ل ت f m إ س ت ع ما ل (maṡdar): Verbal noun م س ت ع م ل part Pass م س ت ع م ل part Act

Appendices A Doubled verb م ر to pass (perf /a/ imperf /u/) Active Passive Perf Imperf Imperf Imperf Perf Imperf Imperat Person indic subj jussive indic Singular ي م ر م ر ي م ر ي م ر ي م ر م ر m ت م ر م ر ت ت م ر ت م ر ت م ر م ر ت f ت م ر ت م ر ت م ر م ر ر ت m م ر ت م ر م ر ر ت م ر ر ت ت م ري ن ت م ري ت م ري ت م ري ن ت f ت f m م ر ر م ر ر م ري أ م ر م ر رت أ م ر أ ر م أ م ر Dual ي م را ن م را ي م را ي م را ت م را ن م ر تا ت م را ت م را ت م را ن م ر ر ت ما ت م را ت م را ي م را ن م را m ت م را ن م ر تا f ت م را ن م ر ر ت ما f m م را ي م روا Plural ي م رو ن م روا ي م روا ي م رو ن م روا m م ر ر ن f ي م ر ر ن م ر ر ن ي م ر ر ن ي م ر ر ن ي م ر ر ن م روا ت م رو ن م ر ر ت م ت م روا ت م رو ن م ر ر ت م m ت م روا م ر ر ت ن f ت م ر ر ن أ م ر ر ن م ر ر ت ن ت م ر ر ن ت م ر ر ن ت م ر رن م ر ر نا f m ما ر part Act م ر ر نا ن ر م ن م ر ن م ر ن ر م م ر (maṡdar) Verbal noun م م رو ر part Pass

A Quadriliteral verb ت ر ج م to translate Active Passive Perf Imperf Imperf Imperf Perf Imperf Imperat Person indic subj jussive indic Singular ي ت ر ج م ت ر ج م ت ت ت ر ج م ت ت ر ج م ت ت ر ج م ت ر ج م ت f ت ر ج م ت ر ج م ي ت ر ج م ي ت ر ج م ي ت ر ج م ت ر ج م m ت ت ر ج مي ت ت ر ج مي ن ت ر ج م ت ت ت ر ج مي ت ت ر ج مي ت ت ر ج مي ن ت ر ج م ت f ت ر ج م ت ت ر ج م ت ر ج م ت ت ت ر ج م ت ت ر ج م ت ت ر ج م ت ر ج م ت m ت ر ج م أ ت ر ج م ت أ ت ر ج م أ ت ر ج م أ ت ر ج م ت ر ج م ت f m Appendices

Active Passive Perf Imperf Imperf Imperf Perf Imperf Imperat Person indic subj jussive indic Dual ت ر ج ما ن ت ر ج ما ي ت ر ج ما ي ت ر ج ما ي ت ر ج ما ن ت ر ج ما m ي تا ت ت ت ر ج ما ت ت ر ج ما ن ت ر ج م ت ما ت ت ر ج ما ت ت ر ج ما ت ت ر ج ما ن ت ر ج م ت ر ج ما ن ت ر ج م ت ر ج ما ت ت ر ج ما ت ت ر ج ما ن ت ر ج م تا f ت ما f m Plural ي ت ر ج مو ن ت ر ج موا ي ت ر ج موا ي ت ر ج موا ي ت ر ج مو ن ت ر ج موا m ي ت ر ج م ن ت ر ج م ن ي ت ر ج م ن ي ت ر ج م ن ي ت ر ج م ن ت ر ج م ن f تم ت ت ر ج م ن ت ت ر ج م ن ت ر ج م ت ن ت ت ر ج م ن ت ت ر ج م ن ت ت ر ج م ن ت ر ج م ت ن f ت ر ج موا ت ت ر ج مو ن ت ر ج م ت ر ج موا ت ت ر ج موا ت ت ر ج مو ن ت ر ج م ت م m ت ر ج م نا f m نا ن ن ت ر ج م ت ر ج م ت ر ج م ن ت ر جم ن ت ر ج م ت ر ج م ة (maṡdar) Verbal noun م ت ر ج م part Pass م ت ر ج م part Act Appendices

A Verb with initial hamzah: أ خ ذ to take (perf /a/ imperf /u/) Appendices Active Passive Perf Imperf Imperf Imperf Perf Imperf Imperat Person indic subj jussive indic Singular أ خ ذ m ي ا خذ ي ا خذ ي ا خذ أ خذ ي و خ ذ أ خ ذ ت f ت ا خ ذ ت ا خذ ت ا خ ذ أ خ ذت ت و خذ أ خ ذ ت m ت ا خ ذ ت ا خذ ت ا خذ أ خ ذت ت و خذ خ ذ أ خ ذ ت f خ ذي ت و خ ذي ن ت ا خ ذي ت ا خ ذي أ خ ذت ت ا خ ذي ن أو خذ أ خ ذ ت ا خ ذ ا خ ذ ا خ ذ أ خ ذ ت f m Dual أ خ ذا m ي و خ ذا ن ي ا خ ذا ن ي ا خ ذا ي ا خ ذا أ خ ذا أ خ ذ تا f ت و خ ذا ن ت ا خ ذا ن ت ا خ ذا ت ا خ ذا أ خ ذ تا أ خ ذ ت ما f m خ ذا ت و خ ذا ن أ خ ذ ت ما ت ا خ ذا ن ت ا خ ذا ت ا خ ذا Plural أ خ ذوا m ي و خ ذو ن ي ا خ ذوا أ خ ذوا ي ا خ ذوا ي ا خ ذو ن ي و خ ذن ي ا خ ذ ن ي ا خ ذ ن أ خ ذ ن ي ا خ ذ ن أ خ ذ ن f أ خ ذ ت م m خ ذوا ت و خ ذو ن ت ا خ ذوا أ خ ذ تم ت ا خ ذوا ت ا خ ذو ن خ ذن ت و خ ذ ن أ خ ذ ت ن ت ا خ ذ ن ت ا خ ذ ن ت ا خ ذ ن أ خ ذ ت ن f أ خ ذ نا f m Act part خ ذ ا ن ا خذ أ خ ذ نا ن و خ ذ أ خ ذ (maṡdar) Verbal noun ن ا خذ ن ا خذ م ا خ ذ part Pass

Appendices A Verb with middle hamzah: س ا ل to ask (perf /a/ imperf /a/) Active Passive Perf Imperf Imperf Imperf Perf Imperf Imperat Person indic subj jussive indic Singular ي س ا ل س ا ل m ي س ا ل ي س ا ل س ي ل ي س ا ل ت س ا ل س ي ل ت ت س ا ل ت س ا ل ت س ا ل س ا ل ت f إ س ا ل ت س ا ل س ي ل ت ت س ا ل ت س ا ل ت س ا ل س ا ل ت m إ س ا لي ت س ا لي ن س ي ل ت ت س ا لي ت س ا لي ت س ا لي ن س ا ل ت f س ا ل ت f m أ س ا ل س ي ل ت أ س ا ل أ س ا ل أ س ا ل Dual س ا لا m ي س ا لان ي س ا لا يس ا لا س ي لا ي س ا لا ن س ا ل تا f ت س ا لا ن ت س ا لا ت س ا لا س ي ل تا ت س ا لا ن إ س ا لا ت س ا لا ن س ي ل ت ما ت س ا لا ت س ا لا ت س ا لا ن س ا ل ت ما f m ي س ا لو ن س ا لوا m Plural ي س ا لو ن س ي لوا يس ا لوا ي س ا لوا ي س ا ل ن س ي ل ن ي س ا ل ن ي س ا ل ن ي س ا ل ن س ا ل ن f إ س ا لوا ت س ا لو ن س ي ل تم تس ا لوا ت س ا لوا ت س ا لو ن س ا ل ت م m إ س ا ل ن ت س ا ل ن س ي ل ت ن ت س ا ل ن ت س ا ل ن ت س ا ل ن س ا ل ت ن f س ا ل نا f m ن س ا ل ن س ا ل نس ا ل س ي ل نا ن س ا ل س و ا ل (maṡdar) Verbal noun م س و و ل part Pass سا ي ل part Act Note: س ا ل has alternative forms in the jussive and imperative (see chapter 0) 8

A Verb with final hamzah: ق ر أ to read (perf /a/ imperf /a/) Appendices Active Passive Perf Imperf Imperf Imperf Perf Imperf Imperat Person indic subj jussive indic Singular ق ر أ m ي ق رأ ي ق ر أ ي ق ر أ ق رىء ي ق ر أ ت f ق ر أ ت ق ر أ ت ق ر أ ت ق ر أ ق ر ي ت ت ق ر أ ت m ق ر أ إ ق ر أ ت ق ر أ ت ق ر أ ت ق ر أ ت ق ر أ ق ر ي ت ت f ق ر أ إ ق ر ي ي ت ق ر ي ي ن ت ق ر ي ي ن ت ق ر ي ي ت ق ر ي ي ق ر ي ت ت f m ق ر أ أ ق ر أ أ ق ر أ أ ق ر أ ق ر ي ت أ ق ر أ Dual ق ر ا m ي ق ر ا ن ي ق ر ا ي ق ر ا ق ر ا ي ق ر ا ن تا f ق ر أ ت ق ر ا ن ت ق ر ا ت ق ر ا ق ر ي تا ت ق ر ا ن ق ر أ ت ما f m ت ق ر ا ن ت ق ر ا ت ق ر ا ق ر ي ت ما ت ق را ن إ ق ر ا ق ر ؤوا m Plural ي ق ر ؤو ن ق ر ي وا ي ق ر ؤوا ي ق ر ؤوا ي ق ر ؤو ن ق ر أ ن f ي ق ر أ ن ي ق ر أ ن ي ق ر أ ن ق ر ي ن ي ق ر أ ن ق ر أ ت م m إ ق ر ؤوا ت ق ر ؤو ن ق ر ي ت م ت ق ر ؤوا ت ق ر ؤوا ت ق ر ؤو ن ق ر أ ت ن f ت ق ر أ ن ت ق ر أ ن ت ق ر أ ن ق ر ي ت ن ت ق ر أ ن إ ق ر أ ن نا f m ق ر أ ن ق ر أ ن ق ر أ ن ق ر أ ق ر ي نا ن ق رأ ق را ء ة (maṡdar) Verbal noun م ق رو ء part Pass قا ر ئ part Act 9

Appendices A8 Verb with weak initial و ض ع:و to put (perf /a/ imperf /a/) Active Passive Perf Imperf Imperf Imperf Perf Imperf Imperat Person indic subj jussive indic Singular ضع يو و ضع ي ضع ي ض ع ي ضع و ض ع m ضع تو و ض ع ت ت ضع ت ض ع ت ضع و ض ع ت f ضع تو ضع و ض ع ت ت ضع ت ض ع ت ضع و ض ع ت m ض ع ت f ض عي تو ض عي ن و ض ع ت ت ض عي ت ض عي ت ض عي ن و ضع أو و ض ع ت أ ضع أ ض ع أ ضع و ض ع ت f m Dual ض عان يو و ض عا ي ض عا ي ض عا ن ض عا ي و ض عا m ض عا ن تو و ض ع تا ت ض عا ت ض عا ن ض عا ت و ض ع تا f ض عا ت ض ع ت ما f m ض عا تو ض عا ن و ت ض عا ت ض عا ن و ض ع ت ما Plural ض عوا m يو ض عو ن و ض عوا ي ض عوا ي ض عوا ي ض عو ن و ي ض ع ن و ض ع ن f ض ع ن ض ع ن ي ض ع ن ي ض ع ن يو و ض ع ت م m ض عوا تو ض عو ن و ض عوا ت ض ع تم ت ض عوا ت ض عو ن و ت ض ع ن و ض ع ت ن f ض ع ن تو ض ع ن و ض ع ت ن ت ض ع ن ض ع ن ت ضع نو و ض ع نا ن ضع ن ض ع ن ضع و ض ع نا f m و ض ع (maṡdar) Verbal noun م و ضو ع part Pass وا ض ع part Act 0

ل:و A9 Verb with weak middle imperf /u/) /a/ (perf ) قول to say (from قا Appendices Active Passive Perf Imperf Imperf Imperf Perf Imperf Imperat Person indic subj jussive indic Singular قا ل m ي قول ي قول ي قل ي قال قيل قا ل ت f ت قو ل ت قول ت قل قي ل ت ت قا ل ق ل ت m ت قول ت قول ت قل ق ل ت ت قال قل ق ل ت f ت قو لي ن ت قو لي ت قو لي ق ل ت ت قا لي ن قو لي ق ل ت f m أ قول أ قول أ قل ق ل ت أ قال Dual قا لا m ي قو لا ن ي قولا ي قو لا ي قا لا ن قي لا قا ل تا f ت قولا ن ت قولا ت قو لا قي ل تا ت قا لا ن ق ل ت ما f m ت قو لا ن ت قولا ت قو لا ق ل ت ما ت قا لا ن قو لا Plural قا لوا m ي قا لو ن قي لوا ي قو لوا ي قو لوا ي قو لو ن ق ل ن f ي ق ل ن ي ق لن ي ق ل ن ق ل ن ي ق ل ن ق ل ت م m ت قا لو ن ق ل ت م ت قو لوا ت قو لوا ت قو لو ن قو لوا ق ل ت ن f ت ق ل ن ق لن ق ل ت ن ت ق ل ن ت ق ل ن ت ق لن ق ل نا f m قا ي ل part Act ن قول ن قول ن قل ق ل نا ن قال ق و ل (maṡdar) Verbal noun م قو ل part Pass

Appendices ع :ي A0 Verb with weak middle imperf /i/) /a/ (perf ) بيع to sell (from با Active Passive Perf Imperf Imperf Imperf Perf Imperf Imperat Person indic subj jussive indic Singular با ع m ي بيع ي بيع ي ب ع بيع ي باع با ع ت f ت بيع ت بيع ت ب ع بي ع ت ت باع ب ع ت m ت بي ع ت بيع ت ب ع ب ع ت ت با ع ب ع ب ع ت f ت بي عي ن ت بي عي ت بي عي ب ع ت ت با عي ن بي عي أ بع ب ع ت أ با ع أ بيع أ بي ع ب ع ت f m Dual با عا m ي بي عا ن ي بي عا ي بي عا بي عا ي با عا ن با ع تا f ت بي عان ت بي عا ت بي عا بي ع تا ت با عا ن ب ع ت ما f m ت بي عا ن ت بي عا ت بي عا ب ع ت ما ت با عا ن بي عا Plural با عوا بي عوا ي با عو ن ي بي عوا ي بي عوا ي بي عو ن ب ع ن f ي ب ع ن ي ب ع ن ي ب ع ن ب ع ن ي ب ع ن ب ع ت م m ب ع ت م ت با عو ن بي عوا ت بي عوا ت بي عوا ت بي عو ن ب ع ت ن f ت ب ع ن ب ع ن ب ع ت ن ت ب ع ن ت ب ع ن ت ب ع ن ب ع نا f m ن بيع ن بيع ن بع ب ع نا ن باع ب ي ع (maṡdar) Verbal noun م بي ع part Pass با ي ع part Act

A Verb with weak middle خاف : و to fear (from خوف ) (perf/i/ imperf /a/) Appendices Active Passive Perf Imperf Imperf Imperf Perf Imperf Imperat Person indic subj jussive indic ي خاف خا ف m Singular ي خاف خي ف ي خف ي خا ف خا ف ت f خي ف ت ت خا ف ت خف ت خا ف ت خا ف خ ف ت m خف ت خف ت خا ف ت خاف خ ف ت f خا في ت خا في ت خا في ت خا في ن خ ف ت f m أ خ ف أ خا ف أ خاف Dual خا فا m ي خا فا ن ي خا فا ي خا فا خي فا ي خا فا ن خا ف تا f ت خا فا ن ت خا فا ت خا فا خي ف تا ت خا فا ن ت خا فا ن خ ف ت ما f m خا فا ت خا فا ت خا فا خا فوا Plural ي خا فوا ي خا فوا ي خا فو ن خ ف ن f ي خ ف ن ي خ ف ن ي خ فن خ ف ت م m خا فوا ت خا فوا ت خا فوا ت خا فو ن خ ف ت ن f خ ف ن ت خ ف ن ت خ ف ن ت خ فن ن خ ف ن خا ف ن خاف خ ف نا f m خ و ف (maṡdar) Verbal noun م خو ف part Pass خا ي ف part Act

Appendices عا :و A Verb with weak final imperf /u/) /a/ (perf دعو) to invite (from د Active Passive Perf Imperf Imperf Imperf Perf Imperf Imperat Person indic subj jussive indic Singular د عا m ي د عو ي د ع و ي د ع د عي ي د عى د ع ت f ت د عو ت د ع و ت د ع د ع ي ت ت د عى د ع و ت m ت د عو ت د ع و ت د ع د عي ت ت د عى أ دع د ع و ت f ت د عي ن ت د عي ت د عي د عي ت ت د ع ي ن أ د عي د ع و ت f m أ د عو أ د ع و أ دع د عي ت أ د عى Dual د ع وا m ي د ع يا ن ي د ع وا د ع يا ي د ع وا ي د ع وا ن د ع تا f ت د ع يان د ع ي تا ت د ع وا ت د ع وا ن ت د ع وا ن أ د ع وا ت د ع يا ن د عي ت ما ت د ع وا ت د ع وا ن د ع و ت ما f m ت د ع وا Plural د ع وا m ي د عو ن ي د عوا ي د عوا ي د ع و ن د عوا د ع و ن f ي د ع ي ن د عي ن ي د عو ن ي د عو ن ي د عو ن د ع و ت م m ت د عون ت د عوا ت د عوا د عي تم ت د ع ون أ د عوا د ع و ت ن f ت د ع ي ن أ د عو ن د عي ت ن ت د عو ن ت د عو ن ت د عو ن د ع و نا f m ن د عو ن د ع و ن دع د عي نا ن د عى دا ع part Act م د ع د عا ء or د ع و ة (maṡdar) Verbal noun و part Pass

A Verb with weak final ل ق ي : ي to meet (perf /i/ imperf /a/) Appendices Active Passive Perf Imperf Imperf Imperf Perf Imperf Imperat Person indic subj jussive indic Singular ل ق ي m ي ل قى ي ل قى ي لق ل ق ي ي ل قى ل ق ي ت f ت ل قى ت ل قى ت لق ل ق ي ت ت ل قى ل قي ت m ت ل قى ت ل قى ت لق ل قي ت ت ل قى إ لق ل قي ت f ت ل ق ين ت ل ق ي ت ل ق ي ل قي ت ت ل ق ي ن إ ل ق ي ل قي ت f m أ ل قى أ ل قى أ لق ل قي ت أ ل قى Dual ل ق يا m ي لق يا ن ي ل ق يا ي ل ق يا ل ق يا ي ل ق يا ن ل ق ي تا f ت لق يا ن ت ل ق يا ت ل ق يا ل ق ي تا ت ل ق يا ن ل ق ي ت ما f m إ ل ق يا ت ل ق يا ن ت لق يا ن ت ل ق يا ت ل ق يا ل قي ت ما Plural ل قوا m ي لق و ن ي ل ق وا ي ل ق وا ل قوا ي ل ق و ن ل قي ن f ي لق ين ي ل ق ي ن ي ل ق ي ن ل قي ن ي ل ق ين ل قي ت م m ت ل ق و ن ت ل ق وا ت ل ق وا ل قي ت م ت ل ق و ن إ ل ق وا ل قي ت ن f ت ل ق ي ن إ ل ق ي ن ل قي ت ن ت ل ق ي ن ت لق ي ن ت ل ق ي ن ل قي نا f m ن ل قى ن ل قى ن لق ل قي نا ن ل قى, م ل ق ي part Pass لا ق part Act ل قا ء (maṡdar) Verbal noun

Appendices مى :ى A Verb with final weak imperf /i/) /a/ (perf ) رمي to throw (from ر Active Passive Perf Imperf Imperf Imperf Perf Imperf Imperat Person indic subj jussive indic Singular ر مى m ي ر مي ي ر م ي ي ر م ر م ي ي ر مى ر م ت f ت ر مي ت ر م ي ت ر م ر م ي ت ت ر مى ر م ي ت m ت ر مي ت ر م ي ت ر م ر مي ت ت ر مى إ ر م ر م ي ت f ت ر مي ن ت ر مي ت ر مي ر مي ت ت ر م ي ن إ ر مي ر م ي ت f m أ ر مي أ ر م ي أ ر م ر مي ت أ ر مى Dual ر م يا m ي ر م يا ن ي ر م يا ر م يا ي ر م يا ي ر م يا ن ر م تا f ت ر م يا ن ت ر م يا ر م ي تا ت ر م يا ت ر م يا ن ر م ي ت ما f m إ ر م يا ت ر م يا ن ر مي ت ما ت ر م يا ت ر م يا ت ر م يا ن Plural ر م وا m ي ر مو ن ي ر موا ي ر موا ي ر م و ن ر موا ر م ي ن f ي ر م ي ن ر مي ن ي ر مي ن ي ر مي ن ي ر مي ن ر م ي ت م m ت ر مو ن ت ر موا ت ر موا ر مي ت م ت ر م و ن إ ر موا ر م ي ت ن f ت ر م ي ن إ ر مي ن ر مي ت ن ت ر مي ن ت ر مي ن ت ر مي ن ر م ي نا f m ن ر مي ن ر م ي ن ر م ر مي نا ن ر مى ر م ي (maṡdar) Verbal noun م ر م ي part Pass را م part Act

A Weak verbs with middle ي and final hamzah: جا ء to come Appendices Active Passive Person Perf Imperf Perf Imperf Imperat Singular جا ء m ي جاء جيء ي جيء جا ء ت f ت جاء جي ي ت ت جي ء ج ي ت m ت جاء ج ي ج ي ت ت جيء ج ي ت f جي ي ي ت جا ي ي ن ج ي ت ت جي ي ي ن m f أ جاء ج ي ت أ جيء ج ي ت Dual جا ءا m ي جا ءا ن جي ي ا ي جي ي ا ن جا ء تا f ت جا ءا ن ج ي ت ما ت جي ي ا ن ج ي ت ما f m جي ي ا ت جا ءا ن ج ي ت ما ت جي ي ا ن جا ؤوا m جي ي وا Plural ي جا ؤو ن ي جي ي و ن ج ي ن f ي ج ا ن ج ي ن ي ج ي ن ج ي ت م m جي ي وا ت جا ؤو ن ج ي تم ت جي ي و ن ج ي ت ن f ت ج ا ن ج ي ن ج ي ت ن ت ج ي ن ج ي نا f m ن جا ء ج ي نا ن جيء ج ي ء (maṡdar) Verbal noun م جي ء part Pass جا ء part Act

ر Appendices A Verb with final alif maqṡūrah ر أى :ى to see (perf /a/ imperf /a/) (This is a common verb with certain irregularities of its own) Active Passive Perf Imperf Imperf Imperf Perf Imperf Imperat Person indic subj jussive indic Singular ي رى ر أى m ي رى ي ر ر ي ي ي رى ر أ ت f ت رى ت رى ت ر ر ي ي ت ت رى ر أ ي ت m ت رى ت رى ت ر ر ي ي ت ت رى ر أ ي ت f ت ر ي ن ت ر ي ت ر ي ر ي ي ت ت ر ي ن ر ي أر ر ي ي ت أ رى أ رى أ رى ر أ ي ت f m Dual ر أ يا m ي ر يا ن ي ر يا ي ر يا ر ي يا ي ر يا ن ر أ تا f ت ر يا ن ت ر يا ت ر يا ر ي ي تا ت ر يا ن ر أ ي ت ما f m ت ر يا ن ت ر يا ت ر يا ر ي ي ت ما ت ر يا ن ر يا Plural ر أ وا m ي ر و ن ي ر وا ي ر وا ي ر و ن ر ؤوا ر أ ي ن f ي ر ي ن ي ر ين ي ر ين ر ي ين ي ر ين ر أ ي ت م m ت ر و ن ت ر وا ت ر وا ر ي ي ت م ت ر و ن ر وا ر أ ي ت ن f ت ر ي ن ت ر ين ت ر ين ر ي ي ن ت ت ر ي ن ر ين نر ن رى ن رى ر أ ي نا f m ر ي ي نا ن رى ر أ ي (maṡdar) Verbal noun م ر ي ي part ) Pass قا ض (as را ء part Act 8

: ى and weak final و A Doubly weak verbs with weak middle tell to ر وى Appendices Active Passive Perf Imperf Imperf Imperf Perf Imperf Imperat Person indic subj jussive indic Singular ر وى m ي ر وي ي ر و ي ي رو ر و ي ي ر وى ر و ت f ت ر وي ت ر وي ت رو ر و ي ت ت ر وى ر و ي ت m ت ر وي ت ر وي ت رو ر وي ت ت ر وى إ ر و ر و ي ت f ت ر وي ن ت ر وي ت ر وي ر وي ت ت ر و ي ن إ ر وي ر و ي ت f m أ ر وي أ ر و ي أ رو ر وي ت أ ر وى Dual ر و يا m ي ر و يا ن ي ر و يا ن ي ر و يا ي ر و يا ر و يا ر و تا f ت ر و يا ن ت ر و يا ن ت ر و يا ت ر و يا ر و ي تا ر و ي ت ما f m ت ر و يا ن إ ر و يا ت ر و يا ن ت ر و يا ت ر و يا ر وي ت ما Plural ر و وا m ي ر وو ن ي ر ووا ي ر ووا ي ر و و ن ر ووا ر و ي ن f ي ر وي ن ي ر وي ن ي ر وي ن ر وي ن ي ر و ي ن ر و ي ت م m ت ر وو ن ت ر ووا ت ر ووا ر وي ت م ت ر و و ن إ ر ووا ر و ي ت ن f ت ر و ي ن إ ر وي ن ر وي ت ن ت ر وي ن ت ر وي ن ت ر وي ن ر و ي نا f m ن ر وي ن ر وي ن ر و ر وي نا ن ر وى ر وا ي ة (maṡdar) Verbal noun م ر و ي part ) Pass قا ض (as را و part Act 9

Index a 9 absolute object 0 accusative case 8,,,, 0,, 88 of specification 0 with numbers 0,, active participle 0,, 0 active verbs 8 adā 8, 8 āda 9 adamu adjectives,,,,,,, comparative/superlative 8, 8 iḋāfah constructions, 8 interrogative 0 patterns of formation 8, 8 relative 8 adverbial clauses 0 adverbial phrases, 0 adverbs 99 0 agent (passive verbs) 9 0 a 9 ah akṯaru ad 8 al see definite article al- ā id 0, 0 alā, 9 alif,,,, 0,, maddah sign 8 miniature alif hamzah see hamzah alif maqṡūrah,, 9 all allā 09 ī 0 alphabet allad table āma an 09, 0,, 9 an, 9 anaphoric suffix pronoun 0, 0 anna 9, 9, 09, 8, 9, annexation see iḋāfah constructions antecedent (relative clauses) 0, 0 apocopatus see jussive mood aqallu 8 Arabic script, introduction ašaddu 8 assertive particles 9 assimilated verbs see weak verbs assimilation 9 0, auxiliary verbs 0, 90, ayn,,, 0 ayyuhā ayyun 0 bā,, 0 ba ḋun 0 bayna, 9 bi,, 9 biḋ u 9 both bound prepositions broken plurals,,, 8 calendars cardinal numbers cases 8; see also accusative, genitive, nominative Christian festivals collective nouns comparative sentences 8 compound numbers 9,,, concessive particles conditional sentences 09 conjugation paradigms (verbs) 8 9

Index conjunctions co-ordinating, 90, 9 subordinating 9, 09 0, 8, 9, 09, consonants 8 assimilation 9 0 double emphatic, co-ordinating conjunctions, 90, 9 ḋā,,, 9, ḋād,,, 9, dagger dāl,, 9 d āl,, 9 dāma 9, 9 ḋammah, 8,,, dates,, 00 d atun 0 days of the week defective verbs see weak verbs definite article,, 9,,,,, 8,, 9,, 00 demonstratives, 98 0 derived verb forms I X, 9 0,, 0 diminutive form 88 diptotes, 8,, 8 dots and strokes 0 double consonants doubled verbs 8 9,, doubly weak verbs 9, 9 dual number 0, 8 each, emphasizing pronouns 0 emphatic consonants,, exception 8 exclamations 89 90 fa, 09, 0 fā,, 0 fatḣah 0,,, 8,,, 8, feminine nouns 8,,, with numbers festivals fī, final letters,, fractions fulānun future time 09, ġayn,, 0 ġayru, 8, 8 gender of nouns 8 genitive case 8,,,,,,,, 0,, 88, 8 after numbers,,, after prepositions, iḋāfah constructions in negation, ğīm,, 0 hā, 8, 0, ḣā,, 0 ā h,, 0 ayrun 8 hal h 9, 0, ḣāl clauses 0 hamzah (hamzatu l-qaṫ i),, 0 in verbs,, 0, 9, hamzatu l-waṡli (waṡlah) 0, 8, handwriting, 9 exercises 0,, 9 0,, 8 0 ḣattā,, 09, hollow verbs see weak verbs hunāka hundreds id 9 ā 09, 0 id iḋāfah constructions, 90, 00, 8, 8,, 0 an 09, 0 if id clauses 09 ilā, 9 illā 8 imperative mood, 8 9,, 09, 0 imperfect tense 8, 0 0, 8 0, 0, 8 9 in 09 0 inda,, 9 indefinite forms 8,,, 0 indicative mood 0 0 indirect speech 9 initial letters, inna and its sisters 9 inner object 0 interrogative adverbs 99 00 interrogative particles 9 interrogative pronouns 9, 0,

intransitive verbs, 8, 0, Islamic calendar festivals iyyā 9 jussive mood 0,, 09 ka ka anna 9 kāda 9 kāf,, 0 kam kāna as auxiliary verb 0, and its sisters 9, 90 kasrah 0,,, 8,,, kay 09, 0 kilā kullun la 9, 9, 9, lā 0,, 9, 09,, 9, 0,, la alla 9 ladā,, 9 lākinna 9 lam,, 9 lām, 8,, 9, lām- alif, lammā, lan 09, 0, 0, law 09,, laysa 9, 90, 9, 0, layta 9 letters see alphabetic table, writing li,,,, 9, 9, 0, 09, 0,, long vowels lunar calendar, min, 9,, 8, 8, miniature alif months of the year moods see imperative, jussive, subjunctive moon letters 0 mund u Muslim festivals nafsun 0 nationalities 8 negation 8, 0,, 90 nisbah 0, 8 nominal sentences, nominative case 8, nouns cases 8, ; see also accusative, genitive, nominative collective dual and plural 0, five nouns ( iḋāfah constructions) gender 8 indefinite forms 8, negative of place, time and instrument, 9 with possessives 89 triptotes and diptotes, verbal,, 9 0, 0 numbers cardinal ordinal 9 nūn, 8, 0 nunation 8,, objects of verbs 9, 9 only, 8 ordinal numbers 9 other(s) than, Index mā 8, 0, 0, 9, 0,, 8, 9, 9, 9, 0, ma a,, 9, 9, mād ā 0 maddah sign 8 man 0, 0, masculine nouns 8,,,, with numbers maṡdar,, 9 0 matā 99 00 medial letters,, millions mīm, 8, 0 participles 0, 0 particles, 8, 9, 0, 9 assertive 9 concessive conditional 09 exceptive 8 interrogative 9 negative 8, 0, subjunctive 09 vocative passive participle, 0 passive verbs 8 past progressive tense past time see perfect tense

Index percentages perfect tense 8 8, 8 0 personal pronouns 9 80, 8 9, 99 00, 89 90 pharyngealized consonants see emphatic consonants pluperfect tense plural number,, 8, 8 positional variants of letters,, possession to have, 9 iḋāfah constructions possessive pronouns 89 prepositions, 9, 8, 8, 88, 9 primary prepositions pronouns interrogative 9, 0, personal 9 80, 8 9, 99 00, 89 90 possessive 89 reciprocal/reflexive 0, 0 relative 0 pronunciation consonants 8 hamzah vowels word stress proper names punctuation 9 qabla, 88 qad 8, 0, 9, 0 qāf,,, 0 qalla 9 qāma 9 quadrilateral verbs, 9 0, rā,,, 9 radicals (verbs) 9, 0, hamzah, 0 weak raġma reciprocal pronoun 0 reciprocal verbs 0 reflexive pronouns 0 reflexive verbs 0, relative adjectives 8 relative clauses 0 root (verbs) 9, sa 09, 0 ṡād,,, 9, šaddah, 9, 8 sanata ṡāra 9, 9 šarrun 8 sawfa 09, 0 seasons of the year secondary prepositions separate personal pronouns 8 8 short vowels sīn,, 9 šīn,, 9 siwā 8, 8 sound plurals, 89 90,,, 8, 0 stress in words strokes and dots 0 strong verbs subjunctive mood 0, 09 subordinating conjunctions 9, 09 0, 8, 9, 09, suffix pronouns 88 9, 0, 0, 89 90 sukūn, 8, 9, sun letters 9 superlative sentences 8 8 syllable structure tā,, 0, 9 tā marbūṫah 8,, 0, 8, 8 ṫā,,, 9 ṯā,, 0, 9 tamyīz 0 tanwīnun see nunation telling the time tenses 8 using auxiliary verbs 0, 90, see also imperfect tense, perfect tense there is/are thousands, time transitive verbs transliteration of Arabic letters, trilateral verbs 9,, 8 9 triptotes, 8 ṯumma verbal nouns,, 9 0, 0 verbal sentences verbs 8 80 auxiliary 0, 90, conjugation paradigms 8 9

derived forms, 0, 9 0, 0 doubled 8 9,, with hamzah,, 0, 9, negative copula 9, 90, 9, 0, participles 0, 0 quadrilateral 9 0, tenses see imperfect tense, perfect tense vowelling patterns 9 80, 0 weak,, 0 9 of wonder 89 90 vocative particles vowels, absence wa, 90, 0, 9,, 0 wa 0, waṡlah see hamzatu l-waṡli wāw, 8,,, 0, of ḣāl 0 weak verbs final radical 9,, 8 initial radical,, 0 middle radical,, two weak radicals 9, 9 wonder, verbs of 89 90 word order, 80, 08 9 word stress writing consonants, 9 0 hamzah, 0 numbers, 9, 0, vowels, see also handwriting yā, 9 yā, 8, 0,,,, 0, years,, 00 zāla 9, 9 zayn,, 9, Index